DEVELOPMENT OF A GENERAL KNOWLEDGE TEST
FOR USE IN MOTORCYCLE OPERATOR
EDUCATION AND EVALUATLON PROGRAMS

Dissertation for the Degree of Ph. D.
MICHIGAN STATE UNWERSETY
THOMAS LEE McDOLE
1973

    
 

“*1

LIBRARY

 

”$5,? Mirhigan Stat:
L. nivez'sity r.‘
p
b
This is to certify that the .
. thesis entitlédL‘E‘ ' ' 2‘ J.
"J " -‘ L.
DEVELOPMENT OF A GENERAL KNOWLEDGE TEST 'FOR. '5-
USE IN MOTORCYCLE OPERATOR EDUCATION p27 :- ~'
. AND EVALUATION PROGRAMS {5: ’75“.
r ' T; g 3
presented by f ;
v: Thomas Lee McDoTe
l "'
. has been accepted towards fulfilirne'nt- 1::
’. " of the requirements for , ;
£71.: '- Ph- 0- dpgrrep in Educatipn ;
u -‘ 2
7' a:
'5

D
.
-,- P
hf

:fiatervernber 9, 1223

f?

 

0-7639

 

ABSTRACT

DEVELOPMENT OF A GENERAL KNOWLEDGE TEST FOR
USE IN MOTORCYCLE OPERATOR EDUCATION
AND EVALUATION PROGRAMS

BY

Thomas Lee McDole

Statement of the Problem

 

The purpose of this study was to develop parallel
test instruments (written knowledge tests) which would:

a) have the statistical power to differentiate
between two groups of motorcycle operators--those Operators
who possess and can demonstrate that knowledge necessary to
operate a motorcycle on the road and those Operators who can
not demonstrate such knowledge.

b) be able to serve as a comprehensive general
knowledge test suitable for use as a final examination in a
motorcycle rider education class or as an examination for

use in motorcycle operator licensing programs.

Methods of Procedure

 

Beginning with a set of 463 items, prepared according
to a set of criteria from a comprehensive source document, a
full scale evaluation and test development project was under-
taken. Comments about the items from experts and subjects

were used to evaluate and re-write the 463 multiple choice

Thomas Lee McDole

items. The resulting 282 items were formatted into six
tests to be administered to approximately 650 subjects—-
high school seniors of varying motorcycle riding experience--
in a test-retest data collection program. Information was
also collected on their riding experience (dependent
variable) age, sex, and a reading achievement score. An
item analysis was performed on each item by: (1) examining
the response distribution; (2) correlating the response to
the item with the dependent variable, age, sex, total score,
and reading achievement score; (3) calculating the item diffi-
culty; (4) calculating the test-retest reliability.
(5) computing an index of discrimination based on the
dependent variable. Each item was reviewed according to
guidelines for each of the above criterion and rejected if
it failed. One hundred and seventy items were retained as
good items and included in the final item pool. Of these 170
items, 107 positively discriminated between riders and non-
riders and were formed into the parallel test item pool.
Forty of the 107 items discriminated statistically.

Inter-item correlations were calculated for the items
as grouped by the 24 major content areas.

Two 40 item tests were extracted from the parallel
test item pool in such a manner as to maintain a balance of

content between the test item pool and the tests.

Thomas Lee McDole

An effort was also made to assign equal numbers of
statistically discriminating items to each form and to fill
in the balance of the test with those items which demon-
strated a high probability of discriminating between operator
experience groups. The items for each test were randomized

within each test and the forms were reproduced.

The Major Findings

 

Tests for parallelism and discrimination were run
on each test form. The tests were found to be absolutely
parallel (T statistic = .006) and to statistically discrimi-
nate between the experienced operator and novice rider-—
T statistic = 4.82 for form A and 4.99 for form B. This
indicates significance beyond the .001 level of confidence.

This test item evaluation and test development
exercise has produced two parallel test forms which are
suitable for use in measuring the on-the-road knowledge of
high school age motorcycle operators. The tests, in theory,
have the statistical power to differentiate between two
groups of riders--those who know how to Operate a motorcycle
on-the-road and those who do not know how to operate a

motorcycle on-the-road.

DEVELOPMENT OF A GENERAL KNOWLEDGE TEST FOR
USE IN MOTORCYCLE OPERATOR EDUCATION

AND EVALUATION PROGRAMS

BY

Thomas Lee McDole

A DISSERTATION

Submitted to
Michigan State University
in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

College of Education

1973

“.3

(as

5’0

Copyright by
THOMAS LEE MCDOLE

I973

to dolores

my love and inspiration

ii

4.1"

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to express my gratitude to:

Dr. William T. Pollock of the Highway Safety
Research Institute, the University of Michigan and
to Dr. John W. Eberhard of the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Department of
Transportation for permission to use the Motorcycle
Test Item Pool.

Mr. Charles Beatty, Assistant Superintendent, Garden
City Public Schools, Mr. Charles Lane, Principal,
Chelsea High School and to Mr. Donald Henson, Chair-
man, Driver Education Department, Huron High School,
Ann Arbor for permission to conduct the testing in
their schools.

the administrators and teachers in these schools who
cooperated in making the testing a success.

to those who have guided and assisted in the pre-
paration of this work.

and to the high school students who responded to the
multitude of test items and tests.

oo-LR
WC 2‘2 l.

G
a
‘\

\_‘

 

. . . found on the back
of a student's answer sheet.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . .
LIST OF FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter
I. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . .
The Problem . . . . . .
Statement of the Problem . . . . .
Origin of the Problem . . . . . .
Purpose of the Study . . . . . . .
Importance of the Study . . . . .

Scope of the Study and Limitations . .
Definitions of Terms Used . . . . . .
rganization of the Remaining Chapters. .

II. REVIEW OF LITERATURE . . . . . . .

Review of Traffic Safety Literature
and Testing Materials for Motor

Vehicles and Motorcycles. . . . . .
Motor Vehicles . . . . . . . . .
Motorcycles . . . . . . . . . .

Review of Testing Materials for Motor
Vehicles and Motorcycles . . . . .
Motor Vehicles . . . . . . . .
Motorcycles . . . . . . . .

Review of Test Construction . . . .
General Principles of Test Construction.
Item and Test Evaluation. . . . .

Summary . . . . . . . . . . .

III. METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY . . . . . .
Origin of the Motorcycle Test Item Pool

and Source Document . . . . . .
Overview . . . .

Development of the Source DOcument . .
Development of the Test Item Pool. . .

iv

Page
vii

ix

H

H
Hommmmww

H
N

12
12
l3

l6
l6
l7
19
20
25
27

28

31
31
33
38

Chapter Page

Preparation of the Test Items . . . . . 43
Materials Available . . . . . . . 43
Item Revision. . . . . . . . . 44

Preparing the Items for Testing . . . . 47
Item Format . . . . . . . . . . 47
Marker Items . . . . . . . . . . 52
Randomizing Test Items. . . . . . . 52

Dependent Variable . . . . . . . . 54
Subject Definition . . . . . . . 54
Motorcycle Interest Inventory

(Dependent Variable). . . . . . . 55

Preparing the Tests . . . . . . . . 57

Obtaining Permission to Test . . . . . 58

Written Testing Instructions . . . . . 59

Data Collection . . . . . . . . 59
Data Analysis and Test Item Evaluation. . . 61

Preparing the Answer Sheets. . . . . . 61

Scoring the Answer Sheets and
Data Reduction . . . . . . . . . 65

Computations . . . . . . . . . 69
Marker Item Summary. . . . . . . . 69
Response Distribution . . . . . . . 70
Item Difficulty . . . ' . . . . . 71
Dependent Variable Summary . . . . . 71
Dependent Variable Stability. . . . . 74
Partitioning the New Dependent

Variable (NDepVar) . . . . . . . 83
Identification of Responses by
Experience Group . . . . . . . . 85
Correlation Coefficients . . . . . . 86
Item Selection . . . . . . 88
Development of the Parallel Tests . . . . 89

Item Review and Elimination. . . . . . 89

Parallel Test Item Pool . . . . . . . 90

Inter— Item Correlations . . . . . . . 90

Item Selection . . . . . . . 93

Item Assignment to Test Form . . . . . 93

Tests for Parallelism . . . 99

Test Form Preparation and ReproductiOn . . 99

Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
IV. FINAL TEST ITEM POOL AND PARALLEL TEST FORMS. . 102
Test Items and Data . . . . . 103
Parallel Test Layout and Use Of Forms . . . 145
Parallel Test Forms and Answer Keys. . . . 146
Pilot Test of Parallel Test Forms . . . . 164
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

V. SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS,

AND DISCUSSION

Summary . .

Conclusion . .
Recommendations
Recommendations
Discussion . .

APPENDICIES . . . .
Appendix

A. Test Booklets
Testing . .

A-l Booklet Cover . . .

A-2 Dependent Variable Items.

A-3 Dependent Variable Items—-

Alternate Form

A-4. Items -- Test 1

A-5. Items -- Test 2

A-6. Items -- Test 3 .

A-7. Items -- Test 4 . .

A-8. Items -- Test 5 . . .

A—9. Items -- Test 6 . .
B. Testing Instructions, Answer

Bumper Sticker

B—l. Instructions,
B-2. Instructions,
B—3. Answer Sheet.
B-4. Bumper Sticker

O

for Use of
for Further Research

the Tests

RECOMMENDATIONS

Sheet,

First Testing.
Re-Testing.

as Prepared for Initial

C. Item Statistics from Initial Testing.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Statistics,
Statistics,
Statistics,
Statistics,
Statistics,
Statistics,

Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test

vi

@mbWNT—J

Page

174

174
176
177
178
178

181

182

183
184

185
186
190
194
198
202
206

211

212
216
220
221

222

223
229
235
241
247
253

259

Table

10.

ll.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

LIST OF TABLES

Number of Valid Cases for Each Test . . .
P Values for the Marker Items for Each Test. .

Summary of Components of the New Dependent
Variable (N Dep Var) . . . . . . . .

Correlation Coefficients for the Components
of the N Dep Var. . . . . . . . . .

Descriptive Measures for the Components
of the N Dep Var. . . . . . . . .

Histogram (Frequency Distribution) of the
N Dep Var

Descriptive Measures for the N Dep Var for
Each of the Six Tests . . . . . . .

N Dep Var Stability Correlation Coefficients

N Dep Var Stability Correlation
Coefficients--Alternate Form . . . .

Minimum and Maximum Expected Values for Two
Experience Groups of the N Dep Var. . . .

Distribution of the N Dep Var and Subjects for
Grouping the Response Distribution. . .

Summary of the Grouping of the N Dep Var and
Number of Subjects . . . . . .

Inter-Item Correlations for Items by Major
Topics Included in the Parallel Item Pool

Item Count by Major Topic
Item Pairs Based on Inter-Item Correlations

Items Selected for Each Test with P Values.

vii

Page
68

7O

73

76

77

78

8O

81

82

84

85

86

91
94
96

97

Table Page

17. Summary Statistics for the Common and Unique
Items for Each Parallel Test . . . . . . 98

18. Summary Statistics and Results of the Test for
Parallelism for the Two Parallel Tests. . . 100

19. Final Test Item Pool; Parallel Test Item
P001 Q 0 O Q 0 O O O O O O O O O 108

20. Parallel Test Layout--Form A and B
(Item Locator). . . . . . . . . . . 147

21. P Values and Response Distributions for
Each Item by Test Form Resulting from
the Pilot Test . . . . -. . . . . . 165

22. Distributions of Total Score by Test Form

from the Pilot Test of the Parallel
Test Forms . ». . . . . . . . . . . 171

viii

Figure

1.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

LIST OF FIGURES

Points to be Considered in the Initial
Construction of a Test. . . . . . .

Flow Chart Depicting the Methodology of
the Study . . . . . . . . . . .

Table of Contents for the Item Writers' Guide
for Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary

 

 

Outline . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Item Pool Organization: Composite
Topic Index . . . . . . . . . . .

Numbers of Items Grouped by Content According
to the Topic Index . . . . . . . .

Topic Layout for Each Test . . . . . .
Marker Items for Inclusion on Each Test.
Subject Definition Items. . . . .

Motorcycle Interest Inventory (Dependent
Variable) Items . . . . .

Alternate Forms of the Two Dependent

Variable Items . . . . .
Answer Sheet. . . .
Answer Sheet Code Layout. . . . . .

Position of Data on Card Following the Scoring
of the Answer Sheets

Final Data Card Layout
Dependent Variable Items and Code Values .
Criteria for Screening Each Test Item

Test Item Pool Topic Index

ix

Page

23

30

36

4O

48
51
53

54

56

57
62

64

65
67
73

87

104

Figure

18.

19.
20.
21.
22.

23.

Definitions of the Test Item

Pool Column Headings . . . . .
Parallel Test Form-~Booklet A . . . .
Answer Key for Test Booklet A . . . .
Parallel Test Form--Book1et B . . . .
Answer Key for Test Booklet B . . . .

Graph of the Distribution of Total Score
Test Form from the Pilot Test of the
Parallel Test Forms . . . . . .

Page

107
149
155
156

163

172

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTION

Motorcycles, while with us since the advent of the
automobile, have become increasingly popular as a mode of
transportation and as a means of spending leisure time.
Recently, the number of registrations of motorcycles in the
United States has mushroomed exceeding 3,293,400 in 1971.
Registrations in the State of Michigan over a five year
period from 1964-1969 increased 222.2 percent, growing at a
rate of 25.06 percent per year (compound annual growth rate).1
Several states now require a separate motorcycle operator's
license and testing procedure(s) before one can legally
operate a motorcycle. In the future, all states will be
required to issue separate licenses (or license endorsements)
and give separate examinations under the provisions of the
driver licensing program standards issued by the Department
of Transportation.

Until now there has been little systematic develop-

ment of tests of operator knowledge for any class of

 

1Thomas L. McDole, "Motorcycles: Random Particles
in the Traffic Stream," HIT LAB Reports (December, 1970)
1-7.

 

2Highway Safety Program Standards (Washington, D.C.:
National Highway Safety Bureau, February, 1969), p. 9.

1

 

vehicles--including motorcycles. Recently the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) supported
research in the field of driver education and licensing.
Two of these projects are of particular interest at this
time.

One of these research projects, undertaken by the
Human Resources Research Organization (IumRRO), dealt with
the development of a Driver Education Task Analysis (here-
after referred to as HumRRO).3 The other, undertaken by the
Highway Safety Research Institute (HSRI), dealt with the
development of a "Test Item Bank for Tests of Driver Know-

4 The results of these projects are: (1) source

ledge."
documents describing the tasks necessary to operate various
classes of vehicles on the road (prOducts of both the HumRRO
and HSRI projects), and (2) multiple choice test items
suitable for use in driver education and licensing tests for
various classes of vehicle operators (solely the work of
HSRI).

The research conducted at HSRI called only for a
rudimentary test item development and analysis activity for

the motorcycle operator class license while permitting a

full scale test item development and validation activity

 

 

3A. James McKnight, Driver Education Task Analysis,
.I, IV (Alexandria, Virginia: Human Resources Research
Organization, August, 1970).

4

U.S. Department of Transportation, Final Report,
(XNTtract FH 11-7616, National Highway Traffic Safety
Adnflxristration.

(including the development of sample tests) for the basic
(passenger vehicle) class license. Furthermore, the motor-
cycle test item analysis was conducted on a small sample
(n=35) of experienced riders thus providing only limited data
for that riding experience group.

Due to the rapidly expanding motorcycling population,
increasing pressure from the Federal Government on the states
to implement the provisions of the driver licensing standard,
and the desire by some educators to expand motorcycle
operator education programs, it has become very important to
identify and evaluate a sub-set of these motorcycle test
items to serve as the basis for a motorcycle operator know-
ledge test.

Therefore, the motorcycle test item pool as it
currently exists will serve as the beginning point in a com-
prehensive activity to evaluate the items and develop
multiple choice test forms suitable for use in motorcycle

operator education and knowledge testing programs.

The Problem

 

Statement of the Problem

Coupled to the expanding motorcycle riding population
and drastically increasing accident rate is an increase in
the availability of motorcycle rider education programs.
Several organizations are in the process of developing and

(distributing curriculum materials, teacher preparation

courses, and legislative guidelines5 aimed at better and
perhaps mandatory motorcycle rider education for beginning
riders.

Of the multitude of problems facing an area such as

6 two are of interest here:

motorcycle rider education,

1. How to identify the various levels of riding
knowledge possessed by individuals and hence separate those
who know how to ride from the novices. Thus rider education
programs can be developed to best serve the needs of each
group (assignment to alternative treatments) or to identify
those individuals who will benefit from a basic rider
education course.

2. There exists a need for a valid, reliable instru-
ment to serve as either a pre-post test and/or final examina-
tion. The pre-post test will permit the assessing of the
change in knowledge on the part of the student while the
final examination will assure that the student has gained

the minimum knowledge necessary for safe operation of a

motorcycle.

 

5Including the Motorcycle Industry Council, Inc. (1001
Connecticut Ave.,N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036) has prepared a
number of booklets and curriculum guides for use in the class-
room as well as providing funding for short courses, including
one at Michigan State University, August, 1973. And the U. 8.
Government through their Highway Safety Program Standards,

U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal r1ghvay Adminis~
tration, National Highway Safety Bureau, February, 1969.

6Others include inputs for curriculum development,
‘bask.ana1ysis, the level of basic traffic (four wheeled
vehicle) knowledge .

Origin of the Problem

 

Over the years the author taught driver education7
he felt a need to be able to classify students according to
entrance level skills--both in the knowledge domain and
manipulative aspects (BTW)--and to be able to assign them to
alternative treatment programs. Such an assignment would
permit a stronger program, geared more closely to the needs
of the student and at the same time increase the educational
efficiency of the program.

An opportunity presented itself in conjunction with
the author's work at HSRI to pursue the development of a
device which would classify students entering a motorcycle
Operator education program based on their level of knowledge
of operating a motorcycle. Once developed and tested, such
an instrument would pave the way for meaningful assignments

to alternative treatment programs in motorcycle education

programs.

Purpose of the Study

This paper addresses itself to the development of
parallel test instruments (written knowledge tests) which
will:

a) have the statistical power to differentiate
kmetween two groups of motorcycle operators——those operators

“flu: possess and can demonstrate that knowledge necessary to

 

7The author has over seven years experience as a
t6£u3her of Driver Education on both the high school and
(Hallege (teacher preparation) levels.

operate a motorcycle on the road and those Operators who
can not demonstrate such knowledge.

b) be able to serve as a comprehensive general
knowledge test suitable for use as a final examination in a
motorcycle rider education class or as an examination for

use in motorcycle operator licensing programs.

Importance of the Study

Students come to a traditional driver education
class with varying backgrounds based on their prior
experiences, interests and observational skills. The tradi-
tional approach has been to take all "comers" and give them
the same treatment—-name1y, begin from what educators think
is an appropriate starting point for the class. This
approach may bore students who have extensive backgrounds
and/or interest in the subject and already know what is
being "taught." Often times too, it is assumed that students
possess certain knowledges and no attempt is made to verify
the assumption. Both situations can be dangerous--either
boring the student so that he may miss important information,
or by beginning the instruction at a level which is over
his head.

Students entering a motorcycle education program are
IND different than those who are entering a regular driver
eaiucation program (as described above). In fact, the
:hiterest of those entering the motorcycle program may be

more intense.

Several test development exercises have been under—
taken to develop better tests and items for use in driver

9 Likewise, programs have

education8 and driver licensing.
been undertaken to provide for second level driver education
courses. However, no test has been devised and widely
disseminated which would classify students according to prior
knowledge and hence provide a mechanism for assigning them
to alternative treatment groups.

Likewise a few attempts have been undertaken to
develop test items for motorcycle riders. These include a
basic item writing exercise done by the AAMVA10 to a more
sophisticated analysis program done by Texas.11

No evidence could be found, however, of an attempt

to: (1) develop a general knowledge test which discriminated

 

8W. G. Berger, T. L. McDole, W. T. Pollock, Develop-
ment of a National Item Bank for Tests of Driving Knowledge,
Interim Report to the National HIghway Traffic Safety
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Contract
FH-ll-76l6. (Ann Arbor, Michigan: The Highway Safety Research
Institute), October, 1971.

 

9Letter, R. S. COppin (Chief of Research and Statis-
tics, State of California, Department of Motor Vehicles) to
W. T. Pollock (Head, Countermeasures Group, Highway Safety
Research Institute, University of Michigan), July 31, 1973.

10American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators,
Suggested Questions for Motorcycle Licensing, A Report pre-
pared by the Motorcycle Industry Council in cooperation with
the National Highway Safety Bureau (undated).

 

1Lewis A. Locke, Motorcycle Operator Licensing:
Design, Analysis, and Revision of the Texas Licensing Program,
A Research Study Jointly funded by the State of Texas and
the U.S. Department of Transportation, conducted in coopera-
tion with the Texas Department of Public Safety and Texas
A & M University, College Station, Texas.

 

between groups of riders for the purpose of assigning them
to alternatate treatment groups, and (2) base it on a set
of test items developed from a comprehensive source docu-
ment12 containing descriptions of riding tasks where the
items' content had been selected according to a pre—

defined set of criteria.

Scope of the Study_and Limitations

It must be noted that the candidate test items and
the resultant tests measure only knowledge necessary for
on—the-road operation. Also, the test items do not duplicate
those items used in examinations for basic operator licenses.
No items concerning the measurement of the attitude or
behavioral characteristics (affective domain) of the operator
are included. No attempt was made to relate any of the items
or tests to the safety performance of the operator (accidents
and violations). The tests and items were geared to those
with seventh to eighth grade reading abilities. Also, the
tests reflect content validity only. The items are based on
task descriptions deemed unique or critical to the operation
of a motorcycle. No definitive task analysis is yet avail-
able which will permit the identification and selection of

content areas (and items) crucial to the successful operation

 

12T. L. McDole and W. G. Berger, Item Writers' Guide

for Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary Outline. Prepared

under Contract FH-ll-76l6 for the National Highway Safety
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington,
D.C. (Ann Arbor, Michigan: The Highway Safety Research
Institute, August, 1971).

 

 

of a motorcycle and hence the items and tests may lack
predictive validity.

The test deveIOpment is best characterized as a
basic test and item deveIOpment exercise and the resultant
tests are at best tentative. While the sample size used
in the item evaluation phase of the development is suffi-
cient for reliability, it does not constitute a random
sample of all motorcycle operators and hence the results are
generalizable only to the parent population (Seniors in the
three schools tested). No attempt has been made to provide
normative data on the performance of the tests. Hence, any
attempts to project student performance on the basis of
these tests must await the establishment of normative data.
The tests, as developed, are not to be considered as a pana-
cea to the chronic problem of motorcycle crashes and

fatalities. Any attempt to use them in this manner consti—
tutes a gross misapplication of the tests. Instead, they
are intended to be but one of the tools a practitioner keeps

at his disposal to gain insight into his subjects.

Definitions of Terms Used

 

Dependent Variable: A collection of informational items

 

designed to quantify the on-the-road riding experience and

motorcycling interest of the respondent.

N Dep Var: For New Dependent Variable-—a revision of the

Dependent Variable.

10

Test Item Pool: A collection of multiple choice test items

available for use in forming tests.

Original Test Item Pool: Four hundred sixty three (463)
multiple choice test items that served as the input to this

thesis.

Revised Test Item Pool: The 282 test items resulting from
the revision of the 463 test items in the Original Test Item

Pool.

Final Test Item Pool: Those items which were judged "good"

 

after the 282 test items from the Revised Test Item Pool had

been subjected to an item analysis.

Parallel Test Item Pool: Those items selected from the Final

 

Test Item Pool which would be available for use in developing

the Parallel Tests.

Parallel Test: A test composed of multiple choice test items,

 

for which there is a companion version of like subject matter
and similar statistical characteristics which if substituted

for the original test would yield similar results.

Multiple Choice Test Item: A statement or question (complete

 

or incomplete) followed by four answer choices for which the
respondent is expected to choose the one he feels best or

correctly answers the statement or question.

11

Reliability: How consistently a test item (or test)

 

measures what it purports to measure.

Validity: How accurately a test item (or test) actually

measures what it is supposed to measure.

 

Organization of the Remaining Chapters

 

In Chapter II, the pertinent literature relevant to
passenger vehicle and motorcycle Operator testing is
reviewed along with that literature pertaining to the deveIOp-
ment and evaluation of multiple choice tests and their items.
In Chapter III the methodological details of the study are
presented beginning with an overview of the development of
the source document and parent test item pool. The details
of the revision and testing of the test items are given
followed by the evaluation procedures used. The chapter is
concluded with the procedures used to derive the parallel
test forms. Chapter IV contains the final test item pool,
the parallel test item pool and the data associated with each
item that comprises these pools. The Topic Index and items
catalogued thereby are also shown. Given also are the
parallel test forms and answer keys. A final table gives
the results of the pilot test of the parallel test forms.
Presented in Chapter V are the summary, conclusions,

recommendations for further study, and discussion.

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF LITERATURE

The review of literature is divided into two major
sections dealing with (1) the availability of source infor-
mation for both motor vehicles and motorcycle operation and
testing, and (2) references to traditional methods of test
item development, evaluation, and test construction.

Review of Traffic Safety Literature and

Testing Materials for Motor Vehicles
and Motorcycles

Motor Vehicles

 

There existed a preponderance of literature asso-
ciated with owning and operating an automobile. In
addition to the legal regulations established by each state
and printed in the state driver manualsl3 there existed
national guidelines for the establishment of laws and regu-

lations. Two of these guidelines were the Uniform Vehicle

 

Code (UVC)l4 and the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control

 

 

3Michigan Vehicle Code, compiled under the Super-
vision of the Secretary of State, Revision of 1965, Lansing,
Michigan; What Every Driver Must Know, Michigan Official
Driver Manual, Michigan Department of State.
l4Uniform Vehicle Code and Traffic Ordinance, Revised
1968, including Supplements (Washington, D.C.: National
Committee on Uniform Traffic Laws and Ordinances).

 

 

12

13

Devices.15 A wealth of traffic safety literature, teaching
materials, course outlines, have been prepared. The most
notable of these source documents is the HumRRO Driver
Education Task Analysisl6 which performed two functions.
First it was in itself a source document containing a vir-
tually complete compilation of tasks associated with owning
and operating a motor vehicle and second, it contained a bib-
liography cataloguing 1006 documents, studies, publications,
etc. highly relevant to the field of driver and traffic

safety. Malfetti in his A Description of the Driving Tasks

 

Adaptable for a Manual for Beginning Driversl7 also listed
several hundred references pertaining to driver education and

traffic safety literature.

Motorcycles

 

Unfortunately no such preponderance of literature

existed for the two wheeled vehicle-—name1y, the motorcycle.

 

5Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets
and Highways, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal
Highway Administration (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1970).

 

 

16A. J. McKnight, et a1., Driver Education Task
Analysis, Volume I, TasL Descriptions, prepared under Con—
tract DOT FH-11—7336 for the National Highway Safety Bureau,
Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transporw

tation, (Alexandria, Virginia: Human Resources Organization.
August, 1970).
17J. L. Malfetti, A Description of the Driving Task

 

Adaptable for a Manual for Beginning Drivers, prepared for
the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators
under a special Grant by the Insurance Institute for Highway
Safety (New York: Teachers College, Columbia University,
1970).

 

 

14

Each state vehicle code18 contained sections dealing with
rules and equipment for motorcycle operation. Many states
publish these rules and regulations in their operator
license manuals or separately.19 The Motorcycle Industry
Council Safety and Education Foundation (MIC)20 has pre—

pared a list of references. Other lists of references

appear in such documents as Wisconsin's Motorcycle

 

Instruction Series 21 the the U.S. Navy's22 Motorcycle

 

Safety Course. These documents, in addition to containing

 

bibliographies, are also curriculum guides. Included in the

list of curriculum guides is the MIC Beginning Rider Course

23

Guide. The American Motorcycle Association (AMA)24 has

 

l8Michigan Vehicle Code, op. cit.

19An example is the State of Michigan Motorcycle pub-
lication, What Every Motorcyclist Must Know, Michigan
Department of State, (undated).

 

 

0Motorcycle Industry Council Safety and Education
Foundation, Inc., Selected References and Resources, Motor-
cycle Safety Education, Connecticut Avenue, Washington, D.C.
April 19, 1973.

 

 

lFrazier Dameron, A Programmed Instruction Series
for Motorcycle Riders and Instructors and Other Motorist
Drivers (Madison, Wisconsin: Safety Research and Education
Center, June, 1972). Prepared under contract #DE-7l-005(001)
for the National Highway Safety Administration, U.S. Depart-
ment of TranSportation, Washington, D.C. , June, 1972.

22The Naval Safety Center, Motorcycle Safety Course
(Norfolk, Virginia: Naval Air Station, June, 1972).

 

 

 

23Motorcycle Industry Council Safety and Education,
Inc., The Beginning Rider Course Guide,TWashington,D.C.,
July, 1973.

 

4American Motorcycle Association, Two Wheeled Wisdom.
Columbus, Ohio (undated pamphlet).

 

15

has a number of pamphlets, etc. available including Two

Wheeled Wisdom. A collection of articles originally pub-

 

lished in Cycle World have been reprinted in the booklet

Intelligent Motorcycling. 25 POpular magazines such as

Cycle World26 are also sources of information on how to

 

 

 

ride. The cycle companies themselves publish riding
materials such as Suzuki Motor Corporation's Freedom of
the Road. 27 In addition there are some research reports
relating accident and driver characteristics. Examples of
these would include The California Motorcycle Study by

Harano and Peck28 and "Motorcycles: Random Particles in the

Traffic Stream" by McDole.29 A rudimentary set of task
descriptions has been prepared by McDole and Berger which

attempts to describe many phases of owning and operating a

motorcycle. Titled Item Writers Guide for Motorcycle

 

25William Kaysing, "Intelligent Motorcycling,"
Published originally in Cycle World, Long Beach, California:
Parkhurst Publishing Company. First Printing, June, 1966.

26Cycle World, Long Beach, California: Parkhurst
Publishing Company. Monthly.

27United States Suzuki Motor Corporation, Freedom
of the Road. Prepared in cooperation with the Public Safety
Department, Automobile Club of Southern California, Copyright
1965 (Studio City, California: Consultants to Management,

Inc.).

 

 

 

28R. M. Harano and R. C. Peck, The California Motor-
Cycle Study: Driver and Accident Characteristics, Research
Report 28, California Department of Motor Vehicles, July,
1968.

29T. L. McDole, Random Particles, op. cit.

16

Riding: A Preliminary Outline, 30 it is intended to be a
companion to and complement the HumRRO Driver Education Task
Analysis. 31

While this may appear to be a fairly extensive list
of references, it nowhere nearly matches the large number of
references available for the operation of a passenger
vehicle.

Review of Testing Materials for
Motor Vehicles and Motorcycles

 

 

Motor Vehicles

 

A variety of tests existed for operators of motor
vehicles. These included the tests administered by each
state as well as tests developed for use in driver education
courses. State driver license examinations traditionally
have been prepared and administered without regard to
extensive psychometric exercises to test the efficacy of the
examination. Some states have begun to examine their driver
licensing items in detail and apply the principles of test

construction to new and revised tests. North Carolina32 and

 

30T. L. McDole and W. G. Berger, Item Writers'
Guide, op. cit.

31

 

A. J. McKnight, Task Analysis, op. cit.

 

32N. E. Freeberg and F. R. Creech, Development of
Measures for a Driver Licensing Program in the State of
North Carolina, Phase I: Analyses of Current Licensing
Tests, under Contract with Highway Safety Research Center,
University of North Carolina (Princeton, New Jersey:
Educational Testing Service, July, 1971).

 

m.. _

17

and California33 are good examples of this. To assist the
states in upgrading their tests, the NHTSA issued a

contract34 to prepare and evaluate multiple choice test

items based on the HumRRO Driver Education Task Analysis. 35
This is the most extensive undertaking of its kind ever and
should provide a guide to those who wish to upgrade driver
licensing tests in the future. It also will serve driver
education as well.

Test items for driver education have been prepared
by many individuals for many purposes, and to varying levels
of test construction sophistication. They range from the
published tests accompanying textbooks in driver education36

to the specially constructed and evaluated items used for

special studies.3

Motorcycles

 

As in the lack of availability of safety oriented
literature for motorcycles (as contrasted to the availability
of literature for motor vehicles), there is a similar lack

of availability of test materials for motorcycles.

 

33R. S. Coppin, Op. cit.

 

 

34W. G. Berger, et. a1., National Item Bank,
Op. cit.
35 . . .
A. J. McKnight, Task Analysis, 9p;_c1t.
36

As an example, Sportsmanlike Driving, American
Autonmkflle Association, prepared by Driver Education
Specialists, McGraw—Hill Book Company, Inc., 1962.

37

 

An example, . . . Robinson, op. cit.

18

The states which require a separate motorcycle
license or endorsement generally have a separate test.
Currently, less than one third of the states require such a
test although it is being encouraged by the Federal Govern-
ment's Highway Safety Program Standards.38 Texas39 has
undertaken an extensive study of its motorcycle licensing
program including a full scale evaluation and revision of
its written test. This represents, perhaps, the best effort
in the motorcycle licensing field to that date. A study by
Malany40 suggested that a continuing effort be made to main-
tain a motorcycle test item book and periodically evaluate
it.

The AAMVA has prepared a list of Suggested Questions
for Motorcycle Licensing41 which was subjected to an expert
and subject review. No indication of an item analysis was
indicated.

In all, no program of motorcycle test item develop-
ment appears to have taken the direction of this thesis-—

namely:

 

38Highway Safety Program Standards, U.S. Department
of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, National
Highway Safety Bureau, February, 1969.

 

9Lewis A. Locke, op. cit.
40L. L. MaLaney, A Report Developing a Comprehensive
State Program of Motorcycle Driver's Licensing, Research
Report No. 3 (Urbana, Illinois: Highway Traffic Safety
Center, August, 1969).
41American Association of Motor Vehicle Administra-
tors, Suggested Questions for Motorcycle Licensing, op. cit.

 

 

 

19

l. The preparation of test items from a compre—
hensive source document whose content is
supported by data, and then

2. subjected to a full scale test and item
development and evaluation program.

Review of Test Construction

A test is a measuring instrument. It is used to
measure and quantify--in the educational sense--what a
student knows about a particular subject. To construct an
adequate measuring instrument, two fundamental questions
must be answered: (1) What is to be measured, and (2) how
is it to be measured. Micheel and Karnes42 state that these
two questions must be answered in "developing . [a]
measuring instrument"—-namely . . . "(1) Determine exactly
what is to be measured and (2) obtain or construct a
measuring instrument that will best do the measuring."

These two principles are embodied in this thesis.

The first (determination of what is to be measured) is

generalized in the title of this thesis (“Development of a

 

General Knowledge Test for Use in Motorcycle Operator Educa-
tion and Evaluation Programs ), and the second (construct a
measuring instrument . . .) is the thrust of the thesis. The
first sub-part of this literature review will detail the
accepted principles of test construction and the second will

deal with item preparation and evaluation.

 

42W. J. Micheels and M. R. Karnes, Measuring

Educational Achievement (New York: MacMillan Company,
1952), P. 7.

 

‘ n

20

General Principies of Test Construction
Each test should begin from a precisely stated set

of objectives of what is to be measured or what is expected
of the individual being tested.

Before a successful test can be constructed, the

test maker must be able to answer the question,

'just what am I trying to measure.'43
Having established the content of the test through an exami-
nation of the objectives of the test and content of the
course or expected knowledge of the individual, one can

proceed with a degree of assurance that the test will have

content validity. Mager concluded his book Preparing Educa-

 

tional Objectives by saying:

 

Once armed with objectives that communicate and an
intent to demonstrate their achievement, you are
ready to accomplish the next step in instructionai4
design-—that of preparing your . . . examination.

Berger45 listed several of the characteristics for

 

a good test ". . . if it is to serve as an effective
measuring device." Micheels and Karnes46 also give a similar
43

Ibid., p. 99.

Robert F. Mager, Preparing Instructional Objectives

(Palo Alto, California: Fearn Publishers, 1962).
45W. G. Berger, Understanding Test Construction:

The Design of License Knowledge Tests, Ann Arbor, Michigan,
The Highway Safety Research Institute. (Prepared for
inclusion in A Handbook for Driver Licensing Knowledge
Testing under Contract FH-ll-76l6 for National Highway Safety
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, December,
1971).

 

 

 

 

46W.
pp. 103-124.

J. Micheels and M. R. Karnes, Op. cit.,

21

list of good test characteristics in their Chapter 4
"What Makes a Good Test." Summarized from Berger, these

characteristics are:
1. The test must be reliable.

a. The test must be objective.
b. The test must contain a sufficient number
of items.

2. The test must be valid.

3. The test must be economically and logistically
feasible.

4. A reliable and valid test begins with good items
and a good format.

Reliability as applied to educational measurements,
may be defined as the level of consistency of the
measuring device. In general, this consistency
reflects the degree to which the test . . . may be
depended upon to yield similar test results under
similar circumstances.47

 

Objectivity in a test refers to that property of the

 

test which renders it free of bias when evaluated (scored)

by different people.

When a test contains a sufficient number of items,

 

"the impression inherent in individual items tends to be less
important in determining an applicant's score as more items
are added to the test."48

"Validity is generally defined as the degree to

which a test measures what it claims to measure."49 Four

 

 

47W. R. Borg, Educational Research: An Introduction
(New York: David McKay Company, Inc., 1965), p. 84.
48

W. G. Berger, Op. cit., p. 2.

49W. R. Borg, op. cit., p. 80.

22

types of validity are recognized as important, and each test
should have all four. However, two are of paramount impor-
tance.

1. Content validity is the degree to which the
sample of test items represents the content that
the test is designed to measure.

2. The concurrent validity of a test is determined
by relating the test scores of a group of sub—
jects to some concurrent criterion measure . . .

3. Predictive validity is the degree to which the
prediction made by a test are confirmed by the
later behavior of the subjects tested.

4. Construct validity is the degree to which a test
is based upon a particular theory or theoretical
construct. 0

To be economically and logistically feasible, the

 

test must be easily administered and scored--multiple choice
questions and mark sense answer sheets for example--as well
as be formatted in such a manner as to be easily followed,
with clean, concise, and uniform instructions. It must also
have that number of questions which can be answered in the
allotted or available time.

Finally, the test must consist of good items in a

 

 

readily readable and consistent format. Figure 1 from

Berger provides a good summary of what constitutes a good

multiple choice test and acceptable item format.51

 

501bid., pp. 80—83.

 

51W. G. Berger, Understanding Test Construction,
op. cit.,gx 8.

 

 

23

.umoe m mo cofluosuumcou HMHDHCH

.auoxnCo eDOAHQOuman on» 0::
land on» no unsavovq Us» GnaluOuov annouumca cu nuuuaxo no Hocea a o:

.OOOE ma um2v
Ind 0-3» ulna III. Isa an accuucosu on» o» unarmed so xox ecu uao 0x27

.acoquecqa house ueo Ou pco sauce» Data
uo Chain velouuqcvul I aha-cu cu huwsuwuuwc «o opo>0n Ede ua neeuw etssocH

.floauo>cu nuou>u;vn oca>uuc advauauu 3:»
we 00v0a3061 can» uvzaeu hhoael and >a-und unauo> essence Du aces sagas
udccuuucuuun ..u. . . a. unnocnsz aelgoszu ..o.ov accwuacnete an: ac: on

.GOONO: >ue~JJOUO> SOEACAE any
00 00.5 Iluou 0nd ocaucou .0—34auom uoccefl amenaeau ecu ca w:oaumc:c tee:

.%u~:u«uuuo dqauo> can :ao=o~ nasvo no we canon: nyuaozu one
.AOUHOD :000x«- cezu nn9~v o~a_nmoa no ones» we on unaccm Eouu one
.Oicoanuu uncuuou any II 0>aaees0uc« an on Ousocm nsouueuumsp 0:9

.Oco
IO«O£UTOIO I O» loud 00~O£01u50u a meanness Ho ounces ecu no: ovuuoeua mack
ume>usu :uficu AC
23.. 9...; 8
A uwv~ oiu A;
accau ecu A:
“:0 meqoazv> nocuo mun; casonn so»; .9rcavxv ucm .¢.oa::o u:n
OCOIC noCHIUueuu o>~umse£xu cce a>.m:~uxu >-asuse LC new; a on:.O:« Doc 9;

.uQuOdOo MD 0:43; ~1uucuo a On peasaou ”a -o U~sozm .mvuaocu. masseuse“ och

 

TILL ...I...TIT)1- . T. .HMuu—J: Tm.'.fl..“:lu UT“
30:1 do: ”UGO 3:3 CCJhémni Cu v30a>fic mu HGJmCM 9:0 EUmEI MOM Ezua O: UfdeCH

 

 

.C.ssu«:.nmt
ca u:.0& 9nd Jazx :3) mucsua~a;e czd no ~Hfi OJ Tzsgu vetn 9:4 >~p11“:-:..
caofi fludocr Esua u;.u cz>~m t .n« beck .OO>HO>:« Lauuqé Dusnnvm 3:. its;

0:) among >2 ccnueu;s;s9.c~ 9:0 xdco 2:7 0:0 CL n:>~o::-:a c;:~ cases. 3;;u4
unflu OOHUflhUMSOUI-33 .mEOu~ nDCDU~AEa Ouczuana u%~hnUHU acinunozfi mucum

.mU~;Ou uceu.oae~ uo 305cm yuan: 9:» ;~;Eea
.nlOuu uceuumuco~mca ace ~oa>4uu :ts~uxe usa .o>«m:v;:cueou away as. use:

.&acu OSes vzu co uuzuOco 0a Uncanny» ecu cons urzpceLOU Evua :co Ou
OOCOQIOM uuauuau ecu o>s£ co: co .muacuo 0:0 no accpcmeeth COD“ :Uce excl

.anOu clan Gnu co nonuOce Cu quwce on» nowaaeua uacu Esau oco ocsflUCH so: 00

Ouau sud) maven Hasfiq>avc~ oz» uosuuncou

.n~

.va

.mm

.AH
..o«
.a

map OH couocflmcou on on mucflomun.a onsmam

Lowery 7::_r...u so: .... .uOASJCr...‘
no accEnnuans ecu ..e.aus5>~uuvnn; um.c OED eutusclo» 1”71.m aw;e 1;. m:
cowucuueNcsEco ms? ..nu« ecu cue—n_ao Cu ceuu c.111 m.:tun.;;: :zy ;>.U

.‘.UDU .meWmW

.mdd e.o.uv «OVULDJ c>sycwvz Uzu Ocansifl:3 .fOrD :4 Es)“ r>4»_... c w»
.canauno; macs) Ease epduectc u can“ L;g.as e>lsaraa a :” :s;rs Dc...ua
L450 .5: o~ AU .5”: «L 3 Sup: 2 2.. :37); 3.3.1.111;

unanuvku:4 MC Lucuo c“ Eezy vccgsac .zuen :: v:L::r« azustzo :x. “H

. .An.c v\~ can .u.O «\fl

.n.n v\~ .:.e c\~ ..u.«L coaasrca zuco :« w .:Iu;"“ Ltgme A“
uwaHLQG Cad} aLOCLLO OmCC;;;A uU;.~CL (L. us:. 3: n....;U b:. :2L,Lu(

.Czaa :rhsc 1 rcuuzxcr: :« cued ..: an”. in L .. . u u
Ou xasumvuv: c2 ucc Aw.) ad uczu s:;:ri a the: c" ._..H ::u .lcepu4

.fiup”O>:~ as L4~GL tn» Juan; :4

acoaunssam c:«c~uv:ou mEvud ~2MOL¢n xss .thu a as .s .. Lu; 0. :xsw Jt>
Cc... feelerwfis >132. 4.4 uzfi unfijsrsw; a. LN ...:.L ,.... r52... “129....
Can UCutASZZ b; Cacozm Eaua IHLZNu :._L .c;;~« MT 15“.:14.) a4. mu9>4

.Uncoanou ecu 1:55 Cu 190::: cosun:_;“;~ 1:. crquqcr..:. so _;a. COL»

cazu uduusuu.fl tact vfioozd hfiart: can .r;.~ begs “:1L.n.:. .3 l. _.L .u
059 .tqsqnmcs me z~wgam :e vents“ Ln ccsc. gas ”; ~3;.<s 1r. 1.1;
.0343. 235' N3.” ~J..4.M.}J 3a ..u.a..~ l“ u.. T.» w— 2.... rfflu

.u0>33:£ .UDU;;2:JUOL rs u. ..:Ts.uiuufi mic : ”n.1,,qu. .M 0J1..n

nagu .uwzy ecu OLH~an 59:3 .2_; :4 a; a” ~:”:s.:r A J .aurhznas; mm

. 3 «2.... . .s I Z ., rt . t.

a...... L .t. ... .a. . : s.... .s .r

nouunE wueflnsm 9:“ ate“ cuxcu :4 t»:;;. ..;pr.zuut 7;"2-1H-_.L_ :2“;. yr

.x..:.;h_g .1;~ .L 2_;«N:M m.u:.34ug;o
3:). k0 ECO-J©Aam4 LIT“ “O J.C......h.y .1... ”Sidihfnfta 3. ...J¢...ru 00 “.713”...-
>auutsmw cautuu v; :1O s;.:4;xv~ Lw;”n .4“ u; Li ;.1 .rutfi < .Uzuzlecc
>~uu0uuoo Eta“ EC WC ¢~3Lsxc 1:; u1<1H uc :€:_Lr~ “nit.n acadettbuc ash
.UUU:HQ :2 Ga ma stanza egg mwpib .U
can..n;eto~cc4 :L O“ as crzccwz. O:.,m:r “a
0”. Cu mitt "sires n4 u:_nus~»raa .:.u a._n3 he
"xaonaucou vce xauetfiu cueum cflsocc >¢Lb .tucwctoo an Uflrczm acoduteuso

uflnammoa mo odaeuw an unmh an» no avacocoex ecu oxox

.aa

.o~

24

Micheels and Karnes52 listed twelve steps to follow
in building a test. They were:

1. List the major obejectives for which an appraisal
is desired.

2. Examine the course content for additional
objectives.

3. Analyze and define each objective in terms of
expected student outcomes.

4. Establish a table of specifications [reasons for
selecting topic or objective for testing].

5. Construct one or more test items for each objec-
tive listed.

6. Assemble the items for the test.

7. Write clean and concise directions for each type
of question.

8. Study every aspect of the assembled test.
9. Construct the key.

10. Have other instructors (experts) criticize and, if
possible, actually take the test.

11. Make any necessary revisions.

12. After the test has been administered to one or two
groups of students, analyze and improve it.

Also given in Micheels and Karnes,53 were guidelines
for actual construction of the individual multiple choice
items. These guidelines overlapped both the above suggestions
and those given by Berger in Figure l and, therefore, are

not repeated here.

 

52W. J. Micheels and M. R. Karnes, Measuring Educa-
tional Achievement, op. cit., pp. 126-129.

53Ibid., pp. 160-193.

 

 

25

Once the tests have been formatted, reproduced, and
administered to subjects, the items must be subjected to an

item analysis and the overall test scrutinized.

Item and Test Evaluation

 

With the statement "all tests can be improved"54 in

mind, one begins a careful and prudent analysis of both the
test and its items.

To evaluate the test, one can look to Micheels and
Karnes and other references on test construction for sugges-
tions on analyzing the total score. However, two questions
posed by Micheels and Karnes will be helpful here:

1. Does this test really measure the objectives that
I set out to measure?

2. Do the scores on the test provide me with informa-
tion that is really useful in evaluating my 55
students' achievements and my teaching efforts?

The former is a subjective judgment. The latter can
be determined by an analysis of the total score as discussed
in the above reference. However, a more important step is
an analysis of the individual items.

Under the general heading of Item Analysis, Berger56

listed several steps in evaluating the individual items.

 

54W. J. Micheels and M. R. Karnes, Measuring Educa-
tional Achievement, op. cit., p. 454.

551bid., p. 457.

 

 

56W. G. Berger, Understanding Test Construction,
op. cit., pp. 10—37.

 

26

Micheels and Karnes57 and Garrett58 also gave item analysis

techniques.

Summarized, they included: (1) an examination of
the item construction and difficulty looking for alterna-
tives (answer choices) which are not performing well i.e.,
one or more not being chosen by any subjects or for items
which are too difficult (no one gets it correct) or too
easy; (2) a determination of the inter-relationship between
items of similar content so as to determine which appear to
be measuring the same thing; (3) a selection of statisti-
cally similar items to reduce their number and avoid
duplication; (4) reliability of the items to eliminate those
which are unreliable; and (5) validity to determine if the
items are more closely associated with external factors
such as age, educational achievement, etc.59

Other measures of item analysis often employed

include building an index of discrimination60 for each item

using the responses of the high and low scoring students

 

57W. J. Micheels and M. R. Karnes, op. cit.

58H. E. Garrett and R. W. Woodworth, Statistics
in Psychology and Education, Fifth Edition (New York:
David McKay Company, Inc., 1958).

59The formulae necessary to calculate the statisti-
cal values can be found in elementary statistical tests
such as Downie and Heath, and Hayes; W. L. Hays, Statistics
CNeW'York: Holt, Reinhart and Winston, 1963); N. M. Downie
auui R. W. Heath, Basic Statistical Methods, 2nd Edition
(bkmv York: Harper and Row, Publisfiers, 1965).

6OMimeographed information obtained from Michigan
Statxa University Test Score Office.

 

 

 

27

based on a criterion variable-—usually total score. The

use of a nomograph can also be used to assign discriminating

values to test items.61
Items which fail to measure up to acceptable

standards can then be either re-written and re-evaluated or

eliminated from the test. Thus one is left with good items

for a test. The process of item analysis permits one to

build a test with the power to discriminate.

Summary

In Chapter II, the literature pertinent to the safe
operation of motor vehicle and motorcycles and testing of
their operators was reviewed. Also included was a review
of the general principles of test item and test construction
and evaluation. Described in Chapter III--~Methodology of
the Study--are the procedures and details of the study.
Topics covered include: Origin of the Motorcycle Test Item
Pool and Source Document; Preparation of the Test Items;
Data Collection; Data Analysis and Test Item Evaluation;

Development of the Parallel Tests.

 

61C. H. Lawske, Jr., Principles of Personal
Testing (New York: McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., 1948)
p. 190.

 

CHAPTER III

METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY

The methodology of the study details the procedures
employed and steps taken to extract the parallel test forms
and items from the original set of 463 multiple choice test
items. Major topics include: Origin of the Motorcycle
Test Item Pool and Source Document; Preparation of the
Test Items; Data Collection; Data Analysis and Test Item
Evaluation; Development of the Parallel Tests; and Summary.
The flow chart (Figure 2) depicts the steps described in
this chapter and serves as both an overview of the pro-
cedures used and as a means of portraying the sequence of

events.

28

 

Emumoum

ummulon umwu m as

muofiuwm Hoonum amen 14.10
ou mummu noumflcafipe

coauuoasoo mmmm

  

mswmmmuoum
How acumu muwonm
ue3mcm no nude 3mm

     

 

 

 

 

coauooHHoo mumo

 

 

     

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

  

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

mucumuumfi
COM» ICflEOm umou >2 Om: maoonom momou m oucfi
IOOHHOU nude new mCOMJosuumMI {A Eonm Duos Cu maoua weapon
0» UOOUOHE rcHumob comummm coflmmflEume casuao MMweU ecu mummwmm
v - v
5:1 3., .... a 91.;
umououcH o~u>ou0uox
0; H04 mEoua ensues; muumexo can muuom
A4 OHDOAMMNIDELOCOCOD mEODw IQSm Eouu muzmcH Amy TIATIAHV
IIN, I mEeufi o. umou mma>mmilAllt IMEwua uncuimwwlbww
/ MZODA taxscm Ommfl>wm mam :ofimfl>om EouH canmfifle>< mHOALODOZ
udEDOw 1px;. 1
NMMmmgwtwmw
mCouH one crfl.rmcte mEouH umwe ecu mo coflumummmum

 

 

 

“MWYIA * mEmuH umma Hoom EouH umoe ucoEsooo Oousow
_ enqono mamfluasz new ecu mo ummamonsmo may we useEmoao>oo

 

 

 

ucmEsoon euusom use doom EODH umma machonouoz On» mo swmfiuo

30

.gw‘! . - .. .. . 4 .. .. 3.. -I Ifllllrlltll-

.mpsum one mo SmoHoconumS one mcflpoflmoo DHOLU 30Hm1a.m ousmflm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mummnm mEHOM
s Hm3mcm use ummu ouso mEmuH memo“ pmou
some msopfi ov no A mason ummu Ho. A DOEHOM COADMH A cmm3uwn Emfiamaa A Euom umoe Op
mummy Hwaaeumm N :OADODOOHmOm Immmum snow umme Imumm MOM wumoe ucmscmflmmd EODH.
or
mummu meufi UODUOHOO mEoua Sea
1 Hmaamhmm so I. moum means OeuwwmsoM Inoue Lo cope .
.ICOAmsHocfl uOM.IA Downnsm >3 mcoflnm .4 Hoe; EWMH A IOCHEHHO Us: A o
COHDOOHmm EODH IHOHHOU EeanuOncH uwee.floaneume Boa>om EODH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

apnea Homacucm 05L we peeraoHo>oo

 

 

 

 

HOOQ EODH
\Q umoa accflh we» noaumflumum
/ v A CH :oflm5H0:M u0w pee Onto
GOHquaow Roch mo manpoucm

 

 

 

 

 

 

mDQOAOAMMOOO ceaumHOHHou
msoum cocoa
Inomxm >n momcommoH

mo coaucoflmaucocH
manmfluc> accusedoo

 

 

 

mpumo gonna

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3m 0. mcH20a-a um -
2 rs . .q.u m ow weep muoocm mosuc< m2auoow
FIAT. . xpflaflacum 1%. Eoue.mmflm TAT. OED mcauoow TAT Ho newnfim
>HOE£om o: On O m . H03»: omamoMWMW
Irmancwum> DCOU20AOQ I O a u D , < c. ro,ud

 

 

 

Ame sufiaosepao econ
sewudnfiuumflo omzoomem
xumEEsm EoqummeWE

mcofipcuzefioo

 

 

 

 

coaumsam>m EODH umma can mwm>amc< mumm

31

Origin of the Motorcycle Test Item
Pool and Source Document

 

 

Overview

 

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) awarded a contract to the Highway Safety Research
Institute (HSRI) for the "Development of a National Item
Bank for Tests of Driver Knowledge" for all classes of
operator licenses and vehicles. Under terms of the contract,
HSRI was to use the Driver Education Task Analysis (HumRRO)
and the Uniform Vehicle Code (UVC) as source documents for
the development of several hundred written driver license
test items to be used as an item pool for developing written
driver license tests.62 The test items were to be arranged
in four pools corresponding to each of the vehicle classes
under the classified license system: passenger cars and
small trucks, straight trucks, combination vehicles, and
motorcycles. Included in this exercise was to be an in-
depth evaluation of the passenger car and small truck (basic
license) test item pool.

To complete the activities in Phase I of the con-
tract, each of the states was asked to furnish copies of all

of their written driver license tests. The responses were

divided into the respective license classes and each item

 

62Additionally, the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
Devices was adapted to serve as a source document for traf-
fic ccmtrol signs, signals, and markings. The adaptation
is known as An Item Writers' Guide for Traffic Control

Devices.

 

32

catalogued. The content areas to be used for writing the
test items were selected from this catalogue of items and
from among the topics rated critical in HumRRO. In all,
1328 test items were written covering the operation of

basic vehicles. To adequately cover the other classes of
vehicles it became necessary to develOp source documents for

motorcycle and truck operation. The Item Writers' Guides,

 

as they are called, provide an outline for and information
about operating these classes of vehicles. Using these
source documents, test items were written for the remaining
vehicle classes. The motorcycle item pool contained 463
items; the truck item pools contained approximately 800 items.
In each of these item pools, the items covered only those
aspects of operation which were different from or critical
to that particular vehicle class. Thus, the pools did not
overlap in subject matter. The basic item pool is requisite
to all other license classes or pools. Each of the test
items in all pools was reviewed and rewritten where necessary,
catalogued, and prepared for publication.

Phase II of the contract consisted of an evaluation
of the items in the basic pool only which closely followed
the "classic" methods of test item evaluation. Included in
this evaluation were such activities as item prescreening,
item analysis, item pilot testing, item norm development,
and some preliminary work on item validation.

The motorcycle item pool, while published along with

the basic item pool, was only to be evaluated at a much

33

later date. The truck item pool was not to be evaluated.

This left large gaps in important areas of driver know-

ledge testing.

Development of the Source Document

The motorcycle test item pool and companion item

writers' guide (Appendix B, Item Writers' Guide for Motor-

 

Cycle Riding; A Preliminary Outline)63 were developed through
a joint effort of Dr. W. G. Berger and the author. Each
shared responsibility for the implementation of the driver
license knowledge testing project at HSRI. The following
narrative explains the major steps involved in the implemen—
tation of the project so that the reader can gain an insight
into the preparation of the source document and the item
pool--both comprehensive in scope.

Following the awarding of the driver licensing con-
tract to HSRI in 1970, correspondence with the driver
licensing administrators in the 50 states and the District of
Columbia requested that copies of all driver license written
tests be forwarded to HSRI.

Forty-six of the 51 licensing administrators res—
ponded. The replies were divided into the respective
license classes (operator, chauffeur, etc.) and catalogued.

The replies for the motorcycle class were catalogued

 

63Originally published as a part of the interim
report for Contract FH-ll—76l7, National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration. Now published under the title Item
Writers' Guide for Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary Outline
and subsequently referred to as the Guide.

 

 

34

according to the HumRRO indexing scheme (as used for
cataloguing the basic class items). When duplicate ques-
tions were eliminated, a total of 904 unique questions were
found to be used by the various states on their motorcycle
license examinations. Subsequently, 182 items were added
from other sources providing an item base of 1086 items
currently in use for testing motorcycle operators (Septem-
ber, 1970).

Through an extensive search of the available
literature including library searches, discussions with local
motorcycle dealers and riders, it was determined that the
bulk of the motorcycle literature was addressed to those
tasks necessary for learning how to ride, but that little or
nothing was said about the tasks used in day-to-day operation.
Thus, it became apparent that a comprehensive source document
was necessary which detailed the procedures associated with
a large number of motorcycle riding tasks and which was
organized in such a manner as to permit identification of
riding tasks which were unique and/or critical to riding a
motorcycle.

A careful examination of HumRRO revealed that it
would provide a suitable framework for the develOpment of
a similar document on motorcycle operation. Hopefully, the
development of a preliminary description of the tasks
involved in motorcycle riding would: (1) identify those
unique and critical aspects of motorcycle Operation, and

(2) provide an outline for the cataloguing of existing

35

motorcycle test items and for those yet to be written
and/or revised.

Contact was made with the Cycle Conservation Club
of Michigan through the Michigan Department of Education
and the Greater Lansing (Michigan) Safety Council and an

agreement reached whereby three members of the Club (Presi-

-r‘tqm
. l

dent, Secretary-treasurer and a member) would sit as a
committee to rewrite HumRRO to reflect motorcycle riding.

The committee rewrote existing statements, deleted

 

inappropriate statements and added new statements where

(I

applicable, deleted several entire sections inappropriate to
motorcycle operation, and added new sections where necessary
to reflect the spectrum of motorcycle riding tasks and
situations. Listed in Figure 3 is the table of contents for
the Guide (Item Writers' Guide for Motorcycle Riding: A
Preliminary Outline).64 A reader familiar with HumRRO will
be able to see the similarities and note the differences.
Once the task of adapting the original document had
been completed, it was checked for content and completeness
using the available literature and the existing motorcycle

license test items as references. Modifications were made

where necessary, while retaining as much of the original

 

HumRRO statement numbering and structure as possible. Those
64The Guide is probably best thought of as a taxonomy
of tasks necessary to ride a motorcycle on the road. It is

but one of the steps necessary for a complete task analysis,
and in its current form represents only a compilation
of tasks.

36

 

.mcflauso wnmsHEaaoum 4 "mcflpam mao>ououoz

 

How ocflsw .mumuwnz EODH ecp

mefluflfiflnflmcommen UQOOHOOMIumom
coflumoewwupoo odozououOE cam Ho>wua
moauflawnfimcommom flamed

mafiofl>uom cam :OHuowmmCH UAUOMHOQ
OCHOH>Hem pew oumo ocflusom
wucmcoucflmz

cofluflpcoo HOCOADOEO cam
Hmoflmxsm mcflumpoeeooom cam maficflmucamz
mmsup can Honooam mo OmD
acaccmam
mxwmh mfluEtoum

mOH>dmmm Odomlmmo

mcaofl>uom Opflmccom

moflocomuoEo OHOSOMODOE OD mcflpcommom

ommmmsa no mmmmxoca mcfiwuumo
OHO>OMODOZ esp Op pwumaom mxmme

mcs>app seesz
mcofluflccoo monumoz
ucoECOHH>cm ecu Ou @Oumamm mmeE

wmnmfid HHOD
.mamccsu cam momcflpn .mmcflmmODO pmoufiflmm
mmoum uwouumtmwo
masonmcnse
mpummmc\mcofluospum£o cam eomwusm cmom
A.ucoov moflumfluoDompmcu xmscmom ou cessaom mxmme

MOM mucoucou mo manmeln.m onsmflm

momma ocmq

mo>uso mcflumauomoz

mafia: mcflumfluomoz
mmepuwmo one demplcO
mcofluoompoucH OCHumHuomoz

moaumfluoDomumco >mspmom ou poumaom mxmme

mo~o>os0u08 pocpc SLHB osp>flwm
Dewempu ob Ocflpumom

meexpcd

muse Ocmzo econ.

oflwmmwp OCH>OOH cam OcflpoDcm
mcflmncd

OCHSOAHCE

mcoHuHccou oflmwmab ob cougaom niece

mucocommmd OCH>LLOU

Oce>flpp >m3oepe

mcfl>flpp >m3goflz

OCH>HM© COOL:

COHummfl>ez

mcoflDeDHEeH HmonSLm MOO OcaummCOQEOO
oocmHHflo>p3m

mxmwfi ©CH>flMQ HGHOCOO

Homecoo pflxm

OCHLAODm

Homecoo poozm

mcfluooum

mcflumuoaoood

mcfluhmpm

meuspOOOMm O>Humuomoloum

WXWMB HOHMCOU Oflmmm

mOH>¢Imm QQOmIZO

37

statements which were identical to HumRRO statements were
designated by all numeric (HumRRO) code whereas those state-
ments which were unique to motorcycles were designated by
alpha-numeric codes. The Guide was then reproduced in a
limited quantity and sent to experts (Motorcycle Safety
Specialist, NHTSA, Professor of Safety Education, Representa-
tive of a Recreational Cycle Club) for review.

The arrangements made with the experts were to have
them review the document and comment on its contents. Each
expert performed the following tasks:

1. In the process of reading the Guide,

a. Change any statement that may be unsafe or
improper on a motorcycle.

b. Delete any statement that may be totally
improper or wrong by crossing out same.

c. Add statements or indicate sections to be
included which have been omitted and where
these sections should be placed.

2. Circle the NUMERIC codes (i.e., 21—111, etc.)
associated with statements felt to be significantly more
important for motorcycles than for passenger cars from a
safety and traffic flow standpoint.

Upon return of the documents by the experts, the com-
ments were reviewed and, where indicated, changes were again
made in the Guide by the author. An item designated by the
experts as representing a behavior more important for motor-
cyclists than passenger car driving was considered a

"critical" statement. The criticality ratings indicated by

experts were not incorporated in the final document, but

.“ie‘

 

TISS-

38

were reported in Appendix E of the project technical
report.65 The manuscript was then prepared for publica-

tion and distribution.

The resulting document, Item Writers' Guide for

 

Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary Outline (the Guide) repre—
sents a compendium of tasks associated with owning and

operating a motorcycle on the street.

Development of the Test Item Pool

 

At this point in the project, work had been completed
on the Composite Topic Index (the final organizational scheme
for indexing all the test items in all vehicle classes). All
of the existing test items as collected from the states were
then recatalogued according to this index.

To assist in identifying those areas of motorcycle
operation which should be tested, data on motorcycle acci-
dents were gleaned from the HSRI Accident Data Files and
other sources. Using the data gathered, the criticality
ratings, the unique statements as identified from the Guide,
and the existing items from the states, statements in the
Egide were identified as being either unique to the operation
of a motorcycle, critical to the operation of a motorcycle
(as identified by experts and verified with supporting data),
or items already being used as supported by questions from
the various state licensing examinations. Thus, areas of

motorcycle operation were identified for which test items

 

65W. G. Berger, et. a1., National Item Bank, op. cit.

 

 

 

39

should be written. Also, all the sections of the Uyg
applicable to motorcycles were included.

Multiple choice test items were formulated based on
the statements previously identified in the Guide. Each
item was carefully constructed using accepted rules of
multiple choice test item construction. Once the rough
questions were completed, they were reviewed by other staff
persons at HSRI and revised where necessary. Reading level
spot checks and vocabulary checks were made. Also each item
was examined for grammatical and structural problems and for
content consistency and SCOpe with the Guide.

Each major content area in the Guide was represented
by items in the pool. In all, 463 items were prepared
reflecting not only the scope of the Guide but on-the-road
riding as well.

Listed in Figure 4 is the Composite Topic Index used
as the master index for all the test item pools.66 As
reproduced here, it reflects those topics which were
included in the motorcycle test item pool.

As a final exercise, each test item was subjected to
a two phase review. This procedure consisted of (1) a
review by experienced motorcycle riders acting as paid sub-
jects to take every test item, and (2) a review by motorcycle
riding experts of each item. The paid subjects (nine in all)
answered each of the 463 items. After scoring the items,
the subjects who received the highest scores were interviewed
about why they chose the answer they did on the items they

66Ibid.

 

40

A.* Pre-Operative Procedures

 

1.

Vehicle Related

a. Pre-trip inspection and
procedures

b. After entering vehicle
Upon mounting motorcycle
(See also: Carrying
Passengers)

c. Starting and stopping
the engine

d. After starting engine

Navigation and Trip Planning
a. Planning
4. Prepares for long trip
b. Navigation
1. Location and route
awareness

B. Basic Knowledge

1.

Fundamental Control Informa-
tion and Maneuvers
a. Shifting gears
1. Standard
2. Automatic
3. Downshifting when
necessary
4. Difficulty shifting
5. Emergency downshift
b. Lane usage
1. General
2. Multi-lane
c. Following
1. Following distance
2. Speed adjustments
d. Hauling and towing loads
1. General
e. Carrying passengers
2. Seating Passengers

Directional Control

a. Steering general

b. Turning (See also:
Backing up)

Speed control
a. Starting on a hill
b. Starting on snow or ice
d. Speed control—-normal

(see also: Shifting gears)
e. Speed control--slow speed

Braking and Stopping

a. Technique and procedures
(See also: Rapid stop)

b. Distance

c. Emergency (See also:
Shifting gears and
Emergency situations)

Driver Perception and
Communication
a. Surveillance

1. General

2. Traffic

4. Vehicle interior and

operating conditions

b. Signals and signaling

Maneuvers

a. Entering and leaving
traffic (See also: Free—
way driving on and off
ramps)
1. Entering traffic
2. Leaving traffic
3. Entering and leaving

off street areas

b. Negotiating intersections

1. Approaching intersections

2. Traversing intersections
c. Negotiating curves
1. Approaching curves

2. Driving through curves

(continued)

*The alpha-numeric section indicators follow the scheme used in the

basic test item pool for passenger cars (see footnote 8).
all sections are applicable to motorcycles,

from this listing.

Since not
they have been deleted

Figure 4.--Test Item Pool Organization, Composite

Topic Index.

41

d. Negotiating hills
1. Upgrades
2. Downgrades
e. Lane changing
l. Prepares to change
2. Completes change
f. Passing
1. Prepares to pass
2. Changes lanes (See
also: Lane changing)
3. Passes vehicle
9. Turnabouts
l. U-turns
i. Parking
1. General
2. Legal regulations
. Parallel
. Angle
. Perpendicular
Securing vehicle
Leaving space
At edge of roadway
(See also: Entering
and leaving traffic,
Disabled vehicle) C.
j. Driving in Off-strees areas
(parking lots, loading
areas, deliver areas, etc.)
(See also: Entering and
leaving Off-street areas)

04001.5(»

Road and Weather Conditions
a. Road surface and obstruc-
tions
1. Surface type
Surface irregularities
. Road cover
Roadway edges
. Roadway obstructions
b. Weather conditions
1. Visibility
2. Temperature
3. Wind

(11wa

. Emergency Situations and

Maneuvers
a. Vehicle emergencies
l. On-road critical
2. On-road non-critical
3. Preparations for pos-
sible emergencies

Figure 4.-—Continued.

4. Emergency downshift
(See also: Shifting
gears)

5. Emergency stop (See
also: Stopping, Skid
control)

6. Seeks emergency assis-
tance for disabled
vehicle (See also:
Reacting to Traffic,
Roadside Services and
Parking)

b. Skid control
1. Preventive measures
3. Arrests skid (See also:
Skid control, Decelera-
tion)
4. Deceleration
c. On-road emergencies (See
also: Reacting to
Traffic)

Driving Situations

 

1. Urban driving
a. General
b. Commercial areas
c. Residential areas

2. Highway driving
a. General highway driving
b. Rural highways
c. Mountainous terrain

3. Freeway driving
a. On-ramps
c. Moving with traffic
f. Off-ramps

4. Reacting to Traffic-—
General On-road Emergencies
a. Reacting to other vehicles
b. Reacting to pedestrians

5. Night driving
a. General
b. Urban
c. Rural

(continued)

42

6. Railroad Crossings, Bridges 8- Rules Of the Road
and Tunnels, Toll Plazas, h: Speed restrictions

Weigh Stations n. Special rules for motorcycles
a. Railroad crossings

b. Bridges and tunnels 9. Equipment of vehicles
c. Toll Plazas e. Equipment on motorcycles and
motor driven cycles

D. Vehicle and Driver

 

1. Physical and Emotional Condi-
tions
a. Temporary (fatigue, carbon
monoxide, etc.)
. Alcohol .
Vision
Hearing
Illness
. Preoccupation and distraction
--emotional conditions

 

tQHofDD-IU‘

FF

2. Vehicle Care and Servicing
a. Fuel Stop service
b. Roadside service
0. Routine service

E. Driver Responsibilities

1. Driver Responsibilities to the
Laws
a. Driver licensing
b. Vehicle registration
0. Insurance
9. Required equipment

2. Post-Accident Responsibilities
Stops vehicle

Notifies police

. Offers assistance to injured
Warns other traffic
Exchanges information

. Reports accident

HwTDQ-OU‘W

F2 Thehicle Code--Laws and Regulations

 

1. Definitions
2. Vehicle Registration and Title

4. Drivers' License

Figure 4 . --Continued .

43

missed. Their responses were recorded to be used later in
revising the items. The experts (32 in all) were given a
sub-set of the items along with a copy of the Epigg and a
reference list of where the source could be found in the
§gi§g and asked to evaluate each item in terms of its accu—
racy in reflecting the context of the Egigg. Their comments
were also recorded for later use.

The publication of the items in the final report
constituted the completion of this phase of the contract.

As a result of these efforts, three documents were
prepared and available for use: (1) An Item Writers' Guide
for Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminagy Outline (the Egigg);
(2) a test item pool containing 463 multiple choice items
covering the range of critical on-the-road riding tasks;

(3) a set of comments about each item as compiled from
experienced motorcycle riders and motorcycle riding experts.

This set of test items ([2] above) and set of com-
ments ([3] above) form the basis for the test item evaluation

and test develOpment efforts described in subsequent chapters.

Preparation of the Test Items

Materials Available

In September, 1972, the following documents and
rmaterials were available for use in carrying out the objective

of this study:

44

l. The Guide67 which served as a source document

for the item content along with the UVC.

2. The item pool consisting of 463 multiple choice
test items (four responses per item) indexed
according to the Composite Topic Index.

3. A review of each item by: 69
a. nine paid subjects who answered every item,

b. at least two "experts" in the field of
motorcycle riding.

4. Comments on each of the items by:

a. subjects who scored well on the test but missed
specific items,

b. experts who felt that an item did not
accurately reflect the intent of the Guide,
good riding practice, or both.

Item Revision

The first task in this study consisted of scanning
each of the 463 items, searching for those which duplicated
or otherwise provided overlapping coverage of sections in the
Guide. There were thirty such items, and they were flagged
for combination into one item or for the elimination of one
of the duplicating items. Often times a section was covered
by two or more detailed items. These were subsequently
rewritten into one item of a more general nature. This was

also the procedure in the cases where a section was covered

by a general item and a detailed item. Some of the

 

67T.L. McDole and W.G. Berger, Guide, op. cit.

 

68W.G. Berger, et. a1., National Item Bank, op. cit.

 

69All 463 items were combined into one test which
was taken by all nine subjects.

7OExperts included educators, lawyers, policemen,
industry representatives, etc.

 

 

45

duplicating items were simply omitted after determining
that their content was covered.

The comments made by the experts and paid subjects,
an indication of the source material location for the item
in the Epidg, and the item were assembled for review. In
all, 316 items were identified for review and possible
revision and 147 were left as originally written.

Each item, thus identified for review, was carefully
examined in light of the comments made by the experts and
the paid subjects. In addition, the source material (as
shown in the Ggigg) for each item was also reviewed.

One of four actions resulted. The item was either:
(1) retained as originally prepared; (2) revised, rewritten,
edited, or illustrated as necessary; (3) combined with
anOther item of similar or like content; (4) discarded. The
goal was to correct and strengthen the item and to eliminate
duplicity in the pool. As a result, 96 items were omitted,
161 items were revised, 129 items were retained in their
original form, and 77 items previously marked for revision
were retained as usable in their original, unrevised form.

A total of 367 items emerged from the review and revision.

The ideal test size for a one hour testing period
is about 50 items per test. With the item pool at 367 items,
this meant approximately eight test forms. Since the desired
sample size per test is 100 subjects, this meant approxi—
mately 800 students would be needed. In preliminary talks

with schools it became apparent that obtaining this large

 

I. madman. J" '4-

46

a sample would be difficult as one school system would have
difficulty providing that many students. Also cost became
a factor, not only in increased material expense, but per—
sonnel to administer the tests. Also, the larger the
sample, the more costly the analysis. It therefore seemed
imperative to reduce the item pool to a more manageable size.
In the process of negotiations with school systems, it
became apparent that two systems would be able to provide
about 600-650 students. Thus, an attempt was made to reduce
the number of items in the pool to less than 300 so that
the number of subjects per test could be maintained at 100.

The items in the revised item pool (arranged by
topic) were reviewed again with an eye to eliminating or
combining items so as to reduce their overall numbers, but
not to reduce the content coverage. This was a judgmental
exercise resulting in the elimination of an additional 85
items, leaving 282 items in the pool for an average of 47
items on each of six test forms.

This final pool of 282 items was then reviewed for
(l) the correct answer, (2) consistent vocabulary (language),
(3) correct and consistent grammar, punctuation and format.
A reading level check was not made on the items as (1) they
had been spot checked during their initial preparation under
the contract, and (2) the correlation of the responses to
each item with an independent measure of reading achievement
for each subject would provide an index of verbal difficulty

for the items.

 

T'“‘"'T'“

 

47

Once verified, the 282 items in the pool were

 

grouped according to their content area and organized
according to the Composite TOpic Index (see Figure 4 for
the Topic Index). These 282 items were consecutively num—
bered so that individual items, when removed from the pool, re
could be uniquely and readily identified. This number is
subsequently referred to as the 282 number.

Figure 5 shows the grouping of the items according

to the Topic Index with the Index outline numbers given,
L

 

number of items in each category, and a brief identifica~
tion of the content. Sub-totals give the numbers of items
in each major grouping. Since the Index is an outline form,
'it is possible to identify major topics and their related
items. These major topics are somewhat autonomous and
hence can be lifted out and tested without fear of dis—

rupting any interaction between tOpics.

Prepgring the Items for Testing

 

Item Format.-—Each of the six proposed tests was
constructed from the major topics described above, thus pre-
serving the ability to test for inter-item correlation
between items of like subject matter. Figure 6 shows the
groupings of the major topics comprising each of the six
tests, and the total number of items per test. A very con-
certed attempt was made to maintain the integrity of the
majcu: tOpics. Only one (Section C6) had to be broken apart.

However, it consisted of topics which were not closely

48

 

Topic
Index

Major Topic

No. of
Items

Sub Topics

 

Pre-Operative
Procedures

25 items

Fundamental
Control

77 items

Maneuvers

32 items

on

i—'
H mbwb

UIOONfll—‘w-bNDI-‘I-‘l-‘Nw

wl—‘NNW

ewuhawracwm use

Pre—Trip Inspection

Carrying Passengers

Mounting Motorcycle

Starting the Engine

After Starting the
Engine

Preparing for a Long
Trip

Shifting Gears
ll

Lane Usage
Following
I!

Carrying Passengers
ll

Steering
II

Speed and Starting
and Stopping

Braking and Stopping

Emergency Braking
and Stopping

Surveillance

ll
Intersections
ll

Curves

Hills

Lane Changing

(continued)

Figure 5.--Number of Items Grouped by Content According
to the Topic Index.

 

‘l-I

 

 

49
Topic . . No. of .
Index Major Top1c Items Sub TOplCS
B.6. (continued) 5 Passing
1 ll
1 U-Turns
1 Parking
1 ll
1 N
l H
1 II
3.7. Road and Weather 6 Road Surface
Conditions 6 "
2 2 ll
48 items 3 "
4 ll
4 Weather
1 H
2 "
B.8. Emergency 9 Emergency
Situations and l "
Maneuvers 1 "
l H
22 items 5 Skidding
4 I.
l H
C.1 to Driving 3 Urban Driving
C.3 Situations l "
l ll
13 items 1 Highway Driving
2 ll
4 Freeway Driving
1 ll
C.4. to Reacting to 23 Reacting to other
C.6. Traffic Vehicles
3 Night Driving
36 items 2 "
4 Railroad Crossings,
etc.
3 I!
l I!

Figure 5.--Continued.

(continued)

 

L ‘5 ti"?

 

50

 

 

Topic . . NO. of .
Index Major Top1c Items Sub TOplCS
[L to Vehicle and Driver 3 Physical—-Driver
E. l "
14 items 1 "
2 Vehicle Care
7 II
F. Legal 1 Laws
1 H
15 items 8 "
5 ll
nt=282

Figure 5.--Continued.

51

 

Test Major Topics of
Number Items
1. * A (except carry pass) + D + B5 + C6b + C6c

22 14 6 3 l 46
2. B1 + B2 + Carry Pass.

29 16 3 48
3. B3 + B4 + B8

12 14 22 48
4. B7

48 :12
5. C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 + C5 + C6a

5 3 5 23 5 4 .45
6. B6 + F

32 15 47

.Description of Major Topics (see also Figure 5)

A:
Bl-BS:
B6:
B7:
B8:

C1-C6:

Pre-Operative

Basic Control Tasks
Maneuvers

Road and Weather Conditions
Emergency Maneuvers

Driving Situations

Vehicle and Driver

Legal

Figure 6.--Topic Layout for Each Test.

52

related. In no instance were individual items from any
lower level topic spread among several tests. Each test
therefore contained items from one or more major topics with

an average of 47 items per test.

Marker Items.—-To complete the subject matter por—

 

tions of the six tests, two marker items (Figure 7) were
chosen from the basic test pool71 to serve as common items
between the various test forms. These two items would be
the ggly points of commonality between the tests. These
items (Figure 7) also served the same function in the
evaluation of the items in the basic test item pool.72 Thus
.something was known about their performance and hence one

could evaluate the performance of the subjects responding to

these tests in light of experience with similar groups.

Randomizing Test Items.-—As a final step in the

 

subject matter portion of the six tests, the items for a par-
ticular test were randomized so that no two adjacent items
(like subject matter) in the pool were adjacent in the
test.73 Since the items were arranged by content in the pool,

it was possible (and probable) that an adjacent item in the

Exxol could contain a tip off to or the answer to a neighboring

 

71Basic item pool and report.

721bid.

73The two marker items were placed as number 1 and
2 (Mi each test._

53

 

 

 

 

 

Marker Estimated
Item P Valuea Item
M1 94 This sign means: .
* a) Slow down to 35 mph :—
and prepare to enter
a curve.
b) Exit ahead, exit speed
35 mph. 1
c) Construction area, slow down ' ‘ 1
to 35 mph and use the right
lane only.
d) Vehicle turning right must .
reduce speed to 35 mph. ‘
M2 75 In making a left turn, you should not:

* a) Pull halfway into the inter-
section and edge into cross
traffic.

b) Signal before you arrive at the
intersection.

c) Slow down to a stop if traffic
is heavy.

d) Stay in one lane while turning.

*Correct answer

aAverage P Value obtained from testing done on
high school driver education graduates in Iowa in 1972.

 

Figure 7.--Marker Items for Inclusion on Each Test.

54

item. Randomization reduces this possibility as well as
makes the test more interesting by presenting alternating
subject matter.

The items were then typed onto masters, proof-read,
checked again for adjacent items and prepared for repro-
duction. The test items, as prepared for reproduction, are

shown in Appendix A.

Dependent Variable

 

Subject Definition.--Several items were written

 

dealing with subject definition, cycle ownership, and cycle
interest and riding experience. The first category, con-
sisting of three items,was simply a description of the
subject and permitted a definition of the sample. The

three subject definition items are shown in Figure 8.

1. How old are you?

a) 15 years old or younger.
b) 16 years old.

c) 17 years old.

d) 18 years old.

e) 19 years old or older.

2. What grade are you in?
a) 9th (Freshman).
b) 10th (Sophomore).
c) 11th (Junior).
d) 12th (Senior).

3. What is your sex?

a) Male.
b) Female.

IFigure 8.--Subject Definition Items.

55

Motorcycle Interest Inventory (Dependent Variable).-—

 

The items prepared for the latter two categories-~cycle
ownership and cycle interest—-are an attempt to measure the
interest and riding experience of the subject in owning and
operating a motorcycle. The seven questions covering these
two topics would be combined into a ‘Dependent Variable for
the purposes of answering the amount of experience the sub—
ject has had riding a cycle. This value would be used
later to group the subjects and sub-set the data into
experienced and non-experienced cycle rider groups. The
seven questions as formulated are shown as Figure 9, along
with the definitions and introductory material.

The items can be grouped into those dealing with
cycle ownership-~both self, family, and friends (items 4-6)—-
and those dealing with cycle interest and riding experience,
both as a passenger and as an operator (items 7-10). To

permit a study of the stability (reliability) of this

56

1. How old are you? 2. What grade are you in?
a) 15 years old or younger. a) 9th (Freshman).
b) 16 years old. b) 10th (Sophomore).
c) 11 years old. c) llth (Junior).
d) 18 years old. 6) 12th (Senior).

o) 19 years old or older.

3. Ihst is your sex?

a) Halo.
b) Female.

The next seven questions (numbers dulO) are about motorcycle ownership and riding experience
on-the-road.

The term:

MOTORCYCLE a; used here also includes the smaller machines such as motor—driven cycles,
motor scooters, mini-bikes, etc.

OWNERSHIP or OWN means either it is yours legally or yours but someone else had to sign for it.
FAMILY means all people,other than yourself,who live in the same house.

4. Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcytle?

a) No one own‘ a motorcycle.

b) Someone 918: in the family (other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

c) I am the only one in the family who owns a motorcycle.

d) I own a motorcycle 539 so does another member of my family (two or more motorcycles in
the family).

5. Do any of your friends own a motorcycle?

I) "0. \
b) You.

6. Do you plan on buying or Owning a motorcycle this year?

No.

. bl Don't know '
c) Yes.
d) I slrepdy own one.

7. How many times have you been the driver (operator) of a motorcycle on rte road?

a) flavor operated a motorcycle.
b) Once or twice.

c) Several times.

d) Many tires.

0. Estimate the total number of miles you have griven (Operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

a) Don‘t drive a motorcycle.
b) Less than [00 miles.

c) 100 - 1,500 miles.

d) 1.500 - 3,000 miles.

0) More than 3.000 miles.

9. How many times have you been a passenger on a motorcycle?

a) Never been a passenger.
b) Once or twice.

c) Several times.

d) Many times.

10. How much time do you Spend working on motorcycles - yours or someone else's (mechanical
repairs, cleaning, etc.)?
a) None.
b) Less than one hour per week.
c) One - three hours per week.
3) Four - eight hours per week.
s) More than eight hours per week.

1 Continue to next page...

Firpare 9.-—Motorcyc1e Interest Inventory (Dependent
Variable) Items.

 

57

measure, an alternative form of questions 7 and 9 were

prepared. These are shown in Figure 10.

7. How many times have you been the driver (operator)
of a motorcycle on the road?

 

a) Never Operated a motorcycle.
b) One or two times.

c) Three - ten times.

d) More than ten times.

 

9. How many times have you been a passenger on a
motorcycle? -

a) Never been a passenger.
b) One or two times.

c) Three - ten times.
d) More than ten times.

Figure lO.--Alternate Forms of the Two Dependent Variable
Items.

The complete page of items for the subject definition items
and the dependent variable items is shown in Appendix A.
.Also the page for the alternate form of the dependent vari-

able is in Appendix A.

Preparing the Tests

As a final step in the preparation of the items for
the initial testing, a cover was prepared stating the pur-
posezof the test, directions for taking the test, instructions
for marking the answer sheet and providing for a place to
recomd the subject's name and number. An example of this
covem'can be found in Appendix A. The masters for each of

tflue Six tests--one set of items, the dependent variable

58

page, and cover—~were assembled and proof read. Once satis—
fied that they contained no errors, a sufficient quantity
(125 c0pies of each of six tests) of tests were reproduced.
The tests were then ordered in sequence of six tests so that
when distributed, every 6th student would get an identical
test. This, coupled with the arbitrary seating arrangement
found in many classrooms and random starting point in
distributing test booklets in the classroom (not always
starting at the same place in passing out booklets) assured
random assignment of the various tests within a classroom

and across the entire sample.

Obtaining Permission to Test

 

To obtain permission to test students in a test—
retest program, contact was made with several school districts
in Western Wayne and Washtenaw counties in Michigan. Two
school districts (one suburban, one rural) agreed to permit
the testing of seniors in the American Government programs.
In one of the school districts, students (mostly seniors) in
some of the World Geography classes were also tested. In
all, the required number plus additional students were
available. A schedule was established whereby the testing
would take place on consecutive days during the first and
second weeks of March, 1973. Each class would be contacted
twice--one during the first week and again one week later.
Arrangements were also made with each school district to ob-

tain achievement test scores for the subjects.

59

Written Testing Instructions

 

As the final task in preparing to test the students,
written testing instructions to guide the test proctor and
provide verbal direction (and uniformity) were drafted.
These instructions included directions to the proctor for
administering the test, maintaining decorum in the class-
room and giving instructions to the students. Materials
were prepared for both the testing and re-testing exercises.
Copies of these instructions can be found in Appendix B.
Also included in Appendix B is a copy of the mark sense
answer sheet used to record the students' responses. Pencils
were also furnished for those who came without them. As a
gesture of thanks, bumper stickers (left over from another
project) were passed out to the students at the end of the
re-test session. The bumper sticker is also shown in

Appendix B.

Data Collection

 

On the appointed days a test proctor and the author
administered the tests to the students--high school seniors
enrolled in the required American Government classes—-and
to selected mixed grade level classes in World Geography.
The materials were distributed in accordance with the
instructions (Appendix B) and at the end of a class period
collected and placed in a Specially marked envelope for that
particular class. At the end of the first testing, all

materials (booklets and answer sheets) were processed and

recycled for the restesting exercise. Each test booklet and

6O

.answer sheet was given a subject number. The test booklet
was then scanned for stray marks and placed in the envelope
for re-testing. For those tests used in the rural district,
the alternate form of the dependent variable page was
inserted. The answer sheets were set aside to await further
processing. On the appointed days one week later, the
second administration of the test took place. Students
were given the same test booklet they had had the previous
week and asked to retake the test. For-those who were pre—
sent for the first time, they were given a fresh booklet
and asked to take it as the first test. Those students who
were absent for this second testing had the cover of their
booklet marked absent. Again, the booklets and answer
sheets were collected at the end of the testing period and
placed in their proper envelope. While the test was made to
appear mandatory, it was in fact voluntary and any student
who objected was excused. Two classes voted not to take

the re-test. At the end of the re—test session in each
class, bumper stickers were distributed (see Appendix B).

At the end of the re-testing, the answer sheets were given
the subject number that appeared on the booklet cover. In
the case of those booklets which did not have a subject
number, one was assigned. The booklets were then returned
to their respective envelopes and the answer sheets coupled
with those from the first testing to await further pro-
cessing. Six hundred twenty-five (625) participated in

the first testing and 484 participated in the re-test. Of

61

the 484 taking the re—test, 33 actually took the test for
the first time. Thus, a total of 658 students took the
test for the first time, while 451 took the test both times.
One hundred seventy—four (174) students were absent or
elected not to take the test the second time. In all, 25
classes of students took the test for the first time with
23 of the 25 classes taking the re-test also.

With the testing completed, work began on processing

the 1109 valid answer sheets.
Data Analysis and Test Item Evaluation

Preparing the Answer Sheets

 

The first task in preparing for the data analysis
included checking over the answer sheets, adding selected
data and reducing the answer sheets to punched cards.

Optically scannable answer sheets were used by the
subjects. The use of these provides a quick and inexpensive
means of reducing the student responses to a machine readable
form--in this case, punched cards. An example of the answer
sheet used is shown as Figure 11. Shown also on this form
are the places where additional data was recorded. The
steps taken to complete the answer sheet were as follows:

1. Write in Achievement Score - An independent

 

reading achievement score was obtained for a sizeable por-

titnu of the sample. Both of the urban high schools

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

(3...... ....:....k:...........

 

 

I... I... I... I...
.0. .D. 0. 0. u
.C. .C. .C. I...
3.0. 3.0. 3.3. 3.0. m
Yul. 7.0. I... 7.:-
m m m m ”
.C. .E. I... I... e
5. .0. .0. .0. u
.C. .C. I... c.
.35. 3.3. 3.8. 3.8.
7.0. 7.0-7.0."—
‘ 1| ” .a
I 5 6
I. II .I I.
.E. .5. a... .E.
.0. .C. 0. .0.
.C. .C. I... .C.
3.8. 3.0. 3.0. 3.3.
vial. 7.0. vial. VIII.
2.. w M a
‘4 I. II I.
2... I... .E. 3....
.0. .0. .0. .0.
E. .C. .C. .C.
3.0. 3...... 3.5. .0....
Y.F. 7.5. .lnh. T..Q.
.I . 7 s
I I I. 6
‘1 II I II
at... 1... n3. .3.-
.0. .0. .0. .0.
.C. .C. .C.. .C.
3.3. 3.0. 3.8. Fae.
T.A. .I.A. v.0. .lqA.
a)
. J u a
II 1 0 I
.E. .E. .E. .C..
.0. .3. .0. .0.
.C. .C. .C. .C.
.3. . any 3.8. 3.3-
V... YA. Y.‘..Iz.
9 7 5 t.
.. 0 .5 .0
‘I I II 0
.f.. 3).. a...- l...-
.0. .0. .0. .0.
.C .C. .C. .C.
3.3. 3.3. 3.8. 7.3.
91A. T.A. Y.A. Y.A.
n u u u
0 i I ‘I
2!. .C.. .E. .r:
.0. .0. .0. .0.
.C. .C. .C. .C.
.5... :3. I... .r..... w
Y.A. T... on... T... N
n a a ...
n. ... I “
31%

 

 

. v. 2... .C. .C.. .I.. l... .3. D... 2... ..... I... D... e... 1... 0.... .C.. .C.
. .. .n . .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0 no. .0. .0. 90. 6. 0. a. n0. .0. .0.
.h . . C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. I... e. .C . .C. .C. .C.
.— . .7... 3... I... 3... 3... 3.0. (.33 .r... 3..... 3..., 3‘. 3‘. 3.4. 3.0. 30‘ 3.0. 3...
III. J 7... VII. "III?" III. ill. Ina. Y.A. . .1. .LA. .- rA.T.A. 2‘. 13A. .I.A. ?.A.
it... In. H m1... 0...». u. n. a n . . . m m m m m
.NIq Lo... sci... . w... a... 101$ I070. .3. ..I. 2... .C.. .0. . I: . .E. I... I... P... I... I... I... n... .E. .E. .....
.5: 4...»...1 .4 5.. _......r...... .5 .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .3. .0. .D. .1. D r .C. .0. .5. .0.
.x .3. a. . . A. . . .4. 2P. . is I s .zlsu .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C.. .C. .C. a... .C. .C. .C. I... .C. .C. .C.
5).... 6.03.1304 .... .0.. .nova .OI..I¢”G. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 30. 3.0. 3.0. 30. 3|... 3.0. 3.5. 3.0. 3.8. 3.5.
a>v.,..mvfi.ag .. .16 .oucanw..xol1.. b'“q. I’r'll on, T‘vl‘tnu. T.A. TIA. TIA-T... 7.5. 13A. T.A. 7.... T.A.
5.7.3.... .. 1. ............u.. .o J... a.” On a” “0 .III “ n n v n m m m m m
:I: an. .. kn. .. inf... .9. n .0. p. .nu n. 3... r... 2... .E. 2... 9... .C.. .25 .E. D... at. I... .E. .E. 2... .E. .E.
.mvcaansanl a 3...... .nvs. .av...r.~.lh. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .u. .0. 0. .J. .0. .0. .0. .0.
.8... .3 a . a: . ........n ..I . up, . A .0. . .C. .C. .C .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C.
.Or¢ .00.... .1 ,io.’ Ir.B. t .I. 3.“. 3.8. I.I. 3.... .3»... 3.5.. 3.... :38. .5... F3.- .r.... .53. F3.- F.5. C.3.
o 0 so 5. o o 0 0 o Iv... 7’”. 3” 40‘ "It". . Y" Inl. ouch. .unA. 1.0. 1.0. 3.A. T.A0. Y.”. T.“. .I.A.
H Ht— ... an :2 9w (.5 u. a... u m n u u m u. u u m
n.8200— ) O a. .0. .Iuc pa .0.. ..... .l.. .3.. .5... .3: .30 .r... 3... I...» 0.... P... .E. r... 0.... .C.. .5.-
.0. .0. .0. .0, .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. 0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .D. .0.
”— M... .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. o .C. .C. .C. I... an I». .C. .Cu .C. .C. .C.
a a.” H. 9 ”v 3.0. .1... 3.... .3... .19. .50. .0.... v.0. 3.8. 1.0. 3.5.. 3.5. 3.8. 5.5. I... r3... ..6.
Y ” MW d ll *-V’l‘ ’ 71.7, TL. Yul. Yul. II. YEA. Y.A. T.A. .15. 7.A. 1.A. Y.A.
row". w. w tsunuawunuuuuun « n u n m m mm m
r w ” ”bl ~ a!“ .C.. Ii. 0.... .0.. pl.» or... 0‘: in go go '2. E. ..l- IE 0‘.» o‘-
n 5+ N "I .0. .9. .0. .0., .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. 34. .0. , .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0.
W M a .C. .C 1.. .C. C. .C. . .3 .C. .C. .C. 2.. .C. .C. 2.. .C. .C. .C.
".I All 3.0. 3.0. 3... 3.0 3 0. 3.0 3. B {.3. 3.0. I. r 3.9. 3.0. 3.5. 3.8. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0.
rl M '.02... t’IIIn.’ “In. . III 1' 1.3””... 7.... r A. . A. .1... T.A. 7:... T... 1.A. Y.A.
3. 3.3.2.3.... £5.41... .1... n....¢.¢....... I I In “a V“ a3 “a ”.3 3w 9 7. u. n m m m m m
.9 2.019 .0.... 016. 8‘? 59.0 ..n.r0 .0..O. ..... 2... .0. .l... 3... P... . L. 2... Jr... I... I... I... a... .E. .E. .r. .E.
as .. .srahtflg wsra utiafltv3Atvtl$vt. .0. .0. .0. .0.. .9. .0. .... .0.. .0. .0. .0. 9.1.. .0. .J. .0. .3. .0.
.O 940. ... IO. .. Y: 0.3... .03. .3: 3.83. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C.. .C. .C. .C. .C. .r. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C.
2 4.2. 20:. l .2. .. A2...h2l2d=I£IZIZ. 9.0..r .0. 3... 3.8. 3.0. 1.0. C.’ 3.8. 5.0. «.6. 3.0. 3.0. 3.3. 3.8. 3.5. 3.5. 3.8.
a, 5.5. 34.4.... ..4.....A3...c§3.... n3.....fi’w§. 7' . I. 1' 1' 1’ v' 7' 9 I. 7.A. r IA. IA. Y.A. 7.... T... Y.l. T.A. Y.A.
n.— ..4. ..a.. a...4........ua..u..... ”1 -m.w —" ”N a” fl. “N w .6: 5 u fl ” W m m m
.5 .. z. x C... .4 .3. x .1. 1...... 3.1.1.3..2. .E. .3. .3. .E. 9... .3... t... .E. D... .1. .E. .E. F... 2... .E. z...
.q «aqrqnnv. Z...- ._.!. .al...wv. .QI... .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .D. .0. .0.. .0. 00.. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0.
.3 .... . n: . :. ...1.4...A...A.fl.. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .0. .C. I... .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .3.
.2 .. .2. .. .2. .. 2...: .1!.............. 2.2.... 3.0. v.9. 3.0. L... 3.”. 3.... 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 9.6.. 3.0. 3.9. 3.0. 3.8. 3.0. 3.5 3.0.
.9 .20. 94".... Th....10a0nu.a.lc. canto. VII. [Iv-ll ti. 7... r... .l 1.. Y.A. Yul. 7.... Yqh. .I.A. Y... Y.A. I... T.A.
.. .21.... .2...u.............u ”1 “m ”u Wu ”3 flu u ”a a n a n u m m m m
.u. .uu. any! a a. clue .Iu. .luw can! a. .C. 3... .8... .E. 2... I... 1... .E. 2... 5... .E. .E. .E. I... .E. .E. .5.
.0 3.0.... JO. .. .4. ....Ov:hOIJAOv.=ln—..O. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. a0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0. .0.
a u ...u.... at. J . .lu.uvuuu.un0v94019. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. ,C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C. .C.
.I sultan-I: Chain. derfln$l¢hlvlu 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3.0. 3... 3.0. 3.3.
.1 <|<Pdl¢8¢ .(...<n(..1 A¢i( a(.<l(uu(. 3‘ 1470’. 1.1, 1' .1... 1.. 7.5. 30A. Y.l. 1.A. 1.5. 3‘. T.A. ISA. .I.l.
u: u nu”. a“. u. u» . n w . n m m m m
E _ _ _ .20... u... a. .30.... 5.1.32.9. .5303: .2. 3.4.3.0.
1ll Etta... :hflfiiluunufl ”u... m m m -w is... it... a... I... 9...... .50.. .3... .0.. .258
II II... In. 0.50.2.8 u... .10 It. .0.. .03! i ”Wk-”USU 3'8 .>J!0 4.0205 g
13.6 Nmfiu 0.3. g

 

 

Figure ll.--Answer Sheet.

63

administered the Stanford Achievement Test Battery74 to

virtually all of the students in the sample during the fall
semester of the 10th grade (October, 1970). The Reading
Test portion of the Battery was used as an independent
measure of the student's reading comprehension. The Per—
centile Rank score available for each subject was recorded
on the first testing answer sheet.

2. Write in Test Phase - A four level variable was

 

created and recorded on the answer sheet which gave an
indication of the first and second testing and also whether
an achievement score was available and which student took
the alternate form of the dependent variable. This variable
permitted sorting the tests into first and second (re-test)
testing phases.

3. Calculate Dependent Variable - The alternative

 

choices for the seven items which made up the dependent
variable were assigned a numerical value (see Figure 15 for
values). These values were summed and the total entered on
the answer sheet as the dependent variable value.

4. Mark in Written Numbers - All values entered as

 

a part of this coding phase plus the previously recorded
subject number were marked in so that the scanner could
read them.

5. Check over Answer Sheet — Bach answer sheet was

 

visually checked for stray marks and legibility. Improperly

 

74E. Gardner, J. Merwin, R. Callis, R. Madden, Stan-
ford Achievement Test High School Battery (Grades 9-12)
Manual (New York: Harcourt, Brace and World, Inc., 1965).

 

64

recorded answers were re—marked, light marks darkened, and
stray marks erased so as to present to the optical scanner
answer sheets with as few induced errors as possible.

6. Sort by Test Number - The answer sheets were

 

then sorted by test number as each test had a different
answer key.
Figure 11 shows the location of the various data groups on
the answer sheet and Figure 12 summarizes the layout.
During the scoring operation, the total score (number cor-
rect) would be calculated and placed in answer sheet
columns 13 - 15.

The test keys (an answer sheet with the correct
answer shown) were prepared and placed on top of the

corresponding answer sheets.

Answer Sheet

Tape Output-

 

Column Information Card Column
1-2 Dependent Variable-reversed l-2
3-4 Achievement Score—reversed 3-4
5 Test Phase 5

1 Test

2 Re-test

3 Re—test — alternate form
6 Blank 6
7-10 Student Number-reversed 7-10
11 Blank ll
12 Test Number 12
13-15 Total Score-Number Correct 13—15
16-75 Responses to Items 16—75

Figure 12.--Answer Sheet Code Layout.

65

Scoring the Answer Sheets and Data
Reduction

 

 

The answer sheets were scanned on the Optical
Scanner at the Michigan State University Office of Evaluaw
tion Services. The machine "read" each answer sheet,
scored each test item according to the key, printed the
total score on the sheet and transferred all the information
on the answer sheet onto magnetic tape. The tape was then
taken to the MSU Computing Center where a Computer card deck
was prepared from the tape. Figure 13 shows the location
of the information on the answer sheet and corresponding
position of the data on the card.

At this point the data cards were listed and the
listing scanned for obvious errors and omissions. Since the
data cards were in the same order as the answer sheets,
retrieving the answer sheet and noting corrections was a
relatively easy task. The necessary corrections were made
to the card deck.

Since the Optical Scanner reads the answer sheet from
top to bottom‘and certain of the data information was
recorded from bottom to top, the resultant data contains
code values (two fields or wider) in which the digits are
reversed. Thus it was necessary to go through a reversal
process. At the same time as this conversion, certain of
the data columns were rearranged so as to make the analysis
easier. The final data card layout and example data card

are shown in Figure 14.

66

Output Card

 

 

 

Column Read

1-3 3 digits of COURSE

4 2nd digit of DA:

5 lst digit of DA:

6 Blank

7-12 STUDENT NUMBER

13-15 place TOTAL SCORE (number correct)
here.

l6-75 responses to items 1-60. Note:
only Items 11-60 are Scored.

76-80 Blank

Figure l3.--Position of Data on Card Following the
Scoring of the Answer Sheets.

67

 

 

Card Column Information
1 Test Number
2 Blank
3-6 Student Number
7 Blank
8 Test Phase
9 Blank
lO—ll Achievement Score
12 Blank
13-14 Dependent Variable
15 Blank
16-75 Responses to Items 1—60
76 Blank
77-78 Total Score
79-80 Blank

 

/ 138.5 3 136:3 32 34232. -44431134 412!111.3314113141512111--31¢113114oooc-4a4ud3 2&3 \

UUUOIUOUO 0000000000U0009000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
It)! s t I I 9IHIIZIJIIISlil'lHHGfl2223242’."2Hh‘.‘:)¢n321131.3'51753114JfllElJIHSIHHHSSJSISZSJS‘SSSHISln‘ ItszmumsIsIssronImmmnmm
HIIHIIIIHHHIIHHHIIIIHHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiIHIHIIHHElHll

2222222I22222I222I2l22222222222I2222l222222222II22II22222I222222II222222I222I222
l33l33333l33333l33l3l333I33l333333333l3333l333333333l3l333333lll333l3l333l333333
44444‘4444444444I4t44lll4444lllfi44¢4444I44£l|444444444444444I4dddéldldddllddlfldl
ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss
ssssslsscslsssss5555555566565655635seassesssesesassesssesssssssssssssssessssscss
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
888888888888I388888888E8888853888898°5888888838388888888888888863BEBRBSBBBEEBIBS

99999999" ggngnqov'enfioagnqgn'OQQQQ'I'IOIIQOFQI’nnP’IOucqagggqgggchqrqogqr‘llqggocqug
\I21256II‘9I III IIIAIIIsIeIII 21322‘1-232'2"€3w‘3.353’12"ISO‘KI‘H‘I‘I‘SJSJISES! IIII‘I‘II‘IIH'mnmnsmIHi:

 

 

lFigure l4.——Final Data Card Layout.

68

As previously done, this data deck was listed and
carefully scanned for errors. Frequency distributions were
also made to facilitate the location of errors within the
data set. The necessary corrections were made. Also, at
this time incomplete cases were eliminated from the data
set. These few cases resulted from subjects not completing
the test during the allotted time. In all, 658 valid cases
were available for analysis distributed across the six tests

as shown in Table 1.

TABLE 1.--Number of Valid Cases for Each Test.

 

 

Test Number
1 111
2 112
3 107
4 110
5 108
6 110

Total 658

 

69

Computations

 

In the subsequent steps, the computing facility at
the University of Michigan via the MERIT Network75 was used
whenever possible, either with programs written specifically
for this task, or through the use of the pre—packaged MIDAS76
statistical program system. Further reference will not be
made to the use of the computer or to specific programs.

The computer and programs represent a quick, inexpensive tool

for data reduction and analysis. All programs used here

employed standard computational formulae and techniques.

Marker Item Summary.--Two marker items were placed

 

on each of the six test forms such that there would be two
identical items across the six tests. The P values from
each of these items could be compared against a known value
obtained from previous testing exercises with similar groups
of subjects. The items and estimated P values are shown in
Figure 7.

Table 2 shows the results of the analysis of the

responses to the marker items for the subjects who responded

 

7SThe MERIT Computer Network connects three separate
university computers: IBM 360/67 computers under MTS at the
University of Michigan and at Wayne State University, and a
CDC 6500 under SCOPE at Michigan State University. The Net-
‘work provides the technical means whereby a user of any of
tflne Network's computers can access all resources available
.at each of the other computers.

76Daniel Fox and Kenneth Guire, MIDAS—Michigan Inter-
Actixna Data Analysis System, Ann Arbor, Michigan: University
of Micflugan, The Statistical Research Laboratory, 1972.

70

TABLE 2.-—P Values for the Marker Items for Each Test.

 

Test 1 2 3 4 5 6 Avg. Value*
Item 11(Ml) 96 95 94 94 97 93 94.8 94
Item 12(M2) 73 71 73 80 76 66 73.2 75

*Average P value obtained from testing done on high
school driver education graduates in Iowa in 1972.

 

to them in the context of this testing. While the average

P values varied from test to test, the average P values for
both items were very close to the estimated value suggesting
that these subjects were not greatly different than those

who had previously responded to these marker items.

Response Distribution.--As a first step in the data
analysis, a response distribution was calculated for each
item. This consisted of counting the number of students who
responded to each of the alternatives. Because of the
varying numbers of students responding to each test, the
components of the reSponse distribution for each item was
divided by the number of subjects taking each test. This
linear transformation converted each response distribution
to the base 100 or, in other words, expressed it as a
percent. The response distribution (and all data) for each
item are shown in Appendix C. The sum of each may not total
100 percent in each case, due to some missing data (some
students omitting a question, or mismarking the answer sheet)

cn'rounding error in calculating the percentages.

71

Item Difficulty.——The item difficulty (P) is the pro-

 

portion of the students selecting the correct answer. It
is found by dividing the number of students responding to
the item (or test in the presence of minimal missing data).
Since there was little missing data and a percent response
distribution was calculated, the P value becomes the value
of the response distribution for the correct answer divided

by 100.

Dependent Variable Summary.--The focus of the data
analysis then turned to the dependent variable since it
would be used in subsequent analyses. The analysis proceeded
along two fronts: (1) an investigation into its structure,
and (2) an evaluation of its stability (reliability). The
numerical value assigned to each of the dependent variable
item responses are shown in Figure 15. The value for the
dependent variable was found, as previously explained, by
summing the values for items 4-10. A summary of the res-
ponse distribution for variables 1-10 (three information
items, i.e., age, grade, sex—~plus the seven items forming
the dependent variable) are shown in Table 3 in the column
labeled "%-All." The values given are expressed in terms
of percentages. The other columns--"%6-9" and "%15-30"—-
ShOW’the responses for two sub-groups of riders, i.e.,

non-experienced and experienced.

72

4. Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcycle?

e) No one owns a motorcycle.

b) Someone else in the family (other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

I am the only one in the family who owns a motorcycle.

d) I own a motorcycle and so does another member of my family (two or more motorcycles in

. the family).

“‘00-
0
v

5. Do any of your friends own a motorcycle?

I a) No. .
a b) Yes.

6. Do you plan on buying or owning a motorcycle this year?

e) No.

b) Don‘t know.

c) Yea. .

d) I already own one.

7. How many times have you been the driver (operator) of a motorcycle on the road?

I e) Never operated a motorcycle.
2 b) Once or twice.

4 o) Several timee.

8 4) Many times.

0. letimate the total number of Rules you have driven (operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

I a) Don't drive a motorcycle.
ab) Less than 100 miles.

3 O) 100 - 1,500 miles.

e d) 1.500 - 3,000 miles.

5e) More than 3,000 miles.

9. How many times have you been a passenger on a motorcycle?

I I) Never been a passenger.

2 b) Once or twice.

4 c) Several times.

5 d) Many times.

10. How much time do you Spend working on motorcycles - yours or someone else's (mecnlnical
repairs, cleaning, etc.)?

a) None.

b) Less than one hour per week.

One - three hours per week.

d) Four - eight hours per week.

e) More than eight hours per week.

“‘UN"
0
v

Figure 15.--Dependent Variable Items and Code Values.

TABLE 3.--Summary of Components of the New Dependent

Variable (N Dep Var).

 

 

. % % %
Variable Value All 6-9* 15_30**
1. Age 15 0 0 0

16 2.13 3.07 0.98
17 62.10 61.69 60.49
18 34.25 34.10 36.59
19+ 1.25 1.15 1.95
2. Grade 9 0 0 0
10 .30 0 0
11 3.20 3.45 3.90
12 96.50 96.55 96.10
3. Sex M 50.84 34.10 79.02
F 49.16 65.90 20.98
4. Own Cycle None 59.51 85.69 26.34
Someone
else 26.79 13.41 31.71
Self 7.61 0 22.44
Self and
family 6.09 0 19.51
5. Friend Own No 14.92 26.44 5.37
Yes 85.08 73.56 94.63
6. Buy or Own
this year No 59.97 91.57 13.17
? 19.18 8.43 26.34
Yes 13.24 0 36.59
Already
Own 7.61 0 23.90
7. Times
Operator Never 46.12 90.80 2.44
1-2 20.55 9.20 10.24
Several 15.37 0 30.24
Many 17.96 0 57.07

*No experience.

**Experienced.

 

TABLE 3.--Continued.

74

 

 

. % % %
Variable Value All 6-9 15_30
8. Miles

Operated Never 49.92 93.87 4.39
100 31.81 6.13 40.00
100-1500 9.89 0 28-78
1500-3000 5.02 0 16.10
3000 3.35 0 10.73
9. Times
Passenger Never 11.72 27.59 0
1-2 28.77 53.64 8.29
Several 32.12 13.31 34.15
Many 27.40 0.38 57.56
10. Times
Working
on Cycle None 75.65 99.23 33.17
1 Hr. 12.18 0.77 29.76
1-3 6.54 0 19.02
4-8 2.89 0 9.27
8 2.74 0 8.78
Number of Subjects=N = 657 261 205

t

 

Dependent Variable Stability.--To assess the value

 

of the dependent variable as a measure of the riding
experience, correlation coefficients (Pearson product moment
correlation) were calculated between the total value and
components (seven items). Also, inter—item correlation
coefficients were calculated, as well as a histogram of the
range of the dependent variable value (7-33), and descriptive
:measuxes of each of the components of the dependent variable.
On examination, these values showed that all components
except the item on Friend's Ownership of Cycle correlated

very high with the dependent variable value (.64 and above).

75

The item on Friend's Ownership correlated at .3356. While
this was high enough to constitute a significant correla-
tion, it was felt that it was unduly influencing the
dependent variable as the histogram of the dependent variable
frequencies showed many of the students placing above the
lowest levels. It was decided to recalculate the dependent
variable and to establish a new dependent variable (N Dep
Var) which would eliminate the Friend's Ownership question.
Thus, the old dependent variable (Old Dep Var) would not be
used. The N Dep Var had a range of from 6-30 and, when the
correlation coefficients, histogram and descriptive measures
for it were examined, they were found to indeed be
satisfactory.

The correlation coefficients for all ten items, plus
the old and new dependent variables are found in Table 4,
with the descriptive measures shown in Table 5, and the
histogram in Table 6.

All of the components for the new dependent variable
correlated with it at .63 or above--we11 above the .1006
required for significance at the .01 level of confidence and
they were clustered closely together. Thirty three and one
Inalf percent (33.5%) of the subjects were clustered in the
:first.three levels of the dependent variable. Also, the old
anui new dependent variable correlated at .9921, indicating
they were very closely coupled. Thus, the deletion of the
iteHICNIFTiend'S Ownership did not hurt the new dependent

variable, and may have helped it.

 

5,)

 

76

 

mauve vammocmo ozu you m cocoon mono
oooe. nocao.ee ease. noomr.az an; "as ans .2
m<:aoaz men; mace molar ac e»u»:a 23c“ wavyoc xmm oc<me use sauces;
coco.P once. epin. cane. _c::. ace». amNN. come. scos.- m-c.- News. Pma:. aeaamoz
oeoo.F sway. mesa. “Fem. ~cso. 3F~F. ~:;:. epwm.- :ncc.- memo. :53». (man o_
nsoo.p ocsa. raaa.. mean. shin. mmiw. emro.- have. aces. near. ran; a
coco.” INNc. were. soap. mppe. BN:M.- oaso.- ecoc.- cram. glean m
peso.r pros. ooze. cosm. .m_a.c mr4:.- enpo. Nnmn. ac a
oooo.. :rzr. unwo. has:.. 03.9.- -~:. :rco. oxc»os o
caeo.F moor. epco.- :mao.- Neoc. comm. 23:; n
ooce.P mum~.- memo.- ammo.- wees. ”36>c; 4
onco.P csmc. «ale. pnoa.- Xin n
oooo.P wasp. _oio.u meaec a
coco." pans. tu< i
a:o:.. >zmaoec

 

u...uu...I.;<> 00.4 Saw:

.Hm> moo z ecu mo mucmcomeou ecu new mucofloewwoou :oflumHmuHOUII.v mqmde

77

‘ I .I... Ilo“.'l.

 

 

 

 

 

ooo.om oooo.m mmmmm. mmmm.m mHo.NH mmo mm>mmoz
ooo.m oooo.H wmmom. Hammm. omvv.a nmo xHOB
ooo.m oooo.H vvmmm. ovmv.a onem.m 5mm .mwmm
ooo.m oooo.H Hamov. nomo.a moom.a hmw mmaflz
ooo.m oooo.H hemmo. momm.a Hmmm.m nmw Q0
ooo.m oooo.H mmvmm. mmvm.a mmmw.a nmo oxosm
ooo.m oooo.H mamhm. woman. hHOh.N nmo czom
ooo.m oooo.H memw. mth.H wmmn.a hmm waoxoo
ooo.m oooo.a mamma. Hmoom. oamv.a nmo xom
ooo.v oooo.m mmmom. mhmom. mamm.m nmo oompo
ooo.m oooo.m vaHN. momvm. oamm.m nmo omm
ooo.mm oooo.e vwmmm. mhoa.o mam.ma mmo >Q®Q CHO
ESEmeZ EDEHCHE one: we mm .>®Q .Uum cmmz z manmflmm>
-I II...“ I MMIWQIWMMIWMHWQES wwwIMWMwafim- migmwamgflmmafl

78

A, "x roams seepage monea>maumo ego

e. ooo.OM

sxxx. cco.om

exxxxxx. cco.mm

eyxxyxx. ooc.p~

epxxxxxxxXxxxxxyx. coe.;m

xxyxx+ co:.cn

sexXxxwax+ o¢:.:m

srxxxxxyxxwxyw. cec.pm

mxxxx. c;c.em

N—xxxwxyxxxx+ one.Pm

orxxxxxxyx. ace. m

mexxyrxxxxxx. ccc.aF

mexxxxxxxxxxxxxyyxvx+ coc.tr

sexxxxxxicexxxxxx. cec.ee

omxxxaxxxxxxxxxxxnyixixyxxrx. sec...
:mxxxxxxxxmxxxyyxxxxxxxxxmxxmxxxxx+ 2:2.cr
cmxxxyxaxxxxxxxxxmyxxyxxcx. cic.s.
mmxxxxxxxxxxmeyxxsxr>xxxlxaxxxi>x. cae.ve
emxxxxxxxxxxxs»xyxxmyeyx.yxislecrosses. eec.m.
msxxxxxxxxxKxxxxyxXVsyassassixxiyxxaxxAlexasi. ¢:C.FP
ssxxxxxxxmxxxxxyxxxyxxwxyxxxxyyxxsxxxxxxwxyvmxx+ coc.cp
omxxxxxxxcxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxmxxxxxxxXXXXysxyxxxxxxyyxyclxxxxxxxxXxxxx. ccoc.a
Pmmxxxxxxxxmxxxxxxvxxxxxwixxxxyxxxyxxxxxxxxxmxmex+ cocc.n
emxxxxxxxxxxxxedxxxxaxxxxxxxxegexxxx.axessexecxxmxxylyxxy>a.yemNyxycxxyyyayyxixlaxyxyi. ccsi.e
mexxxxxxxxxXxyxmmyxxaxxxyxmxxswxwyxx>yxyxucwwxxyxxxwxsxxmx+ 35¢3.o

 

Hm> moo z

 

 

.Hm> mom 2 map mo Acofludbfluumfla hocmoqmmmv Emmmoumflmll.m canoe

79

Descriptive measures were calculated for the N
Dep Var for each of the tests. They were very close
together and indicated a high degree of stability of the
N Dep Var over each of the six tests. This summary is shown
in Table 7.

To test the stability (reliability) of the dependent
variable, two independent tests were undertaken. For the
students in the two urban high schools, the same dependent
variable items were administered to them at the second
testing one week later. Table 8 shows the correlations
between both the dependent variable and its components for
the 329 students who participated in both the first and
second testings. All values were acceptably high--.67 and
above. However, when the Friend's Ownership question was
omitted, the remaining correlations were .82 and above. The
low reliability (stability) of this item thus lent more
credence to the argument for omitting the question from the
dependent variable.

A second stability exercise was undertaken with the
students in the rural high school where the response format
was changed for two of the items (see Figure 10). This was
au1 attempt to see if the wording of the responses to these
two items (verbal range v.s. numeric range) would make a
clifference in the stability of the responses to them. Table
9 gives the correlation coefficients for the dependent
variable and its component items. They too were high with

the previous comments applying. For questions 7 and 9

80

 

ooo.mN oooo.m Hovmm. HmNH.©
m u Eoumupm
ooo.mN oooo.w vavm. whmo.m
m n Eouooum
ooo.mN oooo.o vmovm. mawo.m
a u Somehow
ooo.om oooo.w Nwomm. owmo.m
m u Esomsom
ooo.mm oooo.o moemm. some.m
m n snomuom
ooo.mm oooo.o moamm. momm.o

H H *Eouomum

umoB u Eouomume

omn.ma QHH

mmmomdmz

moo.MH moa

mmmom<m2

mmv.ma moa

mmmomdmz

vum.ma Boa

mmmDmde

mmH.NH NHH

mmmomdmfi

Hmm.mH HHH

mmmbmdmz

om> moo z
m>HBmHmUmmo
sm> mom 2
m>HBmHmUmmo
mo> moo z
o>HBmHmUmoo
uo> moo z
m>HBmHmUmmo
uo> moo Z
m>HBmHmummo

mm> moo z

m>HBmHmUme

 

EDEonz EoEficflZ coo: MO mm .>oo .oum

 

.mumoB xflm ocu mo 30mm How uo> moo z ocu MOM momommoz o>HumH

cmoz z

oaomflom>

nomooII.m momdfi

81

>aoonua Fess: ”mnea .unauc
bax/ Ex. .. . a .3... m i c .
./ /
/ /.
/I?...:~. -./; a. .1; . a. 2. c .

’I/; I/
I I/I:ZNm./.... .4;: o

Ixzzsmma.////a~rn.

.///,owHwV///I~oim.
/t..: I

/

poo poriyzn
om_:. p—cno
wemn. aroo.
Go‘s. mrNa.
anus.

/
/

op

"uxcx

.30
A?

pp.

I;///s..r.//lh=,=.

Ir.

)

crap.

pmon>uc
mmoc.
omza.
Nmmw.

0653.

/

uooae.@z

mo:nol
ossm.c
ecaq.I

CNDP.I

  

Hoop. ucoco.em >nm
;n pcoazc roe< p>ooca
m—nc.n omNO. ease.
rcea.I —ooo. much.
come. re:c. xxpt.
mopo.I coro.- ma.:.
mch.I memo.u were.
m..mao.n r..-o. m:n¢~ .
cane. c:eo.- 39cm.
3P:O.I p—oc.u or.r.
:hwo. :rac. New».
///ooo:. rem. p:.c.

  

 

 

M
7

umo omm

40
~>coamur
Nxzzu
~.u.....<._
m a. .. o 3
«ac
NQ>U>::
NZuC;
mmau>uc

I Ant”.

1

a rm;<:U

.uae

m>mugzut

 

.mucofloflwwoou cofluoaomuou xuflaeooum mo>

mumcxo<>

moo ZII.m mom<e

 

E32

 

 

 

maggot. ”a
“Digit.

:1...
Ply» .a L

woeu»ro

Nzuom

r..-w.~¢ :3

mm P».

~>mooooa

 

s ..
mmsn. unoro.ee prep. noooa.em cea «L
.penausz "can; panes an41L —ma _u»u»:: .2xca "moment mem Pulsar rune «5.»;cec
/r-,
rnwmrwllllmMma. more. Free. map:- msce. mch. seen. nm~3.- .a- opac.- ouvc.
/_ P.mauI.//Auau. page. c.o;. page. some. :2.:. mnam.- .2- male. ”ape.
[Ill / .It .
./.;,«:.i»////m~,m- meme. mmnm. cine. oMNM. P_::.- .o- cemo. mNNc.
.-,x.a.a:.////:.m~. ¢.ne. wisp. acme. arme.- .c- Kea9.- mncz.
. ../l
-.;.oc\av////eam¢. impm. maps. are..- .a- case. :c.a.
[I /II
///,mmsx. ramp. cram. hrs:.- .2. secs. sees.
.71/
x/II/ec_e.////mcm_. www..- .o- FFNP.- cram.
//:..mm..../-Nonm.u .oI 3::.I m:~m..
,/ / xx/i
I-/......::r-//.o- €1.63: albeit
././-/Iv 09/ to- 0c-
.,x.- ////-
Ilvi, moARZV -.//N. r C o 4
I./.I./I . firmer/{v
It: . :1 M

 

 

.EMOE GUMCHGUHflllmUCGHUHWW®OU COH#@

~u.

_. a
... w...»Fi. >

V

r—i
Q)
#4
m
C)
C)
>N
4J I
-H
F4
'H
13
‘0
JJ
U)
¥4
(U
:>
CL
Q)
C)
23
I
I
CW
RI
#3
[D
Kg
9*

83

(op and Pass) the correlation coefficients were .77 and .71

 

respectively, indicating some instability, but not enough to

be concerned with.

Partitioning the N Dep Var

The N Dep Var was partitioned into three groups--
those values indicating little or no experience, those values
indicating a high level of experience, and the middle ground I

- indicating a mixed level of experience. The value ranges

 

were 6-9, 15-30, and 10-14 respectively. They were derived
by (l) determining the minimum and maximum values for each
item of the N Dep Var, and (2) the resultant sample size for
each level of the N Dep Var. Each item was examined in the
light of how a student with little or lots of experience
might respond to it and values were assigned to establish a
minimum and maximum value fer each item. Table 10 summarizes
these values.

If the split was based on these value ranges, how-
ever, the number of subjects in each group would be
disproportionate. Table 11 summarizes the number of subjects
in each N Dep Var level and also gives the cumulative N both
up and down. For an ideal grouping, a 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 split
‘would be satisfactory. This would place 219 subjects in
each.group. However, this split (1/3) falls in the middle
of a.group and the total number at a level must be included.
'Fherefore, the split occurs at 6-9 and 15—30 establishing a

cxmnpromise between the two considerations. The three groups

84

TABLE lO.—-Minimum and Maximum Expected Values for Two
Experience Groups of the N Dep Var

 

 

 

 

Item No.* NO Experience Lots of Experience
Min. Max. Min. Max.

4 1 2 2 5

6 l l 2 5

7 l 2 4 5

8 1 2 3 5

9 l 2 4 5

10 1 l 3 5
Total 6 10 18 3O

*Refer to Figure 15 for the items.

 

85

TABLE ll.--Distribution of the N Dep Var and Subjects
for Grouping the Response Distribution.

 

N Dep Var

 

 

 

Value. N Cum NI Cum n+
6 59 59 657
7 86 145 598
8 51 196 512
9 66 262 461

10 47 309 395
ll 45 354 348
12 38 392 303
13 33 425 265
14 26 451 232
15 34 - 485 206
16 29 514 172
l7 17 531 143
18 21 552 126
19 12 564 105
20 10 574 93
21 12 586 83
22 5 591 71
23 14 605 66
24 10 615 52
25 6 621 42
26 , l7 . 638 36
27 7 645 19
28 7 652 12
29 4 656 5
30 l 657 l

 

of N Dep Var (riding experience) were established as sum-
marized in Table 12. The response distributions for the
dependent variable items subdivided into the experienced

and non-experienced groups can be seen by examining Table 3.

Identification of Responses by Experience Groupy——

 

Tfiue responses for each test item were divided into three
groups on the basis of the N Dep Var groupings. A Student T

statistic was calculated between the responses to each item

86

TABLE 12.--Summary of the Grouping of the N Dep Var and
Number of Subjects.

 

 

Level N Label . Percent
6-9 262 No Experience 39.88
10-14 189 Mixed 28.77
15-30 206 Experienced 31.35
Total 657 100.00

 

by those students in the No Experience Group (6—9 N Dep Var
value) and the Experienced Group (15-30 N Dep Var value).
The results were recorded for each item in Appendix C to be

used later as an aid in selecting items.

Correlation Coefficients.--To continue the develop—

 

ment of statistics for evaluating each item, the items were
scored either right or wrong. The scored data for each item
was then used to calculate a correlation coefficient between
the response for the item and the following variables: age;
sex; N Dep Var; Achievement Score (vocabularY); total score.
.A test-retest reliability coefficient was also calculated
(correlation between the responses to the items for the first
and second testing). These statistics in addition to the P
inalue were used to screen each item and judge its "goodness"
according to the criteria shown in Figure 16.

These definitions and value ranges were applied to
time statistics for each item and became the rules of thumb for

(meleting bad or problem items from the pool.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

87

Age: If the item shows a significant correlation-~generally
:_.30 or above,* then it should be rejected as the age of

the subject may be a factor in his getting the answer right or
wrong.

Sex:‘ If the item shows a significant correlation, generally
:_.30 or abOve, then it probably is influenced by the sex of'

the respondent.

N Dep Var: If the item shows a negative (-) correlation, then

.those who are more knowledgeable about motorcycle operation

tend to get the item wrong and vice-versa.

Achievement-Reading Score: If the item has a high correlation
(:_.30 or above), then the ability of the subject to read may
be a factor in his getting the item correct.

 

Total Score: If the item has a negative (-) correlation with
the total score on the test, then the knowledge of the subject
may be a deterrent to his getting the item correct--some other
choice may seem more correct.

 

Test-Retest Reliability: If the item, when responded to twice
separated only by time by the same subject, shows a non-
significant correlation-~generally + .29 or lower--then an
unacceptable number of subjects changed their responses the
second time. Hence, the item is unstable.

 

P Value: A range of item difficulty (the proportion of
students responding to the item correctly) between .50 and
.95 is desirable. Below .50 means less than 1/2 of the
students got the item correct and over .95 means that
virtually everyone got it correct. For reporting purposes,
the decimal point has been dropped. The P value given is for
all students.

 

*When using samples of about 100, the correlation coefficient

generally became significant (a = .05) at about .30. The specific
levels for each sample size were used.

iFigure l6.--Criteria for Screening Each Test Item.

88

Additionally, the Student's T statistic (computed
for the response distributions between the experienced and
non-experienced groups) was used for screening the items.
If the statistic was significant, i.e., value of -l.67 or
above, then the item was labeled as discriminating between
the experienced and non-experienced rider groups. If the
statistic was positive and significant, the item was
labeled as discriminating in the wrong direction. This

constituted immediate grounds for deletion from the pool.

Item Selection

The above guidelines were applied to the statistical
measures computed for each of the 282 items in the pool. '
Forty of the items were labeled as discriminating,77 130 of
the items passed all the above tests and 112 were dropped
from the pool for one or more of the above reasons. This
left 170 items in the pool as "good items." As a result of
this item review, no major topic section in the pool was
lost due to bad items. This fact, coupled with a sufficient
number (170) of good items available, led to the decision
not to rewrite the bad items and retest them.

At this point the item pool was reformatted to

include only the 170 items which were "good." These items

 

77Some of the items which discriminated had P values
(If less than .50 for all respondents. They were retained
eat this point and examined more closely later on the basis
cflf'the P value for the experienced and non-experienced

riders.

89

and associated statistics are shown in Chapter IV as the

Final Test Item Pool.

Development of the Parallel Tests
The process of the final item selection and extrac-
tion of the parallel test forms was begun using this final

pool as a starting point.

Item Review and Elimination

Each item and its statistics were reviewed with par-
ticular attention being paid to the Student's T value. All
items were eliminated which showed a positive T value. This
meant that the P value for the subjects in the no experience-
group was higher than the P value for the subjects in the
experienced group. While this is not a significant positive
T statistic, it indicates at least for this testing that the
item has reverse discrimination. (All items with a positive

significant Student T value were eliminated earlier.) Also

 

the items which had a negative significant Student T value
(items which discriminate) coupled with a low P value (less
than .50) for all subjects were examined to see if the low P
value was also true for the experienced group. If the P
value forIfluaexperienced group was markedly below .50, the
iixan was eliminated. If the P value for the experienced
group was near .50 or above, the item was retained. These
tn“) exercises (positive T statistic and low P value) reduced
the number of items in the pool to 107. The items were

regrxniped into a third item pool called the Parallel Test

90

Item Pool which formed the basis for the parallel test
forms. Thus, 107 items remained as candidates for inclusion
on the parallel tests. The items covered 24 major tOpics of

the Test Item Pool Topic Outline.

Parallel Test Item Pool

Of the 170 items comprising the Final Test Item Pool,
107 of them were identified as also belonging to the Parallel
Test Item Pool. To save space, both item pools were combined,

with those items constituting the Parallel Test Item Pool

identified as such.

Inter-Item Correlations

To facilitate the selection of items for the parallel
test forms, the inter-item correlations were calculated for
each item in the Parallel Test Item Pool within a major
topic area. Thus, a relationship could be established
between items of like subject matter so that those which
appeared to be measuring the same thing could be assigned to
alternate forms or eliminated as duplicates. Table 13 shows
the results of this correlation exercise. All pairs of items
which had significant correlations at either the .01 or .05
levels of confidence are listed by giving the item numbers
and correlations between them (by pairs). Also shown are the
Igroups of items which are intercorrelated, i.e., three pairs
(If items intercorrelated and two pairs of intercorrelated

items linked by a common item.

91

TABLE 13.-~Inter-Item Correlations for Items by Major
Topics Included in the Parallel Item Pool.

 

 

 

. 282# . a ..

Section Item Pair r Item Groups

A 16 17 .29 16,17,24 (3 Pairs)
24 17 .28 a: .01
24 16 .24
l 15 .21 1 + 15 or 17 (common
1 17 .21 a: .05 item)
l6 18 .19

D2 259 264 .35

263 265 .276 m = .01
260 262 .275

 

 

 

 

 

263 259 .22 264 + 262, 263, 265
264 263 .20 a = 05 263 + 259, 264
264 262 .20 '
265 264 .19
Bla2 30 31 .26 a = .01
Ble2 ll 49 .28 a = .01
ll 47 .22 47 + 11, 54
54 47 .21 a = .05
B2 57 68 .20 a = .05
63 65 -.19 a = .05 (note negative cor—
relation)
B3 80 76 .20 a = .05
B4 92 93 .36 a = .01 92 + 93, 86
92 86 .28
B8al 93 86 .22 a = .05
186 190 .27 a = .01 186 + 190 or 193
186 193 .20 a = .05
38b 197 198 .29 a = 01 197 + 198, 202
197 202 .26 '
204 198 .23 a = .05

(continued)

92

TABLE 13.-—Continued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section iii: Pair r a Item Groups
B7b 160 161 .38 144 + 169, 173, 159
144 169 .35 140 + 173, 162, 155
144 173 .32 169 + 144, 162
165 173 .30 162 + 140, 155 r=
158 147 .29 a _ 01 159 + 144, 153
140 173 .28 — ‘ 173 + 144, 165, 140
140 162 .28
144 159 .28
140 155 .27 w
153 159 .27
155 162 .27
162 169 .25 _
146 164 .24
146 160 .24
140 165 .24
153 175 .23 a = 05
161 144 .23 '
159 148 .22
155 165 .22
169 140 .22
Not all pairs,
but enough
B7b 176 177 .27 a = .01
180 177 .23 a = .05
C4 219 235 .27 a = .01
86b 110 112 .32 a = .01
110 113 .21 107 + 112, 110
112 107 .20 a = 05 110 + 113, 107
110 107 .19 ° 113 + 109, 110
109 113 .19
F8 278 272 .24 a = 05 278 + 272, 279
278 279 .23 '

 

93

Item Selection

 

With 107 items in the Parallel Test Item Pool and a
large number of them intercorrelated, it became apparent that
two parallel tests of 40 items each would be satisfactory.

To achieve a balanced selection of items within the major

topics, the number of items within each major topic was

listed (see Table 14). The number of items per section to I
achieve a total of 40 items per test was calculated by

dividing the total number of items (107) by the number of

 

items desired per test (40) to get a ratio of 2.675. The 7
number of items needed from each section was then deter-

mined by dividing the number of items in the major topic

section by the ratio and rounding the result to the nearest

whole number. Four of the topic areas contained only one

item each which were of questionable discriminability. These

four were not included in the final selection. Thus the

number of items to be selected from each content area was

determined. Also given in Table 14 are the actual numbers

of items included on the tests.

Item Assignment to Test Form

Item assignment began by examining the items in
each major section and assigning them to the two alternate
test.forms according to the following guidelines:

(a) All items which discriminate were considered
first.

(b) All remaining items were assigned to complete
the required number.

94

TABLE l4.--Item Count by Major TOpic.

 

 

Items Form A Form B

Major Total Needed Actual Actual

Section Item for Rounded Number Number

Test Used Used

40
A ~ 8 2.99 3 4 3
Bla 5 1.85 2 2 l
Blb l .37 1 l 1
Ble 6 2.24 2 2 2
82 7 2.61 3 3 3
B3 3 1.12 1 2 2
B4 4 1.49 l 2 2
86b 6 2.24 2 2 2
36d 1 .37 1 1 1
B6e & f 5 1.86 2 2 2
B6i 1 .37 - - —
37a 18 6.72 7 7 8
B7b 4 1.49 1 l 1
88a 6 2.24 2 2 2
38b 6 2.24 2 2 2
C1 1 .37 - - -
C2 1 .37 - - -
C3 1 .37 ?(1)* -
C4 4 1.49 1 l
C6a l .37 — - —
C6c l .37 ?(1)* — -
D1 2 .74 1(?)* 1 1
D2 8 2.90 3 3 3
F 7 2.61 3 2 2
Total 2 =107 4O 40 40
Nt— 24
32' =4.45
*?(l) = value close to zero—-section probably will
not be included,
*1(?) = value close to one-—section probably will

be included.

 

95

Within (a) and (b) above, the following selection rules

were used:

(1) Pairs of items which had a significant inter—
item correlation at .99 level.

(2) Pairs of items which had a significant inter-
item correlation at .95 level.

(3) Pairs of items which had the highest T statis-
tic and were content related (came from the
same major content area).

(4) Major content areas represented by only one item
had that item placed on both test forms (common
item). If only one item was to be selected from
the content area and it discriminated, it was
made common to both tests provided it had no
item significantly intercorrelated with it.

Table 15 shows the results of this item selection. In all,
seven items out of 40 were common to both tests with 33 of
the items being different on each form.

To achieve a balance between the test forms, each was
assigned an equal number of items which discriminated-~22 on
each form. To further achieve a balance, the item diffi—
culties for each test were averaged. Items (paired, of
course) were switched between the test forms to bring the P
values as nearly equal as possible. Table 16 lists the
items for each test along with the P values for all students,
the non-experienced group and the experienced group. The
seven common items are listed at the top, with the balance
following. Summary statistics in Table 17 show the average
P values for the common items and unique items. The P values

given are for all subjects, and also those subjects which

comprised the non-experienced and experienced groups.

96

TABLE 15.--Item Pairs Based on Inter-Item Correlations.

 

 

 

. Number . Number
2:32:0n Needed Items :eéect :aJEF Needed Items Select
From 0 e ec 1°“ From Code
Section Section
*
A 1 16D** 17D Rl B7b l 180D 181D S
2 1 15 R2
3 50 24D S 88a 1 186D 1900 R1
2 180 1910 .5
Bla 30D 31D R1
26 28 S
Blb 1 34D 34D C
B8b 1 202D 2040 S
Ble l 11D 49 R1 2 197 198 R1
2 47 54D R2
C4 1 219 235 R1
82 l 55D 55D C
2 57 68 R2 D1 1 256 256 C
3 61 63 5
D2 1 2630 265D R1
BB 1 76D 80 R2 2 257 264D R1
3 267D 267D C
B4 1 920 860 R1
2 840 930 S F l 270D 270D C
2 273 274 S
86b 1 109D 113D R2
2 107 110 R2 71 71 C
18 165 C
86d 1 119D 1190 C
Total 40 items
Boe & f 1223 125 S
2 124B 127 S
**Rl= related a = .01
87a 1 lGOD 1610 R1 R2: related a = .05
2 14‘9 173 R1 5 = similar
3 lIlC-D 164 R2 C common
4 158D 197 R1 D — discriminates
5 144 In) R1
6 133 1?? R1 *282 Number (item identification)

1

-’\
_,

Pl

 

 

97

TABLE 16.--Items Selected for Each Test with P Values.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Test 1 Test 2

Item A11* L* H* Item A11* L* H*
256 72 67 80 256 72 67 80

g 71 26 20 43 71 26 20 43
,3 270 87 78 95 270 87 78 95
'7 267 46 37 58 267 46 37 58
5 119 61 49 76 119 61 49 76
g 55 79 67 91 55 79 67 91
U 34 28 22 42 34 28 22 42
16 53 39 68 17 59 35 80

15 65 65 73 1 85 82 88

5 49 37 60 24 43 27 55

3o 37 24 48 31 56 45 7o

26 52 45 58 28 58 53 67

11 79 63 94 49 93 90 97

47 86 84 88 54 73 59 85

57 54 53 64 68 51 45 55

61 80 78 91 63 73 69 79

76 4o 24 71 80 7o 63 82

86 36 24 54 92 41 32 57

84 41 32 64 93 36 32 61
109 55 44 68 113 46 36 68
107 91 84 95 110 89 87 92
125 49 47 58 122 42 38 58
124 68 53 76 127 68 62 71
160 67 44 86 161 47 31 55

m 173 51 46 55 140 56 44 83
.9 146 48 33 72 164 78 77 90
#4 147 92 87 93 158 67 56 76
a) 144 78 77 86 169 68 64 76
.§I153 89 9o 99 159 55 62 72
c 155 49 51 62 162 84 79 90
2’ 180 80 72 90 181 55 41 72
186 53 44 75 190 83 76 93
189 61 51 71 191 50 44 64
202 68 51 82 204 42 37 61
197 79 80 82 198 79 78 86
219 82 79 84 '23s 94 92 95
263 40 22 68 265 63 49 85
264 79 78 90 259 75 67 83
273 91 84 95 274 72 64 76
18 80 78 90 165 69 56 76

*ALL = P value for all subjects.
L = P value for low experience group.
H = P value for high experience group.

 

98

TABLE l7.—-Summary Statistics* for the Common and Unique
Items for Each Parallel Test.

2 Parallel Test Forms -- 40 Items Each
33 Related Items —- 7 Common Items (21.2%)

 

7 Common Items

 

 

SD

XI

Zx

All L H

SD 24.31 23.10 21.81
3? 57.00 48.57 69.28

XX 399 340 485

t -1.72

33 Related Items
Test 1 Test 2
All L H A11 L H

17.84 21.26 13.94
64.27 56.30 76.42

2121 1858 25.22
+-——————-+
I -4.54

.007

*Based on P values—-see Table 16.

16.28 18.89 12.89

64.24 56.72 75.57

2120 1872 2494
-4.73

 

99

Tests for Parallelism

 

Student T tests were performed on the non—experienced
and experienced groups' P distributions and found to be sig-
nificant for both parts of both test forms indicating a power
to discriminate. A Student's T was also run between the P
values for all subjects on both tests and found to be non-
significant (.007). Thus, the common items and the unique
items have the ability to discriminate and the test forms are
equal and parallel. The same tests were run on both sets
of each test combined, i.e., the complete 40 item test set.
Table 18 reports the results of these tests and confirms
that the tests are parallel, have the power to discriminate
between experienced and non-experienced riders and are of

equal difficulty.

Test Form Preparation and Reproduction

To complete the construction of the parallel tests,
the items for each form were randomized to avoid the pro—
blems of adjacent items giving away the answer. They were
then typed onto masters in preparation for reproduction. The
dependent variable questions and information items were also
prepared as well as a test booklet cover. When ready,
copies of each of the test forms--A and B--were reproduced.
Also devised was an answer sheet for use by subjects in
recording their responses. The test forms and answer sheets

are shown in Chapter IV.

100

TABLE 18.-~Summary Statistics* and Results of the Tests
for Parallelism for the Two Parallel Tests.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Test 1 Test 2
All L H All L H
Mean 63 54.95 75.15 62.98 55.3 74.58
SD 18.98 21.49 15.46 17.79 19.62 14.53
SE of
Mean 3.00 3.40 2.44 2.81 3.10 2.30
Minimum 26 20 42 26 20 42
Maximum 92 90 99 94 92 97
All L H All L H
Corre- l I
lations .96
l .94 |
' .86 I
I .61
l .61
.60
Test 1 Test 2
t Tests A11 - L = 1.77 1.83
between
All - H =—3.l3 -3.19
L - H =—4.82 -4.99

Test 1 Test 2

All All .006
L L -.19
H H .17

*Based on P values -- See Table 16.

101

Summary
In Chapter III, the procedures of developing the

parallel tests were described. Beginning Chapter III was a

summary of the origin of the source document-—Item Writers'

 

Guide for Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary Outline--and
the 463 multiple choice test items based upon selected
statements contained in the ggidg. The balance of the
chapter was devoted to a description of how the 463 items
were rewritten into 282 items, tested and evaluated, and con-
densed into a Final Test Item Pool of 170 suitable items.
Additional sections of the chapter related the steps
involved in selecting 107 of these items for inclusion into
a Parallel Test Item Pool and the mechanics of extracting
two parallel test forms of 40 items each. Final sections
of the chapter described the test for parallelism applied
to the parallel test forms and the results, showing that
the forms were indeed parallel and discriminate between
high school students who know how to ride and those who do
not know how to ride.

In Chapter IV--Final Test Item Pool and Parallel
Test Forms--are the following: Test Items and Data; Parallel
Test Layout and Use of Forms; Parallel Test Forms and Answer

Keys; Pilot Test of Parallel Test Forms; and Summary.

CHAPTER IV

FINAL TEST ITEM POOL AND PARALLEL
TEST FORMS

The test item pool is arranged by content areas and
organized according to a topic index. The Top Index
(Figure 17) provides for organization of the items but does
not attempt to prescribe a hierarchy of events nor does it
show a relationship between major (lst and 2nd level outline
headings) content areas.

The test items are grouped according to the TOpic
Index. Shown in the item pool (Table 19) in addition to
each item are: the associated statistics for it, the cor-
rect answer, and whether or not it is included in the
parallel test item pool. If the item is included in the
parallel test pool, the parallel test (if any) in which it
can be found it also given.

The layout of the parallel test forms (Table 20)
with suggestions as to the structure and use of the tests is
given followed by the actual test forms (Figures 19 and 21).
A sample suggested answer sheet, keyed for each of the tests,
is also shown in Figures 20 and 22.

The results of a pilot test of the test forms is
given and summarized in Tables 20—23.

102

103

Test Items and Data

 

All test items comprising the TEST ITEM POOL are
listed along with their associated statistical data. An
indication is also made which identifies the items
included in the Parallel Test Item Pool. All items are
indexed according to the Test Item Pool TOpic Index
(Figure 17). Figure 18 gives an explanation of the Test
Item Pool Column Headings. The Final Test Item Pool and

Parallel Test Item Pool are shown in Table 19.

104

A.* Pre—Operative Procedures

 

1. Vehicle Related
a. Pre-trip inspection and procedures
b. Upon mounting motorcycle
(See also: Carrying passengers)
c. Starting and stopping the engine
d. After starting engine

2. Navigation and Trip Planning
a. Planning
4) Preparations for long trip

B. Basic Knowledge

 

1. Fundamental Control Information and Maneuvers
a. Shifting gears
1) Standard
2) Automatic
3) Downshifting when necessary
5) Emergency downshift
b. Lane usage
1) General
c. Following
1) Following distance
2) Speed adjustments
d. Hauling and towing loads
1) General
e. Carrying Passengers
2) Seating passengers

2. Directional Control
a. Steering general
b. Turning (See also: Backing up)

3. Speed Control
a. Starting on a hill
b. Starting on snow or ice
d. Speed control - normal (See also: Shifting gears)
e. Speed control - slow speed

4. Braking and Stopping
a. Technique and procedures (See also: Rapid stop)
c. Emergency (See also: Shifting gears and
Emergency situations)

 

*The alpha-numeric section indicators follow the scheme
shown in Figure 4. Thus gaps will exist here as there were
no items remaining after the item evaluation to fill that
particular section.

Figure 17.--Test Item Pool Topic Index.

Figure

105

Driver Perception and Communication
a. Surveillance

1) General

2) Traffic

Maneuvers

a. Entering and leaving traffic (See also:
Freeway driving on and off ramps)
1) Entering traffic

b. Negotiating intersections
1) Approaching intersections
2) Traversing intersections

c. Negotiating curves
1) Approaching curves

d. Negotiating hills
1) Upgrades

e. Lane changing
l) Prepares to change

f. Passing
1) Prepares to pass

i. Parking

- 1) General

Road and Weather Conditions
a. Road surface and obstructions

1) Surface type

2) Surface irregularities

3) Road cover

4) Roadway edges

5) Roadway obstructions
b. Weather conditions

1) Visibility

2) Temperature

3) Wind

Emergency Situations and Maneuvers
a. Vehicle emergencies
1) On-road critical
2) On—road non-critical
3) Preparations for possible emergencies
6) Seeks emergency assistance for disabled
vehicle (See: Reacting to Traffic, Roadside
Services and Parking)
b. Skid Control
1) Preventive measures
3) Arrests skid (See also: Skid control,
Deceleration)
4) Deceleration

17.—-Continued

106

C. Driving Situations

 

1.

Urban Driving

a. General

Highway Driving

b. Rural highways

c. Mountainous terrain

Freeway Driving

a. On-ramps

Reacting to Traffic - General on Road Emergencies
a. Reacting to other vehicles

b. Reacting to pedestrians

Night Driving

a. General

c. Rural

Railroad Crossings, Bridges and Tunnels, Toll
Plazas, Weigh' Stations

a. Railroad crossings

b. Bridges and tunnels

c. Toll plazas

D. Vehicle and Driver

 

1.

Physical and Emotional Conditions
a. Temporary (fatigue, carbon monoxide, etc.)
d. Vision

2. Vehicle Care and Servicing

a. Fuel stop service
c. Routine service

F. Vehicle Code--Laws and Regulations

 

8.

9.

Figure

Rules of the Road

n. Special rules for motorcycles

Equipment of Vehicles

e. Equipment on motorcycles and motor driven
cycles

l7.--Continued.

.107

RD % All - Response distribution for all subjects tested.
r Sex - correlation with sex.

r N Dep Var - correlation with Now Dependent Variable
(measure of riding experience).

 

r Ach Score - correlation with independent measure of
reading - achievement score.

 

r Total Score - correlation with total score (number of
items on test answered correctly).

 

r Test-retest Reliability — the reliability of the test item.

 

P - proportion of students getting item correct.

response distributions for
subjects grouped into a no

' High experience group experience group and a high
experience group based on
the Dependent Variable value.

RD % - No experience group

 

T Statistic - value of Student T statistic based on number of
subjects correctly answering the items in
each experience group.

 

Discriminates - An indication of when the Student T
statistic is negative and significant.

 

Figure 18.—-Definitions of the Test Item Pool
Column Headings.

TABLE 19.--Fina1

108

Test Item Pool; Parallel Test Item Pool

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

3 .4
o ” 3
8 s 6:. 8 r:
.4 u .c—o 0
aJ 0) UV 0- I'll
= 3
A u o u a - m u u
D a I: ‘4 (AU an GUI m
n h ,,. ‘ u u o 0 0-4 '500 .0 us 0
o A. Pre- Ont.ativc Proccduros m § 5 8 3:: fl _ 3 2 5 F
5 1. Vehicle Rolateu « > m.o . - 4 o n w A
H g a. Pre- Tn Ins ection and a: % .3 '3 1.2 3° C): '3 5o 3’,
a = ff __.__ 6.‘ 3 9 6 s :3 2361.. s a. 7.
3 g 3: m 2 < a an >3 $9 .2 3: =
9 ~ xv u u u u u mmztE 3 am a
1-44 1 In order Ito check your stop light .os .06 .23 .47 .51 as -.75 X 343
you mus
a) Turn your operating lights on. 11 16 a
b) Turn the engi off. 1 o 3
c) Engage the clu 4 2 3
‘d) Press the brakec pedal or lever. 85 82 88
1-22 2 Before mtunting your motorcycle you —.10 .05 -.21 .34 54 57 .11
should:
a) Move.tha parking stand to the 22 27 8
'park' position.
b) Push the motorcycle to a closed 10 0 23
aand
'c) Check for loose parts and :19. .t 57 61 60
te
d) Reduce the air pressure it 10 10 8
carrying a passenger. ‘
1-4. 5 When carrying cargo it is alwa‘s '-19 ~15 -03 ~35 -‘9 49 '2 :7 x x ‘11
necessary to
a) Make aura it can move around 13 14 1°
slightly
b) Adjust the brake cables and clutch. 7 1° 3
*c) Place it as low as possible on the 9 37 5°
motorcycle
4) Add air to the tires. 31 37 28
b. Upon Mounting Motorcycle
1-24 15 Before starting the engine on a level -.16 .08 -.05 29 .38 65 - 72 X 349
surface, it is most important to:
.a) Be sure that the motorcycle is in 65 65 73
neutral
b) Check the brake and signal lights. 6 2 10
c) Check the tires and shock 3 O 3
absorber rs.
d) Raise the kickstand. 25 33 13

 

 

'Correct Answer.

.Referl to specific tests and items as ahcwn in Appendicjcs A and C.

b

Item identification number.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I)

    

Discriminates

 

-
0
II M
3 s 5.:
wt 0 y‘H
U U) “V
s a
a u u u > .
A Pro Operative Procedures a u 5 3 $3. '38 U
h l " .
a 1. Vehicle Related (contd. ) g g 5 3 8:: 3 . 3
H c. Startmg an Sto opping EM :1. 5 -1 T‘g m E 8% 43
I z _.£_§flEiEE -: x 3 g 3 $11 3 . .m H
u a o o w o e a [1: u
a n m4 m z < 9 am >m mm a
' I 01} O 0 a) d
a N «M u u n u u mmzx: a
1-54 16 when you start a "kickstart" motor- -.24 .26 -.1a .45 .52 53 ‘2-Ib
cycle, you shou d
'a) Turn the folding pedal of the 53 39 6B
kickstarter lever “on
b) Find the start of compression of 8 4 13
the stroke by pulling up on the
lever
c) Kick down gently on the lever to 22 35 13
start tne engine.
d) Not touch the spark retard or com- 15 18 8
pression release.
1-29 17 After starting your engine you -.41 .42 —.13 40 .57 59 '4-7‘
should-
'a) Return the kickstart lever and 59 35 80
olding pedal to storage position.
b) Close the throttle to prevent 11 22 3
- stallin
c) Activate the choke as soon as vo'; 22 29 15
Ste rt the eng in
d) Keep the throttle all the way 7 12 3
mp
1-56 13 If after you kick the starter, you do -.09 .10 .23 30 45 80 ‘1-56
not hear the engine you should
a) Close the fuel valve. 7 10 O
b) Put the motorcycle in gear and 9 10 5
mg ge the clu
'c) Check the key and choke for proper 80 78 90
P05 '
6) Not tryn to kickstart it again. 2 O 3
d. After Starting Engine
1-27 21 The condition of the headligh .01 .06 -.14 24 .48 55 --34
taillights, and brake lights should
be checke .
'a) Each time after you have started 55 51 60
the en
b) At night nbefore the engine is 28 33 23
start ted.
c) Only before long trips when new 5 2 8
fuses may be necessary.
d) Once a year as part of the state 13 14 10

 

 

inspection.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

E [Parallel Test Form

823

A36

 

 

110

 

Q
(IS-30)

1str1 ution

High Exp. Co.

A. Pro-Operative Procedures

1. Vehicle Related

d. After Starting Engine (contd.)

01$ tr1Du £101!

292 Number
(i) All
Reliability

Resp. D1stribution
esp.

Tout-Item

r Sex

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score
r Total Score

r Test-Retest

P Value

T Statixtic
Discriminates

Para

 

e Test P00

[Parallel Test Porn

 

I

 

-2.n1 x

01
N
U"
I

u

p.-
H
n

U
D
0‘
\l
h
(a!

1-30 24 A motorcycle may skid or fall over -.1
when turning if: -

a) You downshift before you begin 32 43 30
'b) The kickstand falls down and hits 43 27 55

the groun nd.
c) You slow down slightly while 14 12 13

turning.
d) The dr_ve chain is too tight. 10 16 3

2. Navigation and Trip Planning
a. ann n

4) Preparation: for Long Trip

'1-21 2 Before going on a long trip, you .15 -.04 .12 .23 .40 60 .35
need no

M

:1 Check the condition of your tires,
bes, andc hain.
b) Identify the best route: to your 8
destination. ,
c) Try to do mogt of your driving 26 31 20
uring the
‘d) Plan to stopa every hour for a 60 61 58
t. .

U!
Q.
U

13

3. Basic Knowledge

1. Fundamental Control Information
and Maneuvers

a. Shifting Gears

1) Standard

2-51 26 When waiting to enter traffic and -.04 .11 .16 .25 .56 52 ’1-13
before shifting from neutral to first
gear, you should:

a) Keep your feet on the footpegs. 4 6 3
b) Lean the motorcycle to one side. 16 12 27
'c) Hold the motorcycle from rolling 52 45 58
with the front brake.
d) Keep the throttle at least half— 27 35 12
way op en.

2-36 28 When starting a motorcycle moving: -.02 .16 .15 .26 .58 58 '1-20

I) Put your feet on the footpcgs, 13 12 15
open the throttle, and release the
front brake and clutch.

b) Release the front brake and clutch, 21 27 9
put your feet on the footpegs, and
open the throttle.

c) Open the throttle and put your feet 8 8 9
on the footpcqs, then release the
front brake and clutch.

‘d) Open the throttle, release the 58 53 67

front brake and clutch, and put

your feet on the footpegs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N

 

 

11.1

 

tent-1t.-

282 Number

3. Basic Knowledge
, l. Fundamental rControl Information
and Maneuve

a. S1fting Gears (contd. )
2) Automatic

Resp. Distribution

All

I Sex

(I‘

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

r Test-Retest

Reliability

(3)

c
O
a
u
3
a
-n
U
m
A
-Q

 

(IS-101,

High Exp. Gp.

Discriminates

 

2-58

2-39

2-38

2-35

 

30

 

When shifting from first to second
gear on a motorcycle with an auto—
matic clutch, you should:

a) Open the throttle halfway and shift
into second gear.

'b) Close the throttle and toe the
lever into second gear.

c) Apply the rear brake and gently
toe the lever into second gear.

d) Dilengage the clutch and shift
nto second gear.

3) Downshifting When Necessary

If you are going up a hill and will
be stopping, you shou

I) Downshift into second gear after
have come to a stop.

'b) Dounshift into ‘irst gear just
before you come to a sLu

o) Shift into neutral just before you

me to a st op.
Stay in lhigh gear until you have
etc mp

20

5) Emergency Downshift

To make an emergency downshift:

a) Hit both brakes hard until you
slow down enough to shift into
first gear.

b) Shift at any speed but do so very
carefully and slowly.

qc) Shift through each gear as the
motorcycle slows do

d) Shift into neutral and then into
any gear you wish.

b. Lane Usage

UGgLer—al

When driving in the right-hand lane
on a d-lane road, you should USUBLIY
ride:

a) In the center of the lane.

‘b) In the left wheel track.

c) On the line dividing the lanes.
6) In a slight zig—zag pattern.

23

'1

 

 

 

.
N
W

.29

I
c
p
O

N
U

 

 

3
La)
NI

.45

63

 

 

 

21
48

27

15
64

I T Statistic

-2.38

-2.45

-1.92

X
X

X

e Test Poo

Para

Parallel Test Porn

 

X

>
u
w

831

A14

 

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

112

 

J

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

;
~ o
o c : T
3 0 on
0 d 4.4
m 9 IO
= a
u o u > a .
1. 5 3 31’. I‘. So 0
g 3. Basic Knowled e a E 0 UP! u u a
a l. Eugdamental Control Information , > g m £23 2‘92 ' a
w a and Maneuye'ers a: 3‘ 3.“. 7; L-g gt: LE 3
L z 1). Lane Uas d.‘ 3 a .5 3 ma .4 -x . u
u N l) _e__Gnera1 (c e.ontd ) g... m 2 4 5. 33 g 8'“ a“: ‘3
0 a 6" o 0.a
B N «'v N u M u u m m z I F
2-34 35 Weaving in and out of traffic is: .02 -.14 .16 .16 .18 9
) A good way to make time. 3
‘b) A dangerous maneuver. 91
c) An advantage of driving a motor- 0
cycle.
d) Permitted if proper signals are 6
given
6 When drivi.ng a motorcycle you should .18
not ride in the:
a) Left part of thec lane when follow— 21
in a car or tr
b) Same lane and alongside another 12
motorcycle.
c) Right-hand lane unless you are 6
going 5- -10 mph slower than the
speed limit
'd) Same lane and alongside a car or 61
tr ck.
c. Following
1) Following Distance
8 Large following distances are more -.03
important for motorcycles than for
cars because:
a) Motorcycles cannot stop as quickly. 21
'b) It is easier to overbrake and lose 64
control.
c) Vision is more restricted. 9
d) Less attention is required to 6
oper rate the motorcycle.
9 When driving oniyet or icy roads, you -.21
shou
'a) Increase your following distance. 64
b) Change speed often in order to 15
ensure traction.
c) Use the clutch as much as possible. 9
d) Ride closer to the center of the 12
r
2) Speed Adjustments
Generally your speed should be deter- —.09
mined by:
a) The speed of the fastest vehicle 6
on the road.
‘b) The speed of the vehicle ahead 70
ofy
c) They speed of the vehicle behind 6
you
d) The power of your engine. 15

 

Paral e1 Test Pool

Discriminates
[rarallel Test Form

 

 

 

 

_113

 

    

Discriminates

 

: A
~ 0
0 m
s g 5:.
M an
s a g-
A u o u > .
fl c M m.u .ia
M 3. Basic Knowledge 5 3 ” 8 3;: 5 3
y g l. Fundamental Control Information 2 > g W 3:3 2 d g
H Fha Maneuvers A: 3‘ 3 7‘} L2 6:) Ga 3
' I C. OIIOVID _ on: O u UIH r1 . .
‘5 a 2) Speed Adlustments (contd.) 3‘: g z E 8 Egg ; 9“ %‘§« {2’
0 o-u
p N xv w u u u u mmzmz a
2-21 41 If the vehicle in front of you -.01 -.00 .14 .29 .45 68 .33
Iuddenly :stops, the safest thing
to do
a) Slide your motorcycle to a stop 5 4 3
and jump off
'b) Slow down and take evasive action. (8 71 67
c) Brake hard and try to stay behind 17 16 18
the vehicle.
6) Continue at the same speed and try .10 a 9
rive around the vehicle.
2-29 43 To be prepared for changes int he -.05 -.17 .05 .00 .43 55 1.63
speed of the uvehicle you are follow-
ing, you she
'a) Watch the vehicles in front of 55 65 45
b) Change your speed often in order 21 20 18
099 abetter View of the lead
vehic
c) Ride close enough to him to watch 3 2 3
his action.
d) Ride close to the left lane line 20 3 33
d. Hauling and Towing Loads
1) General
2-55 46 If you are carrying heavy packages -.09 -.03 .21 .43 .68 63 .25
at night and notice that oncoming
vehicles are blinking their head-
ilights, you should:
’a) Stop and ccheck the height of ynui 63 69 7O
headli
b) Put your cheadlight on high beam 5 4 9
and continue
c) Hove onto the shoulder and con- 21 16 15
tinue driving there until you
fin d out what is wro
d) Check your speed andn adjust it if 9 8 3
necessary.
e. Carrying Passengers
2) Seating Passengers
2-‘4 47 Yo u may carry a pass- -nger on your .04 .ll .41 46 .45 86 ‘-59
motorcycle only if:
a) The passenger has a motorcycle 2 2 3
license.
b) You have been driving a motorcycle 1 2 0
for one season or more.
c) You have insurance 11 12 9
‘d) Your motorcycle is equipped for 86 84 88
carrying a passenger.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

[Parallel Test Porn

A34

 

 

114

 

 

 

    

 

2 a
" S
c 2 a.
o o o m
a .2 a:
s - a
n a o u a - a
a. E H 01H r40. 0
h 3. Basic Knowledge _ 3 g “E’ 3 3:: 5° 2 f;
g 0 1. Fun amental Control Information .2 > g m 3:3 ' a d a E
a and Maneuver rs and o. a) -o I m u c o x w E
3 = ;._J_.___._—— d .2 g 8 % £355. .2 a
a a ) eatin Passen ers (cont ) ,1 3; m z 4 [-1 a“ > g; 3.3 m .2
9 N m~4 u u u u n m m m:: a a
2-46 10 You should not carry passengers .02 -.02 .13 .43 .47 85 -.30
after you have just learned to
ride because.
'e) The motorcycle will handle 85 83 BS
diffe re tly
b) More fuel will be used. l 0 0
o) The added weight will decrease 4 2 3
the stopping distance.
d) You must have a year of experience 9 8 9
before it is legal.
2-26 11 When you have a passenger on your -.14 .31 .07 .43 .42 79 ~3.47 x
motorcycle, he should:
I) Use the front set of footpegs. 4 10 O
'b) Not interfere with the balance 79 63 94
or the controls.
c) Lean the opposite way as you 5 B 3
do when making a turn.
d) Know how to operate the motor- 11 18 3
cycle.
2-32 12 A passenger should mount the motor- .15 -.08 27 .23 .46 54 1.02
a) Before you check and adjust the 0 O 0
brake cable
h) Before you start the engine. 45 47 61
‘c) After you start the engine. 54 53 39
d) After the motorcycle has started 1 0 0
in motion.
2-20 48 When carrying a passenger you may - 09 .07 OS 30 .53 52 '1-29
have to:
'a) Adjust the rear shocks S2 47 64
b) Let air out of the rear tire. 4 0
c) Use only the front brake to 33 37 27
stop safely.
d) Start in second gear instead ll 10 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e Test POO

Para

 

[rarallel Test Form

X Ail

 

115

 

    

[gazellel Test For.

 

 

 

3 .4
>6 o
o m
8 ‘6 5.}.
d U adv-1
a) u] us;
3 u o u a a .
a c u a u u o
p. a. Basic Knowied e u :3 g 8 322 ‘5“ 3
a 1. Fundamental Control Information 3 > > m g-fl g d g
H , mdnmwver a: g 2 1 53 g a: 3
b a e. Carrvzng Passenger .¢ 3: a :5 y I” .4 . x . m
3 s 2) Seating Passengerss (contd. ) g: 3,’ z 4 a 3g g g” fig. 3“,
u n 1.. h u u u u m mzzmzc a
2-45 49 It 1: least important for your .06 .L5 .13 .25 .26 93 -l.26 x
passenger to we
a) Helmet. 4 8 0
b) Paceshield or goggles. 2 2 0
c) Hind-proof jacket. 1 O 3
*d) Heavy scarf. 93 90 97
2-26 50 Any passenger you carry must: .02 -.lS .22 .21 .56 48 1.48
a) Give handsignals when you stop 41 29 61
tur
b) U“ the front footpegs. 8 14 3
0:) Straddle the seat 48 55 36
d) Hold onto your shoulders. 2 2 0
2-16 51 You shouldt tell your passenger .06 .02 -.09 .22 .50 80 -.01 x
to hold
a) Your shoulders or arms. 1 0
‘b) Your hips or wai t 80 78 79
) The handlebars. 2 2 3
d) The seat behind him. 17 20 18
2'41 52 You should tell your passenger to: .12 -.02 .10 .32 .57 63 .10
a) Stay tense and be ready for 6 4 15
danger.
b) Put his hands in his pockets if 0 0 0
they get cold.
'c) Get ccmfortable and signal 63 ' 61 61
- whw ready
6) Use his feet to help balance 29 33 24
the motorcyc cle
2-46 53 You should tell your passenger to: .21 - 03 .07 .26 .61 71 -05
a) Get on the motorcycle before 21 24 27
you start the engine. .
b) Hold onto your shoulders while 4 2 3
ng.
'c) Lean with the motorcycle to 71 69 70
help control it.
d) Change position often to keep 4 4 0
from getting stif '

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

m
b
N

116

 

  

TI)
(ls-301

8. Basic Knowledge

1. Fundamental Control Information
37iI”H3EEEV?T;§"—;;;—'—_‘—'"'—"—_

e. Carr in Pas en

2) Seating PassengersS (contd. )

e Test Poo

Resp. Distribution
Reliability

Iest-Itel

282 Number

1‘1 All

r Sex

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score
r Total Score

r Test-Retest

P Value

Resp.

Resp. Distri ution
Hiqh Exp. Gp.

T Statistic
Discriminates
[Parallel Test Form

' N

Para

 

-2 in x x

.
N
u
.
H
H
U
c
.
u:
N
NI
b)
m
h
w

 

2'19 54 If you have a tpassenger, you should -.03
instruct him -

a) Bang onto your shoulders or arms. 5 4 6
b) Put his feet down when you begin 14 29 6
to slow down.
'c) Lean forward as you accelerate and 73 59 85
backward as you slow down.

6) Drag his feet if necessary to help 5 B 0
balance the motorcycle.

2. Directional Control
a. teering General

2-25 55 The best way to steer a motorcycle is —.15 .23 .17 .22 .41 79 o2.46 X X All
to have: 810

ar One hand on the throttle, the other
free to operate controls.

b) One hand on the left handgrip, the 13 20 3
other free to operate controls

'c) One hand on the th;ottle, the other 79 67 91
on the left handgrip.

d) One hand on the throttle, the other
near the center of the left
handle

 

q
H
N
a

O
O
0

2-63 56 For good steering control you should: .05 .00 .29 .36 .49 70 -.04 x

'a) Grasp the handlebars firmly. 70 71 73
b) Lean heavily into the handlebars. 4 6 3
c) Steer mostly by shifting your 16 16 21
eight up and down.

d) Hold loosely onto the ends of the 10 6 3
handgrips.

2-33 57 To steer the motorcycle you should: —.13 .18 .29 .24 .42 54 -.93 x A30

a) Shift your weightn to the right when 20 20 24
making a left tu

4b) Make small steering corrections by 54 53 64
putting pressure on the handlebars.

c) Turn the ehandlebars more sharply 6 4 9
the fas you are going

d) Hold the ehandlebars loosely at all 20 22 3
times.

hm

2-13 61 When making a turn it is most impor- —.03 .08 .15 .27 .51 80 -l.45 X A20

tant to:

‘a) Look to see if the turn can be 80 78 91

made safely.

b) Downshift as you start to turn 11

c) Use both the front and the rear 5
brakes

6) Put your foot down on the inside 4 6 3

of the turn

(DU
00"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

e Test Poo
Parallel Test Form

Discriminates

Para

 

o
8 3
a o
a m
a
n u o u >
I! u 5 3 3: u
H 3. Basic Know1ed u e 5 o v.4 «
a 2. Directional Control 2 > > m 2;; g
g , b. Turning (contd. ) ‘3: 3' 3 '3 L): g 3
I 2 -< x o u m~c H a
u a m 5 o u o m u
I N z—~ m z 4 k e m > m
0 G 0 a
9 a m-« u u u u u m a
2-22 63 or the best turns the passenger .19 .06 -.01 .11 .40 73 —1.64
should
a) Lean in the opposite direction of 7 l4 0
river.
'b) Lean in the same direction as the 73 69 79
river.
c) Sit up straight and try not to 13 8 15
lean.
d) Lean slightly forward. 7 8 6
2-37 65 When making a sharp turn, you should -.05 .04 .07 .37 .35 68 -.44
be readyt
I) Apply the front brake firmly. 24 31 18
b) Put both feet out to the side. 2 2 0
'c) Put down the foot which is on the 68 65 73
inside of the turn 4
d) Put down the foot which is on the 6 2 9
outside of the turn.
2-24 66 When edmaking sharp turns at high -.15 -.05 -.11 .1: .23 .1 .41
1PM
‘a) Apply brakes before the turn. :1 55 48
b) Do not downshift before the turn. 5 .0 9
c) Lean the motorcycle more if you 5 6 3
lippery surface.
6) Never speed up while in the turn. 38 39 36
2-54 68 To straighten the motorcycle after a .09 .ll .50 .33 .45 51 -.86
turn, you should:
I) Take both feet off the footpegs. 4 2 6
b) Lean sharply into the opposite 25 31 21
direction
'c) Adjust pressure on the handlebars 51 45 55
d) sit up straight and turn 18 20 15
handlebar sharply.
2-42 69 If your motorcycle start: to slide -.16 .00 .02 .34 .59 55 .33
when you are making a slow turn, be
ready to:
a) Apply sharp jabs on the front 11 10 15
br rak
b) Shift into a lower gear 19 22 15
c) Lean forward to pu‘ more weight on 14 14 18
the front whee
'd) Put your foot down on the inside 55 53 52
of the turn.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X
G
a
g.

 

 

118

 

(‘1
(15-30)

3. Basic Knowledge
3. Speed Control

a. Starting on a Hill

 

. G
Distri ution

nigh Exp. 6p.

Resp. Distribution
Reliability

282 Number
(‘1 All

r Sex
r Achievement Score

r N Dep Var

r Total Score
r Test—Retest
P Value

Resp.

T Stat stic

e Test Poo
Parallel Test Form

Discriminates

Fara

 

l

‘u"
g rut-nu

71 If your motorcycle stalls when going -.4

u
N
H
o
q
.

N
a

.55

N
0‘

-9 25

X

 

up a hill, you should:

'a) Hold it from rolling with the 26 20 43
front brake.

b) Hold it from rolling with the 9 7 4
rear brake.

c) Hold it from rolling with the 41 34 36
re t and rear brakes.

d) Hold it from rolling with your 23 39 18
f at.

b. Starting on Snow or Ice

3-43 76 After starting on a slippery road, -.43 .42 .12 .52 .23 40 ‘4-55
you should:

‘a) Shift to a higher gear when the 40 24 71
' road surface permits.
b) Regulate your speed by using the 36 46 ll
clutch instead of the throttle.

c) flee the front brake to contrzl 20 22 14
your speed. -

d) Lean the motorcycle to the right. 2 2 0

d. Speed Control - Normal

3-40 70 When you are driving on the highway: .12 .02 .09 .27 .35 76 .37

a) Vary your speed to break the 10 5 11
monotony. v
b) Try not to vary the amount the 8 10
throttle is opened. ~
'c) Maintain the speed of traffic flow. 76 78 7
d) Keep your wrists well above the 5 7
handgrips.

‘1

huh

9. Speed Control - Slow Speed

When going very slowly, you should: -.31 .16 .18 .30 .35 70 -l.61

a) Shift into the highest gear and 4 2 4
press the clutch lever.

b) Close the throttle and shift into 13 12 7
neutr .

c) Avoid using the front brake. ll . l7 7

'd) Be ready to put your feet down 70 63 82

or balance.

3-14 B

O

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U r
H a
u n

 

 

 

119

 

    

:allel Test Pool

lParallel Test Form

iscriminates

0.
[Pa

 

X

 

 

3 .
~— c
U M
c u on
o o onn
vi 0 4H
0 m liv
= s
n u o u > .
’L‘ L: 5 ‘5 31‘. :8 u
n B. Basic Knowledgg u «a e o uv—c u «1
g C 4. Braking and Stoopigq 2 > g M £23 2 & L
H a a. Technioue and Procedures a: g. 3 7‘} L: g as U
I 2 . - if X D .5 U (”H H I >4 . I!
U m u o o o u annex: :
n N ma- m z 4 a 6‘“ > m m m m
o o o n o c u-a
P N m~v H u u u w m z 2L3: a
3-21 83 When braking to a normal stop, you -.13 16 -.28 .21 .29 32 '2.58
generally should apply:
'a) The rear brake only. 32 20 46
b) The front brake on y. 2 O 7
c) Both the front and rear brakes at 44 46 43
same time.
d) The front brake only and shift to 22 34 4
ower gear.
3-15 84 When slowing down for a stop, you .26 .17 .13 .16 .17 41 -2.63
at.
’a) Use extreme care when applying the 41 32 64
front tbrake.
b) Rotateo the throttle to the open 0 0 0
pos
c) Shift to a lower gear before 52 54 36
' applying the brakes.
d) Depress the brake pedal firmly. 6 15 0
3-47 86 When you are carrying a passenger: -.29 .27 -.19 .37 .54 3‘ -2 1R
'a) You will need more distance to 36 24 54
slow d and sto .
b) The motorcycle will speed up 4 . 5 4
fas .
c) The motorcycle will be more stable 22 32 7
t slow speeds.
d) You should let him help you 36 39 37
balance the motorcycle.
3-44 92 If you want to stop after recovering' -.41 .22 -.Ol .48 .50 41 -1.99
from a rear wheel skid, you should:
a) Apply the front brake only. 8 10 4
'b) Apply both brakes again 41 32 57
c) Coast to a stop without the use 22 32 ll
of brakes.
d) Close the throttle and press the 26 24 25
clutch 1e ever.
c. Emergency
3-24 93 When making a rapid or emergency -.37 .24 -.04 .42 .64 36 ‘2-63
stop, you should-
a) Shift your weight forward. 28 24 25
b) Hold the handlebars loosely. 12 5 11
'c) Grasp the fuel tank with your 36 32 61
knees.
6) Apply the front brake only. 21 37 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

232 Number

Basic Knowled e
4. Brakln and Sto in
c. Emergency (contd.)

Resp. Distribution

(1) All

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

Reliability

r Test—Retest
P Value

 

(15-30)

High Exp. 6p.

T Statistic

Paral e Test Poo

Discriminates

 

'3'
3 rut-xte-

1-42

1-49

1-45

 

0
III

 

When making an emergency stopo a
slippery road or on loose gravel, you
lhou

‘e) Apply the rear brake only.
b) eethe fron tand rear brakes

er.
c) Apply the front brake when the
rear wheel begins to slid
d) Use the throttle and clutch and
avoid using the brake.

5. Driver Perce tion and
Communication

a. Surveillance

1) General

One of the safety advantages you have
when driving a motorcycle is:

a) You will be thrown clear is an
see

b) Motorcycles are easily seen bv
other motorists.

'c) You have fewer blindspots than in

a car.
6) Motorcycles can safely drive oft
e road to avoid accidents.

If you can avoid it, you should no;
ri

a) Around highway curves.

'b) Over grease or oil spots.

c) During hot or humid weather.
d) In cities or towns.

2) Traffic

A safe motorcycle driver will:
'a) Give the other driver the right-

b) Only use the right— hand traffic
la.

c) Not make right:
intersections.

6) Change lanes Lather than change

urns at busy

-.12

 

 

 

I
N
A

 

I
e
O
at

.16

 

.
I.)
N

 

H
(II

.54

.09

.48

 

N
O

75

91

64

 

 

U'IUI

68
23

 

12.49

X

 

 

[Darallel Test Porn

 

121

 

     

 

[Parallel Test Form

 

 

o
5 8
'3 8
3 u e u
.. . .. .3 3
h 3. Basic Knowledge 3 = 2 8 3;: g g
g 6. Maneuvers g > g m 33 1: 5
" a. Enterin and Leavin Traffic C): a o H I u o .4 E
I z 1) Entering Traffic . u: x 8 "‘ 3 3:11 3 1;} 'S
a m o 5 o e w e u o
a g - 3;_ m z < a s<m > m m
9 N m- h u u u u m a 3
6-44 102 After entering a new traffic lane, you -.01 .01 .20 .49 .42 67 .36
should:
als MG 14 20 ll
'b) Switch off your turn si igna al. 67 69 66
c) Stay on the far right side of the 13 7 13
e.
d) Put your feet out to stabilize 5 4 11
your motorcycle.
b. Ne otiatin Intersections
l) pproac no Intersections
6-54 10‘ Wh on you come to a stop sign or red .05 -.os .16 .44 .57 72 .to
traffic light, you should stop:
‘a) Near the left tire marks in the 72 . 71 66
b) After you have passed the cross- 9 7 13
ulk.
c) only if the car in front of you 5 2 V’
BCO 0?!
d) Between lanes of traffic. 9 16 3
6-39 105 When approaching an intersection .00 -.Ol .11 .34 .46 61 ‘ .31
t is most important to:
a) Stay in the right lane. 16 24 ll
b) Watch for traffic making right 7 7 8
urns.
c) WatCh for traffic going straight. 15 11 26
'd) Watch for traffic making left 61 58 55
turns.
6-13 106 If a vehicle is c ming from your .17 -.02 .09 .40 .34 58 -.08 X
right ato an intersection it may he
unsafet :
a) Try to estimate the speed and dis- 15 18 13
tance of the vehicle.
b) Prepare to slow down and stop if 17 16 24
the vehicle is Cl
C) Look ahead of the ovenicle to see 10 13 8
if you will have to stoop.
'd) Continue at the same speed through 58 53 55
the_intersection.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

   

 

 

: in
v o
(I m
8 5 5.}.
“1 O Its-4
H m yv
= s
A u o u a - u
-: 5 a mu HO. U
n 3. Basic Knowledge a S 5 u 3:: '3” 2 t;
6. Maneuvers m > m 0‘” n - u E
g g b. Negotiating Intersections a: o. 5 H “5% w a: 3 E
:1 z 1) A roachin Intersections d.‘ x 3 g 3 3': 3 . _m 3 '3
3 3 (“ma-5 3.; 3': z n: 3 33 gg‘ g? :1: §
9 N m~v H u u u u m m z = a a
6-20 107 If you are on a main road and coming -.01 .11 .17 .42 17 91 L1-46
to an intersection, you shou d:
'e) Watch for vehicles slowing down or 91 84 95
giving other signs of making left
tur .
b) Protect yourself by driving 1 2 0
etween lanes of traffic.
6) Shift to higher gear and coas‘ 4 7 3
through the intersection.
d) Move to the ef: lane and turn 5 7 3
on your lights.
6-47 108 When on a main road at an inte er- .03 -.09 .02 .39 .40 78 -75
section and a vehicle is approaching
from the left, you should.
4 a) Stop; he always has the right- -of- 11 16 11
my.
' b) Speed up to make sure he know: 4 2 5
yo ou're he
'c) Yield if he does not slow dc1m. 78 78 71
6) Slow down immedl .tely and blow 6 4 11
your horn.
* l
I I?
|
6-50 109 Before yielding to a vehicle which i-: .05 .21 .05 28 .14 SS -l.91 X
turning left in front of you
a) Move into the right lane. 23 33 8
b) Move to the left so you can pass 8 9 5
when he starts tr turn. .
'c) Check the vehicles behind you. 55 44 68
d) Signal the vehicle that he should 15 13 18
turn.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

X

g [Parallel Test Form

Add

 

 

123

 

Test-Item

282 Number

3. Basic Knowledge
6. Maneuvers
b. ‘

Negotiating Intersections

l) A roachin Intersections
iconta.)

Distribution

(2)111

Reso.

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

Reliability

P Value

r Test-Retest
Resp.

(‘)

      

D

No Exp.

‘1

Distribution

 

6-27

6-53

6-30

 

110

112

If you are going straight through the
intersection and see a vehicle to your
1 ft:

I) Drive partially into the inte
eectio on to warn the other vehicle
0 slow down.

'b) Prepare to yield right-of-way.

c) Speed up to get through the inter-
section before the other vehicle.

d) Pull off the road until the
vehicle gets through the inter-
section

__J l L
MIW

2) Traversing Intersections

When coming to and driving through an
intersection, you should alwa

a) Slow down to 15- 20m ph.
b) Stay close to the vehicle in front

yo .
'c) Check the traffic lights and signs.
d) Move to the right lane.

Upon approaching an intersection you
he eed not stop when

a) A vehicle suddenlyo makes a left
turn in fr

b) You are making0 a left turn and
oncoming traffic is approaching.

c) A vehicle on your left is signaling

r a right turn.
'd) Traffic allows complete passage
through the intersection.

If an oncomingt vehicle is preparing
to turn left an intersect

a) Drive to the left to get around it.

b) Speed up and continue straight
befo ore he completes his turn.

c) Stop and let hi 1m turn.

'd) Lag slightly behind other vehicles
going in your direction

 

H
UIUI

30
46

 

 

 

-
O
p

-.06

 

l
e
H
m

 

N
M

 

e
U
h

.32

.37

.42

 

89

84

 

2
13
47

 

82

15-30

. G .

 

T Statistic

 

I
.
q
Ul

-3.21

 

   

Discriminates

  

g [harallel Test Form

821

 

 

124

 

Test-Item

232 Number

3. Basic Knowledge

6. Maneuvers

b. Negotiating Intersections

2) TraverSin Intersections
(contd.)

Resp. Distribution

(11 All

r Sex

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

r Test-Retest

Reliability

(‘)

   

  

Distri ution

esp.
High Exp. Co.

(IS-30)

 

T Statistic

Discriminates

 

I
0|
0|

6-51

6-59

6-29

 

115

122

When turning right at an intersection,
you shou
a) Speed up until you complete the
urn.
'b) Put your feet down only when
needed for support.
c) Go faster than 5 m h.
d) Lean farther than the motorcycle.

c. Negotiating Curves
1) Approaching Curves

Under good conditions, the rider
approaching a curve to the right
should

a) been to the left and brake on the

cu
'b) Reduce speed before the curve and
speed up slightly in the curve.
c) Turn the wheels shar.ly to the
right and sit straig L up.
d) Speed up before the curve and
brake when in the curve.

d. Negotiating Hills
1) Upgrades

When going up a steep hill, you

should

a) Stay in high gear and open the
throttle all the way.

‘b) Shift to a lower gear to maintain

y ur spee .
c) Drive on the extreme right of the

ane.
d) Decrease your speed to cool the
engine

9. Lane Changing
1) Prepares to Change

The first thing to do before changing

lanes is:

a) Signal with your lights and hand.

b) Slow down.

'c) Check your mirrors and look over
your shouldnr

d) Move closer to the lane you want

 

52
42

 

 

I
-
O
b

e
N
Q

.
N
A

 

 

 

 

h
N

.4'3

.39

75

 

 

38

ll
71
ll

11

39
58

u
G
u

-2.32

X

   

X

[Parallel Test form

A17
815

 

-1 as

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

0
s 3 s
.. u 8 o
u m 0‘ h-
3 u o u >. m u u
"G I: N my 0n n
h B. Basic Knowled e 3 ‘3 2 8 f}: g g: g
a 9 6. Maneuvers (contd.) :1 > a; 01 £3 3 5.4 A
a g f. assing a: o. o H In! 0 - E 0 3
, z 1) Prepares to Pass u: x 8 ‘5 3 $23 3 fl '3 H
0 0. o o w w nu u u a no
I N Ina m z n: [-4 an: > m mu u
0 Q a an wi as m
{-0 N acv h u u u u n. 8 on. a.
6-31 123 When deciding to pass on a 2- lane -.13 .09 .13 .21 .30 64 -.31 'X
roa , it is m_ost important to con-
sider the:
‘5) Time it will take you to speed up 64 67 68
and pass.
b) Number of vehicles behind you. 3 5
c) Type of vehicle you are passing. 24 22 21
d) Air pressure from larger vehicles 9 3
like trucks.
6-15 124 When passing a truck rather than a -.ll .15 -.02 38 .38 68 -1.‘H X X A9!
car, you will have
a) To go faster in order to pass l4 24 8
b) A better view of the road ahead. 15 20 8
c) To drive closer to the truck in 2 0 5
order to pass safe 1
Ed) More control problems because of 68 53 76
the air pressure.
6-49 125 You may need more distance to pass on -.13 .07 .04 .16 .38 49 -l.11 at A43
a 2- lane road bec cau ‘
a) Motorcycles cannot change lanes as 23 27 11
q ckly as other vehic es. -
'b) Other vehicles in your lane may 9 47 58
not yield when you try to re—enter
the lane.
c) Motorcycles can go faster than 6 4 8
other vehicles
d) It will take you longer to slow 20 20 21
do own before you can move back to
the right.
6-22 127 When passing other vehicles it is -_03 .03 03 .11 4o 68 —,55 x 535
safest to pass on t e:
a) Right side. 5 9 3
‘b) Left side. 68 62 71
c) Side away from the 2 2 3
d) Side with the least 5traffic. 24 27 24
1- Em
1) 92m
6-28 130 You should not park in a space that: .15 .10 —.03 .19 75 54 —."1 x
'a) Has a coating of oil or gre eas 4 49 58
b) Is less than 60 feet from a corner. 8 4 16
c) Is within 25 feet of a fire 35 42 21
hydrant
d) Has a parking meter. 3 2 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

      

Paral e Test Poo
Parallel Test Form

Discriminates

 

3 3..
o " 2
S ‘6 SJ.
"1 0 an
a m .JV
2 a
A u o u a .
r4 I: h m U fl ‘1
k 3. Basic Knowledge 5 :5 g 8 3:: 5° 3
5 E 7. Road and Weather Conditions 3 > g m g:3 g d g
:j 5 a. Road Surface and Obstructions o: o. a; H I vs 0 o x w.
I z 1) Surface Type .4 x 8 E 3 31:: ,3 . x .L" ‘3
g N g g z 2 o e o a mains: a
g a m; H ex >303“ w
9 N m-— M u u u u m mzzmzr a
4-24 135 When approaching loose gravel or dirt, -.09 .08 —.25 .29 .31 72 .99
it is hes
'a) Slow do own. 72 74 76
b) Speed up slightly. 9 3 14
C) Shift to a higher gear. 16 23 7
d) Lean forward 3 0 3
4-55 138 When riding on gravel or other loose .16 ~.06 03 .21 .30 87 1.13
road material, it is most important
to avoid:
a) Using hand signals. 3 O 7
b) Changing lanes. 3 0 7
c) Downshifting 6 8 0
'd) Making sharp turns. 87 90 83
4-30 140 'Hhen driving on a gravel or brick, -.34 .30 -.25 .38 .30 56 -3.61
road, you should:
'a) Increase the distance between you 56 44 83
and the other vehicles.
b) Use the clutch to control your 19 26 7 ’
speed.
c) Drive pwith the throttle all the 9 10 3
n a lower gear. -
d) Ride0 with a slight zig- zag motion. 16 21 7
2) Surface Irregglarities
4-13 141 When you are riding on a rough .07 .05 07 .23 .21 93 .33
surface:
a) Steer in a zig- zag manner. 2 3 3
'b) Slow do own 93 92 90
c) Keep your feet off the footpegs. 5 3
d) Ride in the left la 1 3
4-18 142 If you come to bumps in the road, -.08 .03 — 00 .25 .70 58 .19
you should:
'a) Be prepared for more bumps ahead. 58 59 59
b) Stop and walk your motorcycle. 8 10 3
c) Accelerate as you go over the 7 5 10
umps.
d) Hold the handlebars loosely. 26 26 28
4-42 143 If you see a road sign indicating .14 -.08 .12 .l~ .16 83 .75
a bumpy road ahead:
a) Stand up on the footpegs to get 3 3 3
ready for the bumps.
b) Pull off the road and turn around. 2 0 O
c) Ride on the shoulder until you 7 5 10
pass the bu Mp
‘d) Slow down in advance of the bumpy 88 92 86
rea.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X X 318

 

 

 

127

 

   

 

 

2 A
v o
n S c c‘? E
O o o o-n 8 u
vi U A ~--« 0
‘3 "’ S 3‘ °‘ ‘"
.0 u cu 11>. o . mu 1.!
. W I: N mu r4 an on m
1.. 8. Basic Knowledge 5 z " 8 3:: 3 '30 2 5E?- [‘2
5 ° 7. Road and Weather Conditions 2 > E m 2:3 2 3 d 3 5 H
a g a. Road Surface and Obstructions 2'4 a u a I m o a a x .4 E o o
| z 2) Surface Irregularities (contd.) .2 x g 2 3 J5:4." .3 . 'u ‘5 'C S
g N d o o o u u a d or: u u m e
o a 3: m z < a a: >3 33 m 3: z
9 N Irv u u u u u an: £11: a an. o.
4-38 144 If you see a pothole ahead, you -.00 .11 -.02 .45 .31 78 -1.01 x A25
should first:
is) slow dw . 78 77 86
b) Swerve to the left or right. 13 15 0
c) Stop immediate ely. 1 3 0
d) Put on your turn signals. 6 3 14
4-46 146 nyou are riding on a bumpy road,‘ -.17 .28 .17 .29 .37 48 -3.19 X X A28
you should:
a) Keep the brakes on until you are 17 28 10
over umps.
'b) Place more of your weight on the 48 33 72
ootpeg
c) Keep both feet down for balance. 29 33 14
Ride on the shoulder or in the 6 5 3
3) Road Cover
4-52 147 When driving on a road covered with -.O4 .07 .06 .41 .08 92 -.33 x A22
water, snow, or sand, you should:
I) DriveJ closer to the center line 2 ,5 0
of the road.
b) Follow other vehicles more closelv 3 5 0
th s .
c) Use your front brake only. 4 3 7
'd) Drive slower than usual. 92 87 93
4-32 148 when you want to slow down on water. -.06 .12 .02 .22 .45 53 -_57 x
ice, snow or 5a and, you should.
a) Pump the front brake first and 24 26 24
en apply the rear bra
‘b) Pump the rear brake andk then apply’ 53 56 62
the front brake.
c) shifts to neutral and not apply the 10 S 3
brake
d) Applys both brakes firmly at the l3 13 10
same
4-37 149 The most slippery place to ride on a .08 -.14 .20 23 .53 48 1,53
wet road is
e) The right wheel track. 4 o 3
'b) The center 0 the lane. 48 56 38
c) The left wheel track. 12 l3 17
6) Near the shoulder or the curb. 37 31 41
4-14 152 You should be most careful on wet .07 -.06 - 15 .03 .54 65 .45
ton -
a) Right after a rainstorm. 23 21 17
b) After several days of rain. 4 3 3
’c) When it first starts raining. 65 72 66
6) During a summer rain. 8 5 l4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

Test-Item

282 Number

8. Basic Knowledge

7. Road and Weather Conditions
a. Red Surface and Obstruction-
3) Road Cover (contd. )

Resp. Distribution
{3) All

r Sex

r N Dep var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

Reliability

r Test-Retest
P Value

 

Resp. Distribution T1

T Statistic

Discriminates

Para

 

Q
0

pa

a!

4-43

4-19

4-29

4-60

 

153

If you must drive through an oil-
eoaked area of the road, you should:

a) Move forward on your seat.
‘b) Slow down and avoid leaning the
motorcycle.
c) Lean the motorcycle instead of
turning the whe
d) Speed up beforee coming to the
“re and then close the throttle.

To recover from hydroplaning you
should:

‘a) Close the throttle to slow down.

b) Apply them rear and then the front
brake fir

o) gteerce in a zig-zag motion to keep

' a1

d) Maintain your speed and sit back
on the motorcycle.

After driving through deep water vou
should:

a) Downshift and then open the
throttle.

b) Not apply the front brake for the

xt eeveralm ile

‘o) Put on both brakes lightly and
open the thro tle

d) Ride in a zig-zag pattern to dry
the tires.

When coming to an intersection coveied
with ice or snow, you should.

a) Press the clutcn lever before the
intersection and keep it pressed

in
b) Reduce your speed before getting to
the intersection.
c) Turn on your bright lights and
low your or
d) Stop and ask your passenger to
get off before getting to the
intersection.

If you cannot get your motorcycle
start ed in motion on snow or ice:

a) Spin the rear wheel until you get
tractio

b) Turn the front wheel to the right.

'c) Shift your weight to the rear
wheel and push with your feet.

d) Push the motorcycle in gear and
jump on when it starts moving.

 

90

 

.06

 

.
p-s
N

 

I
e
O
O

 

-
N
0‘

 

.
M
q...

.44

 

m
\D

49

 

UIO

 

11.09

21
10

14

-l.09

97

e Test Poo

>
a [Parallel Test Form

AIS"

 

-l.lfi

 

3
76

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

   
 

 

.3‘ 5.-
- -0
o m
s- 3 5 es. s E
w! 0 ds~Lr¢ 8 0
a: m uni-v a. (a
'J 3303
n u o u h o~ n - m u U
--¢ C h mu r-l an on w
. . n a 2 8‘2: 353° .3 :2 .9
E 6 B. Basxc Knowledge m > g m o~a unz) - u :’
3 g 7. Road andchather Conditions 8,4 h 5 H T-fi o 3 .5 3 .fl E 3
H a. §333_?uf?333_333_555tructions fl 0 .a m u-a : n u u w H
I 2 ~————————— -¢ x u L u mva .4 -x - m h H
u 3) Roa over cont . a w u o 0 Q m anxmx: u u m
n N -——-——-—-—— m.~ m r 4 h L‘s > m vmow m m u
0 m 00‘ c: ‘J-d wt «1
H N xv u M u 14H mmzx: a o m
4-51 159 If your motorcycle gets stuck in deep .05 12 .11 .30 45 55 —.72 x 327
snow, you may have to
a) Shift to a higher gear and speed 4 0 7
b) Bounce on the motorcycle to get 22 21 10
more traction.
c) Open the throttle slightly and 19 18 10
steer in a 2i g- zagm io
'd) Get off and lift the 0motorcycle 55 62 72
out of the drift.
4-33 160 when driving through deep snow you -.44 .29 -.06 .36 .44 67 -4.01 x x A35
sho Ml
a) Veep the motorcycle in high gear. 9 13 7
'b) Keep moving at a constant speed. 67 44 86
c) Close the throttle and keep the 18 35 3
clutch lever pressed in
d) Press lown on the handlebars. 5 5 3
4-39 161 .dlhenan you are trying to get through -.12 .14 .03 .38 .52 47 -2.20 X X 529
eeps
a) Shift to a higher gear after 34 36 34
entering the snow. -
b) Stop and start often to get 12 26 3
t ct'on.
‘c) Shift your weight to the rear 47 31 55
h .
d) Don't use your feet for balance. 6 8 7
4-21 162 When starting your motorcycle on ice, —.?8 .09 .03 .35 32 84 ‘1-17 X 338
you should:
. a) Release the clutch quickly for 5 8 0
better traction.
b) Start in first gear if your wheel 6 8 7
ins in second gear.
8:) Keep your feet down and accelerate 84 79 90
s ow y.
d) Apply more pressure to the frJuL 5 5 3
wheel.
4-40 164 When stopping on ice you should: —.l4 ‘7 .07 32 40 78 —l.42 X 820
a) Press the clutch and front brake 6 3 3
at the same time. _
'b) Pump the rear brak ke. 78 77 90
c) Firmly apply the front brake. 4 8 o
d) Shift to neutral. ll 10 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 
  
  
 

 

S 55..
.3 .g.
u: _M __‘
s a a as. 8 E
A U .4 n-c o
' L‘ U) . 1' I 0“ n. [In
3 :Ju .‘
a u 0 Hm n~nt mu 0
an a u 17: l A an 4.!!!) in
“ D Em Me an.‘l no :1 4 I? 8 3:: 55:3” .3 :3 8
- l __n _\__L_‘.4‘l :1 . ; u . :0 L‘ , ‘ "
E i 7. ”-571 lliwt‘flLTH‘r Conditions EM :1. :u; 2 .~":.'" 4: 3 ”'25 15 14¢; '3
u . o. Fowl" sur t'T. fin'l-‘Shstruc tTna 1 o .1 In .4... :1 q Li 3 A: :
J, “ 3) Load—— town. I cdn’fl’. ) d": g D {J ‘6' g)“, 7'] ‘1'“:5‘: fl {:5 m
3 g n.- n z a: l-o L44: .-.-m no u: mu :1
(gr J 0 Ow m 'J
H N xv u u u u L. n. tam: H 0:. n.
his 165 if you come to an area when and .1.- -.2o .12 -.28 .43 .39 69 -1.46 x 1324
covering the road. you uhou la:
n) Slow down before getting to tho 69 56 76
ran.
b) Rest your foot on top or the chain 3 3 3
c) Stop and push the motorcycle 14 26 7
throu qh the land.
d) Lower your body close to the 13 15 lo
motorcycle.
4) _R_o_gdway Edges
4-44 169 When drixing your motorcycle on a -.10 ..2 -.17 .29 .37 68 ._30 x 1.44
road whom there is only a narrow,
loft shoulder:
0) Keep in the left lane. 22 28 17
‘19) Pay more attention to the traffic 68 64 76
and road ahead.
c) Sneed up to get off the road more 3 3 3
quickly
(1) Brake hard when stopping to avoid 6 5 3
053 of tracti Oin
5) Boualway Obstructions
4-23 173 After heavy rains you should: -.17 .17 -.09 .40 .46 51 —1,41 )4 A45
a) Avoid downshifting if possible. 23 36 17
b) Not use the brakes to slow down. 16 10 10
'c) Watch {or large puddles on the 51 46 66
ad
d) Lean your body instead of turning 10 8 7
the front whee
4-20 174 IF you think there may be stones or .05 —.00 .21 .16 .21 87 .06
other objects in the road, yo
shoull :
a) Move onto the shoulder and slow 0 0 0
down.
b) Drive close behind a larger vehicle 1 0 0
[or protectio‘
c) Move close to the :..mulder in case l2 l3 14
ya»: have Lo stt up.
‘d) Slow (11 n and prngare to stop or 37 87 86
steer around thr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131

 

Test-Item

282 Number

8. Basic Knuwled o
7. :.13a nd Weather Condit tions
a. RoaJ Surtacc and~ Obstxuctions

5) Roajway ODSCrUCLlons (conta. )

 

Distribution

(esp
(2)-All

r Sex

r n Dep 'Jar

Score

r Achievement

r Total Score

test
ability

est—Re

T
P91.

P Value
Resp.

n

lbution (t)

Dist

      

Ex
Resp.

:0

Ga.

 

Hinh Exp.

T Statistic

Discriminates

 

4

I
M
0

4-22

0-54

 

175

177

178

179

 

If you see an object in the middle of
your lane, it is best to:

a) Move into the lane used by on-
coming traffic.

b) Drive onto the shoulde er.

'c) Slow down and avoid running

d) Stop and remove it from the road.

b. Weather Conditions
1) EEEIBXIICX

when you have trouble seeing because
of rain, snow, fog, sun, etc., you
should:

a) Follow a larger vehicle more
clo 1y.

lb) Be very careful tbecause other
vehicles may no see you

c) Put on your bright lights and
move from side to side.

d) Go 10~15 mph slower than the
other vehicles.

If you have trouble seeing because of
foo, rain, or sun, you should drive:

*a) In the lane that keeps you away
from other tr

b) On the line separating the two
lanes so that you can go into
eit ti.er.

c) In a ezig-zag pattern in order to
be

d) At the nposted speed limit.

In order to see better when it is
raining, you c

a) Put on a pair of sunglasses.

b) Drive at a faster Speed.

c) Follow close to a largerr vehicle.

'd) Look over the top of yo
windshield.

When your vision is reduced by fog
or rain, it may help to:

a) Turn on your hiqh beam headlight.
b) Speed up to gain better traction.
c) Not worry about the pavement

arnings.
'd) Stop and clean your eye pro—
tection.

72
21

c>>-.a

 

 

 

O
W

 

.22

.10

 

0
ya
a

.33

.64

.46

.66

.60

\l
N

63

53

55

 

 

8
74
18

23

18
5
21

 

3
83
14

21

 

 

l
u
G
05

-.68

-.43

 

Para lel Test Pool

 

 

IParallel Test Form

132

 

282 Number

B. Basic Knowledge

7. fioaa nna Weather Conditions
b. Weather Conaitions lcont3.5
2) ggmeerature

Resp. Distribution
!) Al]

I

r N Dep Var

r Adlievement Score

r Total Score

r Test-Retest

Reliability

(i)

   
  
 

i)
(ls-301,

Distri ution

Resp.

Hiqh Exp. 6p.

T Statistic

Discriminates

  

 

 

3-54 1 38

3-26

 

180

1.1

136

189

When driving in extremely cold
weather, you ah mld

a) Drive faster than usual.

b) Wear dark-colored clothing.

'c) Use a pivoted faceshield.

d) Follow close behind other
Va

3) Wind

when it in very windy you should:

a) Hold the handlegrips lightly.

'b) Drive at a slower speed.

c) shift to a higher gear and use
less thro tle

d) Stay near cthe inside of the

B. Bmer enc Situations and
fianeuvers "'

I. Vehicle Emeraencies

l

n-Roa Critica

If your brakes fail, you should:
a) Open the throttle.

c) Drag your feet to slow you wan.
'd) Turn off the engine.

If your motorcycle appears to be on
fire “h le you are riding, you should:

a) Drive °quickly to the nearest Eire
Sta

b) Stop where you are on the road and
run for co over.

c) Leave the engine on and drop the
motorcycle on its side.

'd) Leave the road, stop the engine,
and get off.

If a tire blows out while driving,

you Wh 1d:

'a) Balance the motorcycle by shifting
you r weig

b) Apply the brakes to stop quickly.

c) Use hand signals to warn other

d) Attempt to maintain the same speed.

 

b) Shift your motorcycle into neutral.

S3

86

61

2O

 

 

 

I
.
O
O

 

.
H
\l

.23

UI
O

.30

.52

0
26

ll
15

44
44

 

 

 

 

18
75

14
14

L1.aa

~2378

-2.88

-l.57

X

 

Igarallel Test Form

A 23

A37

A41

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

rest-its-

282 Number

3. Basic Knowledge
8. Emergency Situations and
Maneuvers

a. MS cleE Emer encies
1) On-Road Critical (contd.)

(|) All

Resp.

I Sex

r N Dep Var

r Achievement Score

r Total Score

r Test-Retest
Reliability

P Value
Resp.

  

6p. (ls-30)

Resp. Distri ution

High Exp.

T Statistic

 

3-33

3-41

3-58

3-19

3-30

 

190

 

If your motorcycle is not operating
smoothly, you should.

a) Avoid using the front brake.

b) Loosen your grip on the handlebars.

c) Shift to a lower gear.
'd) Drive off the road as soon as you
2 nd a safe place

I! the drive chain begins slipping or
clanking:

A) Hold the handlebars loosely.

'b) Disengage the clutch as soon as
possible.

c) Slow downe and jump off the
motorcyc

d) Close thee throttle and shift to
a lower 9

2) On-Road Non-Critical

If you are running low on fuel:

a) Increase your 3 eed

'b) Turn the fuel valve to reserve.
c) Shift into neutral and coast.

d) Stop often in order to save gas.

3) Preparations for Possible
Emergencies

The least important thing to carry
with you on your motorcycle is

a) A small tool kit.
b) A first aid kit.
c) A master link.
'd) An extra chain.

 

6) Seeks Emergency Assistance
for Disabled Vehicle

When your motorcycle is disabled on
the shoulder of a freeway, do not:

a) Get it completely off the road.
fib) Push it along the shoulder to an

c) Tie a white cloth to the handle-

are.
d) Get off the motorcycle and stand
back from the roa

 

 

 

.
H
a.

I
o
.4
D

 

 

a
U
~l

.40

.24

.37

.39

.49

 

83

 

76

71
20
5

 

'0
maca-

43
14
32

-1.81

-1.85

-.29

 

[Parallel Test Form

a
u
\l

825

 

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 
  

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3
v o
m m
C L4 C. K‘. I
o o 0 Gun
--1 o a A»
u u) u uv
5 3 3
n u o u > a a - m
-—i C M U) U wt '4 0. 0
M B Basic Kno4le§ge 5 a 2 8 3.3 3 :::U .2 g
E o 8. Emerg_nC\_Situ1tions and .3 > 2 m §;3 fl fl d : g
3 g Maneuvers a: , s‘ 3 I; Lfi g; 3 of, I} E
‘l‘ 2 a. Vehicle l:‘lC1‘OC___ILCiC_'S 6.4 5 a 15 3 3'3 75' o'. _‘ ‘C 3 t;
n g 6) Seeks Emex_g_xl-_~ \ssistance f__or :n». m :1 a: 9 at: > m U m m
8 N Disabled Veh e (contd. ) £3: 1.. u u L, ,4 n. r? E E. ‘8
3-17 196 The distance it takes to safely stop .11 .00 .08 .23 .16 80 -.24 X
a motorcycle depends most on he
a) Weight of the driver. 9 2 11
b) Age of the motorcycle. 1 0 4
c) Size of the i res. 7 12 0
'd) Condition oft the road. 80 83 86
b. Skin Control
1) Prcvtntive Measures
3-36 197 In order to avoid skids you should: —.08 .05 .10 .40 .35 79 -.10 x
a) Not drive in high gear. 10 15 4
*b) Enter turns at slow spee eds 79 80 82
c) Ride near the center of the lane. 3 0 7
d) Put oversized tires on the 7 5 7
motorcycle.
3-21 198 In order to avoid skids on wet or -.17 .09 .19 .37 .40 79 -.72 X
slippery roads, yous mid
a) Reduce the air pressure in the 14 17 11
b) Put more pressure on the front 3 -0 4
wheel.
c) Start in third gear rather than 5 5 0
fir rs .
‘d) Change your speed and direction 79 78 86
ml wly.
3) Arrests Skid
3-35 260 If your rear wheel is skidding, you .05 .07 .03 .32 .45 68 -.18 X
should:
'a) Steer in the direction of the skid. 68 68 71
b) Sit very still and not shift your 6 0
19
c) Lean your body more than the motor- 6 5 7
d) Apply the front brake lightly. 20 22 21
3-40 2021f youru front wheel begins to skid, -.31 23 12 .51 32 68 —2.62 X X
you she
a) Not apply the rear brake. 4 7 4
'b) Release the front brake. 68 51 82
c) Shift to a lower gear. 22 32 ll
d) Press the clutch lever. 10 0

 

 

 

r

IParallel Test Form

A29

332

A26

 

135

 

 

 

 

        

 

 

 

3 3..
V O
c 2 c a?
o o 0 01A
'd u —1 AH
u m u 11v
3 s a
.0 «L1 ('J u .5. I} n '
w! r: 1: mu 4 an
.. . . r. x; g 8 3w. 3 no .2
E o 'B. Ba51c hnmilfdgg _ m > .v m 43:. m m _ u
‘3 g 8. Emeniwng'__if_uations avg 8H (1 g H zrn ) A S o. m
H Maneuvezs r-e‘ cf .4 o 1'12 g a n I: 3
L z b.5k1d Control (contd.) d“ g a f, ‘5 3'0: ’3 (150...: 3
3 g 4)Dmehuuun m~ m z c 9 am >m mu m
—— 0 N a) 00 w
a N xv u u u u u mmzm: a
3-52 204 When in a skid you should use your -.24 .19 .04 .37 45 42 -l.85 X x
brakes:
'a) After feeling you have control 42 37 61
of the motorcycle
b) Just as the motorcycle starts 9 15 4
to s
c) In a series of quick, hard jabs 16 15 14
on a wet road.
d) In order to help you regain 32 34 18
steerir; control.
C. Drivin ng Situations
1. Urbana Drivin n9
a. Gener
5-15 206 when driving on city streets you -.02 .04 .ld .14 .24 90 -.35 x
should:
a) Ride between two lanes of traffic. 0 . o .
‘b) Maintain an even pace with other 90 87 89
traffic
c) Change lanes if a space opens up. 3 O 3
d) Stay close to the right curb 7 13 8
5-16 207 when riding a motorcycle in the city. .10 —.lO .16 .30 .41 90 1.05
you should:
a) Not pace your speed to the traffic 5 3 5
119 .
b) Change your speed every few 2 3 3
minutes so as not to stall
‘c) Stay in the lane which offers the 90 92 84
ovement and VlSlOn
' d) Take advantage of your motorcycle 4 3 8
and weave in and out of traffic.
2. Highway Baiving
b. Rural HiEEZEZE
5-22 210 When driving on country roads you .03 —.ll -.04 .31 40 82 —.58
shou Id be prepared for:
'3) Many unmarked intersections. 82 84 79
b) Few curves ox sharp turns. 10 B 13
c) Fast moving farm vehicles. 6 5 S
d) Good road surfaces. 2 3 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

:rallel Test Form

F

E
N
O1

 

136

 

ribution

i.

C. Dri\ing Situations
2. Hinhway Drivinl
c. Rural Highwavs (contd.)

Dis

(2) All
x
J Dep Var
Achievement Score

Reliability

I

   

r Total Score
r Test—Retest
Discriminates

282 Number
Resp.

r

r

P Value

T Statistic

Parallel Test Form

 

O
o
.
o
u
.
U
u
as
A
u!
or
I
a
U‘

5-25 211 On a mountain road, you should: -.00

'a) Stay just to the right of the 56 53 58
center 0 the lane except when
meeting traffic.
b) Keep your brakes on when going 19 21 16
downhill.
c) Ride on the right shoulder, if 13 18 11
possible
6) Move fro one side of the lane to 12 8 16
theo

 

3. Freeva ays Driving
a. On-m L

5-39 213 If the freeway entrance ramp to -.33 .31 .22 .41 .42 53 -l.37 X

freeway feeds into the left lane, you

should:

a) Wait until you can cross over to 14 18 8

he right lane before enterin ng '

the main road.

b) Slow to a stop before entering and 19 21 16
then proceed with extra care.

c) Drive along the shoulder until 14 16 16
yo ou can safely enter the main '

oad
I'd) Make sure that you can travel at 53 45 61
the freeway speed limit before
entering.

5-52 215 If you are carrying a passenger, you: .05 -.06 .22 .39 .56 63
'a) will need to open your throttle 63 66 61
ore or allow more distance when

- entering a high speed road.
b) Should let your passenger watch‘ 12 16 8
out for approaching cars.
c) will need less distance in order 15 11 18
to stop because of the extra

weig t.
d) Should drive only in the left— 6 5 5
hand lane.

5-55 216 When on a right~hand entrance to a .07 -.ll .25 .47 .68 69 -74
freeway you should.
*a) Look back over your left shoulder 69 74 66

and into the left rearview mirror.
b) Only look straight ahead at the 6 3 11

road.
c) Not speed up until you are on the 6 8 ll
main road.
d) Assume the right of-way when 13 13 8
merging with freeway traffic.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137

 

 

Discriminates

    

 

E
o
8 ’6
-~ 0
g m
n u o u >
H o N mu
g. C. Driving Situations f3 = o 8 3: 3
5 ° 4. Reacting to Traffic - General _3 > g m :23 g
'0 a On— Road Emergencies OH 0. o H n u o w.
T g a. Reacting to Other Vehicles .2 x 3 "‘ 3 a: 3 . t:
8 a w 6 o o o e d- u
I N m4- w z < B 9cm > m m
o a ayo w
H N m- N u H u u Q ~ 9
5-45 218 When you ride by parked cars, you .08 -.23 .24 .44 .34 82 1.52
should:
a) Move to the right side of the lane. 3 5 0
'b) Slow down and stay 1/2 to 3/4 of a 82 89 76
ane away.
c) Blow your horn or flash your 6 0 ll
lighu
d) Speed up and drive in the lane 8 5 ll
farthest away from the park cars.
5-27 219 You shoulds not ride close to parked -.16 .04 -.09 .24 .63 82 -.58
us becau
:) The righ: edge of thee traffir Lane 5 0 8
let the "oil :11: k" a.
'b) People may be agettinga out of the 82 79 34
parked vehic
o) The vehicle may have been impror- 2 5 O
orly park
d) It in ill:ga1 to ride less than 10 ' 16 5
feet away from a parked car. - _
5-31 220 When you drive past a line of parked .01 .03 .04 .31 .41 85 .35
vehic lee .
a) Speed up slightly if there are no 1 0 0
people on the re
b) Drive close to the right side of 5 3 5
the .
o) Blow your 8 8 5
'd) Look for vehicles that may be 85 89 87
leaving their spaces
5—21 224 If someone is following very close -.04 -.07 —.O: .21 .52 45 .68
behind you, you should-
a) Speed up in order to lose them. 2 0
‘b) Slow down gradually and let them 45 50 42
pass.
c) Hit the brakes to warn them that 15 16 13
are too c ose
d) Continue to drive at the legal 38 34 42
speed limit.
5-30 225 If a runaway vehicle is coming toward -.17 -.07 -.08 .31 .51 50 .91
you, you should:
'a) Pull of onto the right shoulder and 50 55 45
drive behind any available pro-
b) Speed upr until you come to an exit 5 5 5
or side oad.
c) Slow down0 and then jump off your 7 3 1]
motorcycle
d) Hove into another lane and stop 38 37 37

 

 

and wait until the other vehicle
passes you.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parallel Test Form

 

A33

 

138

 

    

 

($1

     
 

3)

     

 

8
o m
c u :I H E
0 O om 8 u
--I 0 .1—1 0
C. Qgiyinq Situations g m 3“ Q “
4. R ‘Qfl to Traffic - General A u m u 5 - a-u u
- — Tr-?--—<" :-‘----- -~ : u m u a n o m m
353( {moiqgnCLxs N u o o o-e ;‘u o u o a
5 3 a. Reacting to Other '.’chi:lcs E g g 8 g: f. _ 3 25‘ :2
0 g Icon ') tar-4 a. o -—c 7'3 0 4352' 3 go o
H :4 o .a m u-a o o m a w a
I z g< x n 5 u m—« H -x - o u A
u a w o 0 o n dnzmr: u U m o
o N m.— m z fl 5 tom > m m o m m u H
o m ow 000w «a e
9 N m~u u u u n u m miixzr a a m m
5-29 226 when you approach a long line of .18 -.11 -.01 .00 .41 74 1.03
oncoming vehicles, you should:
‘5) Move to the right side of your 74 79 68
lane.
b) Stay in the left part of the lane. 14 11 21
c) P1as* ycur lights and slow down 9 ll 8
d) DrJve ir a zig—zag manner to 3 0 3
attract attention.
5-34 227 If you are about to have a crash on .03 —.06 —.04 .32 .45 79 .86
the road:
a) Steer toward large, rigid objects 1 0 3
n the roadway.
‘b) Leave the road at any point rather 79 84 76
than risk a head-on collision.
c) Jump off your motorcycle to get 12 8 11
clear of the other vehicle.
d) Steer so that you will be hit 8 8 11
broadside rather than head-on.
«A
5-23 229 When driving with other motorcycles .03 .02 -.20 .32 .45 71 .00
you should not:
a) Drive more cautiously. 1 -O 3
b) Drive at a steady, constant pace. 5 0 0
*C) Talk to other riders or passengers. 71 76 76
d) Drive in the same lane or abreast 22 24 21
of another motorcycle.
5-49 230 When driving with other motorcycles -.01 —.04 .24 .4l .67 64 .23
it is best to drive:
a) In second or third gear. 14 16 16
'b) In single file in-a staggered 64 61 58
position.
c) 10-15 mph below the posted speed 19 24 21
limi .
d) In the passing lane. 2 O 3
5-21 231 When riding with other motorcycles, .01 .05 -.05 .36 .39 74 -.27 X
there should never be:
a) Two mutorcycles side by side. 2] 21 16
‘b) More than two motorcycles side 74 76 79
51‘s.
c) More than three motorcycles side 4 3 5
by idz.
d) More than four motorcycles side 1 0 0
by side.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

:3 —.
o " S
c u c c
o o 0 can
.,. u .4 av—o
U U) .0 us.‘
a u J a o
a . 5 a a .
u c. Driving SiLuatiogg u m n o uij 3 'u -~
5 a) 4. Reacting to 'Prafiic — General .fl > g “ 3:3 2 2 d g
:1 g 0n- -Road Emer on ncias a: J. 0 -¢ n m o a -:I x .4
______,_______ . o -a o u-a a m u
‘1’ z a. Reacting to other Vehicles ‘in: x .3 5 ‘6' 3r; .2 5.335.: 3
0 N conth ma :1) z < £- t-«n: > m mu- m
0 ‘9 0» a; own-4
E' N m j v u u u 1. a m 2.: = a
5-53 233 When driving with other motorcycles -.14 .05 .25 .20 .45 59 .46
you should:
a) Drive close to the other motor- 2 5 0
eye else or vehicle .
b) Stay close to the5 left side of the 28 29 26
right-hand lane.
'c) Set a pace slow enough for the 59 63 58
slowest motorcycle.
d) Keep your headlight on high term. 6 0 B
b. Reacting to Pedestrians
5-33 2351! you are coming to an animal .04 04 .11 .38 .40 94 --45
crossing, you she uld:
I) Keep going at the same speed. 2 0
b) Speed up and move to the left. 2 3
'c) Slow down and be prepared to stop. 94 92 95
d) stop and push your motorcycle. 3 3
5-46 236 It a dog is chasing you, you should: -.23 .09 .14 .29 .75 58 --70
's) Speed up. 58 58 66
b) Slow down 19 26 11
c) Attempt to run over the animal. 3 0 3
d) top as soon as possible. 19 16 18
5-28 237 If you have to change speed or .17 10 .21 26 .51 59 -70
direction because of an animal,
you should first:
a) Press in the clutch lever. 11 8 11
‘b) Check for vehicles behind and S9 66 58
around you
c) Apply both brakes lightly and 24 21 26
signal.
d) Take bothC feet off the footpegs 5 S 3
rbal
5. Nigh L_ aDriving
a Gene
5-18 243 At night you should: —.Ol 00 - 00 17 42 61 .90
a) Pass vehicles more quickly than 3 5 0
during the day.
b) Follow vc-hiclc: more closely than 2 0 0
du uring thr- day.
‘c) Allow more time to stop than 81 B7 79
during the day.
d) Drile clozr:r to the center of the 15 E 21
road than during the do .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Discriminates

. [Parallel Test Form

830

 

 

140

 

      

      
   

 

  

 

S S-
- c
d) m
c u n a I A
0 O o om 0
W‘ U 4 4H 0
u m :1 u ~ A
:l :I 5
n u w u a n 1 - m u
A c H mu H #0 0W
“ C Drivin ng Situa ti ions 3 = g 8 3;: U :10 .2 g g
E 0 ' --_ w > 6 m (DA m m - u c
a 1 H .
u g 5.N1‘ght Driving contd.) a” n. g A ‘f‘% 03 Q9 3 23
H c. Rur a .1 .A o u-H : m u wta
I Z ...< x g; r u m-« A . - «a HH
a m m d o w u a a or: u o m
n N 01" u. 7. < 64 Ba. >01 mt“ m mu
0 a: ow u {Du-l «It:
9 N 5:» u u u u I; m m 0:: H D m
5-57 245 When coming to an animal crossing or -.06 -.03 .10 .33 .47 82 .30
refuge area at night, you should:
a) Speed up and flash your lights 2 0 S
seve a1 times.
b) Stopx and continue with ca 7 8 8
’c) Slow down and watch for animals 32 84 82
, r the rod wa ay.
d) Sound your horn and then continue 4 5 0
at normal speed.
6. Railroad Crossings ‘ Bridges and
Tunnelsl Toll Plazas, Weigh
flat)
I. Rallro ad Crossings
5-‘3 247 The beat way.to cross railroad tracks .02 —.03 .00 .18 .48 59 .46
is to: .
a) Go slow and cross at an angle to 20 24 24
e r g .
h) Reduce speed and cross at an lngle ll 5 8
Lo the left
c) Speed up slightly and lean forward 9 8 11
for balan e.
‘d) Reduce speed and cross at a right 59 63 58
angle, if possible.
5-50 249 If you drop something off your motor- -.06 -.Ol .18 .43 .43 81 -.30 X
cycle while crossing railroad tracks,
you should:
a) Stop on the tracks and pick it up 0 O 0
right aw ay.
. b) Circle back if it looks like no 12 13 5
train is coming.
'c) Keep going until you can pull off 81 82 84
the road and walk back to the
tracks
d) Leave the object where it is, since 6 S 8
it's illegal to pick things up from
the tracks.
b. Bridges and Tunnelg
1'16 250 As you enter a tunnel you should: —.20 .0: -.03 .28 .54 65 .03
a) Move closer to the center of the 27 ‘ 29 25
b) Increase your speed a bit. 5 4 5
'c) Remove your sunglasses. 65 65 65
d) Turn off your headlight. 1 0 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parallel lest Form

A

141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

.3 3-
“ 2
u
H E
s *5 s as. 8 g
"-1 U .4 AH
u m 3' :" k “
a .
u U
fl 2 3 33‘ 2 “la 8‘5 01
. L1 L4 0 O div! ‘1 -u0 U u «v d!
u 331 §i_1tuatioris u re [3 o 11.4 u gd H 33:4 H
E 9’ 1: ad foossincsgrgriggfis and fl > S.’ m E}: 2L3 cl : .5 4 .4
v {.3 :E, Toll Plazas, New! 0: :1]. .2 r; 113 go 1595‘; ‘3 53 g
T {’2 Statiorfi (contd. ) ~11 3.: n 5 16 var-4 T; déir 3 an :34
g N c. Toll Plazas fit. .3. z (c e :35 > a) 5'6- 1]: m 1. M
4’ “3 90" 623-: -rd to d
a N u.w u u u u u m m a—-_ a o m m
1-37 253 When coming to a toll booth, you —.10 07 .27 .36 .64 92 -l.15 X
should:
a) Get the change out of your pocket 3 2 0
well in adva ce.
b) Get the change out of your pocket 3 2 3
on y while no 1ng slo .
'C) Get the change out of your pocket 92 92 98
0 1y after you have steppe .
d) Only use those booths that filo 2 v 4 0
used by trucks.
D. Vehicle and Driver
1 ’hysical and Emotional
C_)ndltigfl_
a. Temporary
1-19 254 To help prevent eye strain while .00 -.01 .06 .16 .22 93 -.26
. driving, you should:
a) Drink coffee before you dr1Ve. 0 0 0
'b) Wear a good faceshield or goggles. 93 94 93
c) Wear sunglasses to protect against 4 2 15
glare at night. ,
6) Keep your eyes focused at the 4 4 0
middle of the road.
1-46 256 If you are tired and cannot stop -.14 .09 .21 .22 .50 72 -l.33 X A16
to sleep, you should 814
a) Drive at a constant speed. 6 4 3
b) Drive as fast as permitted. 5 4 8
*c) Stop and rest at least every hour. 72 67 80
d) Drive as slowly as possible. 16 24 10
d. yision
1-38 258 If you normally wear glasses: —.ll .08 .10 .18 .44 87 —.61 X
a) Do not use a tinted faCCShi(1d. 2 2 3
b) You should not wear them when you 1 0 0
drive a motorcycle.
c) You do not need to wear goggles 9 12 8
a faceshiel
‘d) Make su1e they fit properlyo with 87 86 90
you r goggles or faceshield
2. are and Servicin ng
a. _
1-47 259 when you put gas in your tank, you -.29 .18 .07 .32 .03 7s -l.63 x 848
should always:
a) Leave the motorcycle in gear. 4 6 O
'b) Avoid overfilling the tank. 75 67 33
C) Leave the engine on 7 8 8
d) Use the same brand of gasoline. l4 18 10
t

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

        

   

 

 

 

 

3 :4
V O
0 M
I: N 1: LII
o o o oin
.4 u 4 AH
u IA u “v
o 3 a
n u o A’bn g - m
r: u s s :2: 2.25.: u 3
5 ‘v‘ 3: 35313333?1\9§-3;?r°-Em._1 tn’ 9 s a a;:: 2: ‘1. z:
a g a. Fuel Stop SerVEEB“TEBEEa. ) 3'4 m i H e‘fi o 3 5 g -2 .3
H a ~a o u-a : c m u .a
l 2 -( x L n v m—( H -x . o u
U m u 0 o w m m mtzec u o
g g 8; w n < 8 am >303: m .fi
9 N m~M u u L. u u m r 23:: a G
1-57 260 Every time you stop for gas, you -.12 09 -.13 .36 .44 52 -.84 X
hould:
I'a) Check the oil level or add oil to 52 51 65
t e gas tan
b) Ask a mechanic to check the brake 12 6 5
and light system.
c) Shift through all the gears to see 20 24 22
if repairs are needed.
d) 011 and tighten the brake and 13 g 16 H
clutch cables
c. Routine Service
1—31 261 You should inspect your wheel rims to -.06 .05 .09 .25 .49 51 -.98 X
see if they need to be straightened:
a) Every time you ride. 27 . 35 15
‘b) Every 3, 000 miles. 51 47 58
c) Once a yell ‘ lO 15
d) Only afterr riding on gravel roads. ll 8 13
1-55 262 If you are having problems with your -.08 .08 .24 .44 .35 75 -.65 X
suspension system, you may need to:
a) Add air to your front tire. ll 12 l3
b) Use oversize tires. 6 4 5
*c) Adjust your rear shocks 75 71 78
d) Stay in first or second gear. 6 8 5
1-34 263 When checking steering and suspension -.45 .42 .09 .31 .7! 40 -4.74 X X
systems, you should check:
a) The tension of the brake and clutch 33 45 28
cabl .
b) Rear and front footpegs. S 6 0
'c) For bent fork tubes. 40 22 68
d) The drive chain and sprockets. 20 24 5
1-35 264 If your stoplight comes on before -.04 .22 .14 .42 .43 78 -L99 X X
your brakes begin to grab, you should:
I'a) Adjust the brake linkage and 78 73 90
swi
b) Tighten the clutch cable 11 18 3
c) May the rear whcel slightlyn back. 5 4 3
d) Apply the brakes quickly who 5 4 5
stopping. '
1-51 265 If the front brake lever pulls back -.42 .33 -.01 .31 .46 G3 -3.78 X X
against the handgrip Without applying
the brake, you should.
a) Tighten the screws in the lever. 17 20 la
‘b) Adjust the brake cable. 63 49 85
c) Loosen the rear brake. 9 10 3
d) Oil the cable and the brake lever 9 16 3
on the handgrip.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parallel Test Form

 

143

 

 

   

 

S a
U 0
0 m
C H C {II '4
o o o o-n o
,4 U a ..fl 0
JJ u) JJ UV (1.
o a 3
fl 2 3 $3 2 3.5 ‘36
u D. [(211513 and Driver :3 u g 8 a): tic-MU o uni
E w 2. yghicle Care and Servicin m g d m S-u meig - 3 g H
3 2 c. Routine Service (contd.) 8,4 m a H f-fi o a ,3 g 3 E m
H o _ H U M m U-N o n h: u M
l 2 -.< X G ,c u mH H .x- e luv—1
u n. o o o o o M Quin:- u o o
m N me. u 2 a B P!“ > m LlC m m n
0 CD or wood ~40
9 N z- N u u u u m m::=:: a n A
1-25 266 When you check for lubrication on the .03 —.20 —.Ol .20 43 83 1.28
chain, do not- -
a) Remove, clean, and oil the chain. 8 4 10
b) Apply oil with spout, spray, or 5 4 8
brush oiler
'c) Leave the motorcycle's engine 83 88 78
unning.
d) Adjust automatic chain oiler if 5 4 S
pres
1-53 267 After you have moved the rear wheel —.24 19 -.03 .33 .29 46 -l.97 X X
to adjust the chain, you should:
'a) Tighten the axle and adjust the 46 37 58
rllr brake.
b) Tighten the axle and adjust the ll 14 8
0) Adjust the sprockets and connect l4 8 13
. l h
d) Adjlst the rear shocks and tighten 28 37 23
the chain adjusters
F. Vehicle Code - Laws and
egu atio
8. Rules of the Road
n. Special Rules for Motorcycles
6-42 270 A person who operates a motorcycle: .05 .ll .16 .32 .30 87 -l.95 X X
a) Must wear light or white clothes. 4 9 0
b) Cannot drive on high spee ed 6 ll 5
high
*C) Has all the rights and duties of 87 78 95
other drivers.
6) Must not stop his motorcycle on 3 2 0
the shoulder of the road.
6-25 272 Motorcycle drivers: -.03 .00 .09 .23 .53 86 -.75 X
*a) Are allowed 1the use of the full 86 87 92
'd
b) Must share a lane with bicycle 3 2 0
riders.
c) Must not share a lane with another 11 ll 8
motorcycle driver.
d) Should share the lane with passen- 0 o 0
get cars and trucks.
6‘33 273 When overtaking and passing a vehicle -.01 .10 —.09 20 .16 91 —l.46 X
in your lane pas
a) 0n the right. 5 9 0
b) On the leit in the 5amr: lan 3 2 5
‘c) By Changing to the left or passing 9] 84 95
l
d) On either side in the same lane. 2 4 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parallel Test Form

 

A18
316

A13
811

A24

 

 

144

 

(ls-30)

F. Vehicle Code — Laws and

Regulations
8. Rules of than

n. Special Rules For Motorcycles
(n ontd )

Resp. Distribution
Reliability
Resp. Distribution (I)
Distr1)ution

(3L,All
r Sex
r Achievement Score

r Total Score
r Test-Retest

Test-Item

282 Number

r N Dep Var
P Value

Resp.

Hiqh Exp. Gp.
T Statistic

 

72 ' -1.30

H
\D
O
h)
.

H
\D
u

b
N

6-41 274 It is illegal for a group of motor- -.03
cycles to drive:

a) Through a residential area. 14 18 8
b) In more than one lane of a 9 9 ll
highway.
'c) More than two abreast in one lane. 72 64 76
d) In single file when there are more 5 9 5
an ten motorcycles in the group.

6-26 275 It is zillegal for a motorcycle .03 -.08 .02 .32 .46 65 .86
drive to:

a) Ride two abreast on an undividec 2
i h

7

h g way.
b) Drive faster than 35 mph at night. 5 7
'c) Cling to other vehicles. 65 67 61
'6) Drive in the left part of the line. 2 2 3

6-16 276 In order to carry a passenger or .17 -.00 -.17 .14 .45 60 -.56
your-motorcycle, it must be equipped
with:
a) Chain and exhaust pipe guard: 27 31 32
b) Mechanical directional signals. .3 4 3
'c) Footrests for the passenge 60 56 61
d) An engine of more than 15- -brake 10 9 5
horsepower.

9. Eguipment of Vehicles
e. Eguipment on Motorcycles and
Motor Driven Cycles

6-35 279 Motorcycles must be equipped with: -.01 .00 .04 .40 .58 71 -.09
a) Parking lights
b) At least two headlights. 6

'c) A red reflector on the rear. 71 67 68
6) Emergency flashing lights. 14 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Test Poo

 

Discriminates

Fatal 9
m
3 [retailel Test Form

X

 

 

145

Parallel Test Layout and Use of Forms

 

The two parallel test forms presented here are suitable

 

for use with 9-12th grade students. Each form consisted of
40 items concerning on—road motorcycle riding plus nine items
of information about each respondent for a total of 49 items.
Six of the nine information items are used to determine the “l
amount of riding a student has done, with the other three

used to determine age, sex, and grade level.

The parallel test layout (Table 20) gives the pool item

number and answer associated with each item and permits w“
retracing each item to the basic pool. Also given is the
topic index code.

The six informational items can be combined into a
"dependent variable" for use in determining the riding
experience level of the respondent. This value is found by.
adding together the numbers of the responses for questions
4-9. When summed, a value of from 6-30 will result. The
following range of values can be used to determine riding
experience:

6-9 No experience

10-14 Some experience

15-30 Considerable experience

Space on the answer sheet is provided for recording
both this dependent variable information as well as the
total score. A subject code can also be placed on the upper

right hand corner of the answer sheet.

146

The parallel test forms are bound into booklets
with a suggested cover page and instruction. Answer sheets
are also provided. Those shown in Figures 20 and 22 also
indicate the correct answer.

Since these tests have the statistical power to
differentiate between groups of students who know how to ride
and those who do not know how to ride, one would expect that
those with a low dependent variable value (6—9) would do
poorly on the test and those with a high dependent variable

value (15-30) would perform well on the test.

Parallel Test Forms and Answer Keys

Following are the parallel test form booklets A and
B with suggested manually scored answer sheets which, in
this case, also serve as answer keys. These test booklets
and answer sheets are suitable for use in an initial evalua-
tion of the test forms.

Figure 19 shows test booklet A; Figure 20 shows
answer sheet A; Figure 21 shows test booklet B; Figure 22

shows answer sheet B.

 

1"”... u

TABLE 20.--Parallel Test Layout—-Form A and B

147.

(Item Locator).

 

 

 

Test A Test B
Test 282* Topic 282* Topic
Item Number Answer Outline Number Answer Outline
Section Section

10 16 A Alc 55 C B2a
11 11 B Ble2 270 C F8n
12 55 C B2a 34 B 8161
13 270 C F8n 71 A B3a
14 34 B Blbl 256 C Dla
15 71 A B3a 119 B B6dl
16 256 C Dla 267 A D2c
17 119 B B6d1 24 B Ald
18 267 A D2c 140 A B7a1
19 155 A B7a3 122 C B6el
20 61 A B2b 164 B B7a3
21 124 D B6fl 113 D B6b2
22 147 D B7a3 274 C F8n
23 180 C B7b2 92 B B4a
24 273 C F8n 165 A B7a3
25 144 A B7a2 191 B BBal
26 202 B BBb3 204 A 88b4
27 86 A B4a 159 D B7a3
28 146 B B7a2 17 A Alc
29 197 B B8bl 161 C B7a3
3O 57 B 82a 235 C C4b
31 5 C Ala 31 B Bla3
32 84 A B4a 198 D B8bl
33 219 B C4a 158 C B7a3
34 47 D Ble2 80 D B3e
35 160 B B7a3 127 B B6fl
36 18 C Alc 110 B B6bl
37 186 D B8al 190 D B8al
38 107 A B6bl 162 C B7a3

*Item Identification Number

 

 

 

Table 20.--Continued..

148

 

 

 

Test A Test B
Test 282 Topic 282 Topic
Item Number Answer Outline Number Answer Outline
Section Section
39 30 B Bla2 265 B D2c
40 263 C D2c 181 B B7b3
41 189 A BBal 54 C Ble2
42 26 C Blal 49 D Ble2
43 125 B B6fl 1 D Ala
44 109 C B6bl 63 B B2b
45 173 C B7a5 28 D Blal
46 153 B B7a3 93 C B4c
47 76 A B3b 68 C B2b
48 264 A D2c 259 B D2a
49 15 A Alb 169 B B784

 

 

nu--- 4 na

149

MOTORCYCLE RIDING KNOWLEDGE TEST
TEST BOOKLET

FORM A

READ: This test is designed to find out how much you know about
certain aspects of motorcycle riding.

....-_.- Air 1

Whether you have a lot of experience on a motorcycle, a
little experience, or have never been on a motorcycle,
please try and answer each question as well as you can.

 

There is one BEST answer for each question. Mark your
response on the answer sheethy crossing out the letter E
or number which corresponds to your choice. See the
answer sheet for an example of how to mark your response.
Erase completely any answer you wish to change.

 

 

NOTE: The question numbers go down the answer sheet.
Use only a number 2 or soft pencil.
Consider each question by itself and assume, unless

otherwise stated, that the road and weather conditions
are ideal and that all riding is done on the road.

 

 

WRITE: ,Write your name on the line marked "YOUR NAME" at the top
of the answer sheet. Also fill in today's "DATE," the
letter of the "TEST FORM" and the name of your "INSTRUCTOR."
'DO NOT make any marks in this booklet.

NOW: Turn the page and begin answering the questions . . .

7/73A

Figure 20.--Para1ell Test Form-—Booklet A.

1.

3.

150

How old are you? - 2. What grade are you in?
a) 15 years old or younger. a) 9th (Freshman).

b) 16 years old. b) 10th (Sophomore).

c) 17 years old. c) 11th (Junior).

d) 18 years old. d) 12th (Senior).

e) 19 years old or older.

What is your sex?

a) Male.
b) Female.

Thetgext s§x questions (numbers 4-9) are about motorcycle ownership and riding experience
on- e-roa .

The term:

MOTORCYCLE as used here also includes the smaller machines such as motor-driven cycles,
motor scooters, mini-bikes, etc.

OWNERSHIP or OWN means either it is yours legally or yours but someone else had to sign for it.
FAMILY means all people, other than yourseli, who live in the same house.

Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcycle?

1) No one owns a motorcycle.

2) Someone else in the family (other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

4) I am the only one in the family who owns a motorcycle.

5) I own a motorcycle and so does another member of my family (two or more motorcycles in
the family).

be you plan on buying or owning a motorcycle this year?

l)‘No.

2) Don't know.

4) Yes.

5) I already own one.

How many times have you been the driver (operator) of a motorcycle on the road?

1) Never operated a motorcycle.
2) Once or twice.

4) Several times.

5) Many times.

Estimate the total number of miles you have driven (operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

1) Haven't driven a motorcycle.
2) Less than 100 miles.

3) 100 - 1,500 miles.

4) 1,500 - 3,000 miles.

5) More than 3,000 miles.

How many times have you been a passenger on a motorcycle?

1) Never been a passerger.
2) Once or twice.

4) Several times.

5) Many times.

How much time do you Spend working or motorcycles - yours or someone else's (mechanical
repairs, cleaning, etc. )? ‘

1) None.

2) Less than one hour per week. .
3) One - three hours per week.

4) Four - eight hours per Week.

5) More than eight houxs per week.

1 Continue to next page...

,7/73AB

10.

12.

14.

18.

20.

The best way to steer a motorcycle is

151

When you start a 'kickstart' motorcycle,
you should:

a) Turn the folding pedal of the kick-
starter lever "out.”

b) Find the start of compression of the
stroke by pulling up on the lever.

c) Kick down gently on the lever to
start the engine.

d) Not touch the spark retard or com-
pression release.

ll.

13.
to have:

a) One hand on the throttle,
free to operate controls.

b) One hand on the left handgrip, the
other free to Operate controls.

c) One hand on the throttle, the other
on the left handgrip.

d) One hand on the throttle, the other
near the center of the left handlebar.

the other

When driving in the right-hand lane on 15.

a 4-1ane road, you should usually ride:

the center of the lane.

the left wheel track.

the line dividing the lanes.
a slight zig-zag pattern.

a) In
b) In
c) On
d) In

If you are tired and cannot stop to 17.

sleep, you should:

a) Drive at a constant speed.

b) Drive as fast as permitted.

c) Stop and rest at least every htUi
d) Drive as slowly as possible.

After you have moved the rear wheel to 19.

adjust the chain, you should:

a) Tighten the axle and adjust the
rear brake.

b) Tighten the axle and adjust the clutch.

c) Adjust the Sprockets and connect :he
brake light.

d) Adjust the rear shocks and tighten the
chain adjusters.

When making a turn it is most important 21.

to:

a) Look to see if the turn can be made
safely.

b) Downshift as you start to turn.

c) Use both the front and the rear brakes.

d) Put.your foot down on the inside of

the turn.

7/73A 2

When you have a passenger on your
motorcycle, he should:

a) Use the front set of footpegs.

b) Not interfere with the balance or
the controls.

c) Lean the opposite way as you do
when making a turn.

d) Know how to Operate the motorcycle.

A person who Operates a motorcycle:

a) Must wear light or white clothes.

b) Cannot drive on high speed highways.

c) Has all the rights and duties of
other drivers. '

d) Hust not stop his motorcycle on the
shoulder of the road.

If your motorcycle stalls when going
up a hill, you should:

a) Hold it from rolling with the front
brake.

b) field it from rolling with the rear
brake.

c) Hold it from rolling with :he front
and rear brakes.

d) Hold it from rolling with your feet.

When going up a steep hill, you should:

a) Stay in high gear and open the
throttle all the way.

b) Shift to a lower gear to maintain
your speed.

c) Drive on the extreme right of the
lane.

d) Decrease your speed to cool the engine.

TO

a) Close the throttle to slow down.

b) Apply the rear and then the front
brake firmly.

c) Steer in a zig—zag motion to keep
balance.

d) Maintain your speed and sit back on
the motorcycle.

recover from hydroplaning ydu should:

When passing a truck rather than a car,
you will have:

a) To go faster in order to pass.

b) A better view of the road ahead.

c) To drive closer to the truck in order
to pass safely.

d) More control problems because of the
air pressure.

Continue to next page ...

22.

a)
b)

c)
d)

24.
‘ in

a)
b)
c)

d)

26. If

When driving on
water,

When overtaking and passing a vehicle

152

a road covered with 23.

snow, or sand, you should:

Drive closer to the center line of
the road.
Follow other
than usual.
Use your front brake only..

Drive slower than usual.

vehicles more closely

25.
your lane, pass:

On the right.

0n the left in the same lane.

By changing to the left or passing
lane.

On either side in the same lane.

your front wheel begins to skid, 27.

you should:

a)
b)
e)
d)

28.

When you are riding on a bumpy road,

Not apply the rear brake.
Release the front brake.
Shift to a lower gear.
Press 1he clutch lever.

29.

you should:

a)
b)

e)
.d)

30. To

a)
b)
e)

d)

32.
a)

b)
c)

d)

7/73A

When slowing down for a stop, you must:

Keep the brakes on until you are
over the bumps.

Place more of your weight on the
footpegs.

Keep both feet down for balance.

(Ride on the shoulder or in the

median.

steer the motorcycle, you should: 31.

Shift your weight to the right when
making a left turn.

Make small steering corrections by
putting pressure on the handlebars.
Turn the handlebars more sharply the
faster you are going.

Hold the handlebars loosely at all
times. '

33.

Use extreme care when applying the
front brake.

Rotate the throttle to the Open
position.

Shift to a lower gear before applying
the brakes.

Depress the brake pedal firmly.

When driving in extremely cold weather,
you should:

a) Drive faster than usual.

b) Wear dark-colored clothing.

c) Use a pivoted faceshield.

d) Follow close behind other vehicles.

If you see a pothole ahead, you
should first:

a) Slow down.

b) Swerve to the left or right.
c) Stop immediately.

d) Put on your turn signals.

When you are carrying a passenger:

a) You will need more distance to slow
down and stop.

b) The motorcycle will speed up faster.

c) The motorcycle will be mrre srable
at slow speeds.

d) You should let him help you balance
the motorcycle.

order to avoid skids you should:

a) Not drive in high gear.

b) Enter turns at slow speeds.

c) Ride near the center of th; lane.

d) Put oversized tires on the motorcycle.

When carrying cargo it is always necessary
to:

a) Make sure it can move around slightly.

b) Adjust the brake cables and clutch.

c) Place it as low as possible on the
motorcycle.

d) Add air to the tires.

You should not ride close to parked cars
because:

a) The right edge of the traffic lane is
the ”oil slick" area.

b) People may be getting out of the parked
vehicle.

c) The vehicle may have been improperly
parked. '

d) It is illegal to ride less than 5 feet
away from a parked car.

Continue to nexr page ...

I

34.

36.

39.

‘00

42..

{4.

7/73A

153

You may carry a passenger on your motor- 35.

cycle only if:
a)

b)

The passenger has a motorcycle
license.

You have been driving a motorcycle
for one season Or more. .

You have insurance.

Your motorcycle is equipped for
carrying a passenger.

c)
d)

If after you kick the starter, you do 37.

not hear the engine you should:

0)
b)

Close the fuel valve.

Put the motorcycle in gear and
engage the clutch.

Check the key and choke for proper
position.

Not try to kickstart it again.

c)
d)

If
to

a)

you are on a main road and coming 39.

an intersection, you should:

Watch for vehicles slowing down or
giving other signs of making left
turns.

Protect yourself by driving between
lanes of traffic.

Shift to higher gear and coast through
the intersection.

Move to the far left lane and turn on
your lights.

to)
c)

d)

When checking steering and suspension
systems, you should check:

a)
b)

c)
d)

The tension of the brake and clutch
cables.

Rear and front footpegs.

For bent fork tubes.

The drive chain and sprockets.

‘When waiting to enter traffic and 43.
«before shifting from neutral to first

gear, you should:

a)
b)
c)

Keep your feet on the footpegs.
Lean the motorcycle to one side.
Hold the motorcycle from rolling
with the front brake.

Keep the throttle at least halfway
open.

6)

Before yielding to a vehicle which is 45.

turning left in front of you:

Move into the right lane.

Move to the left so you can pass
when he starts to turn.

Check the vehicles behind you.
Signal the vehicle that he should
turn.

a)
b)

c)
d)

When driving through deep snow you
should:

a)
b)
c)

Keep the motorcycle in high gear.
Keep moving at a constant speed.
Close the throttle and keep the
clutch lever pressed in.

6) Press down on the handlebars.

your brakes fail, you should:

Open the throttle.

Shift your motorcycle into neutral.
Drag your feet to slow you down.
Turn off the engine.

When shifting from first to second gear
on a motorcycle with an automatic clutch,
you should:

Open the throttle halfway and shift
into second gear.

Close the throttle and toe the
into second gear.

Apply the rear brake and gently toe
the lever into second gear.
Disengage the clutch and shift into
second gear.

a)

b) lever

e)

d)

If a tire blows out while driving,
you should:

Balance the motorcycle by shifting
your weight.

Apply the brakes to stOp quickly.

Use hand signals to warn other drivers.
Attempt to maintain the same speed.

a)

b)
c)
d)

You may need more distance to pass on
a 2-lane road because:

a) Motorcycles cannot change lanes as
quickly as other vehicles.
Other vehicles in your lane may not

yield when you try to re—enter the

b)

lane.

c) Motorcycles can go faster than other
vehicles.

d) It will take you longer to slow down

before you can move back to the right.

After heavy rains you should:

a)
b)
C)
d)

Avoid downshifting if possible.

Not use the brakes to slow down.
Watch for large puddles on the road.
Lean your body instead of turning
the front wheel.

Continue to next page ...

46.

4B.

7/73A

154

If you must drive through an oil-soaked 47.
area of the road, you should:

a) Move forward on your seat.

b) Slow down and avoid leaning the
motorcycle.

c) Lean the motorcycle instead of
turning the wheel. '

d) Speed up before coming to the area
and then close the throttle.

If your stoplight comes on before your 49.
brakes begin to grab, you should:

1) Adjust the brake linkage and switch.

b) Tighten the clutch cable.

c) Move the rear wheel slightly back.

d) Apply the brakes quickly when stopping.

End of the Test

 

 

After starting on a slippery road,
you should:

a) Shift to a higher gear when the
road surface permits.

b) Regulate your speed by using the
clutch instead of the throttle.

c) Use the front brake to control
your speed.

d) Lean the motorcycle to the right.

Before starting the engine on a level
surface, it is most important to:

a) Be sure that the motorcycle is in
neutral.

b) Check the brake and signal lights.

c) Check the tires and shock absorbers.

d) Raise the kickstand.

Go back and answer any questions you may have missed.

155

MOTORCYCLE RIDING KNOWLEDGE TEST

100 um- warrs um
ANSWER SHEET '

NAME ANSWER KEY # DATE
TEST FORM A INSTRUCTOR

 

'lNSTRUCTlONS: Cross out the letter or number which corresponds
‘ to the answer you have chosen. Erase completely
any answer you wish to change.

Example: 00. A B x D

 

 

 

 

 

1. ABCDE 18.xacn 35. ‘Axco
2. ABCD 19.ch0 36. 14an
3. AB 20. gBCD 37. 15.ch
4. 1245 21. ABC! 38.3:Bco
5. 1245 22. Agent 39. Axon
6. 1245 2:. ABKD 4o. ABKD
7. 12345 24. A3110 ‘ 41. steel)
8. 1245' 25.}{BCD 42. Alan!)
9_ 12345 26. AXCD 43. AXCD
10. xscn 27. ABCD 44. Asgo
11. A1100 ‘ 28. AXCD 45. Image
12. 2.133(1) 29. AKCD 46. Agcn
13. A811) 30. Amer) 47. use!)
14. AXCD 31. Asst) 48. seen
15. fine D. 32. xsc D 49. 3113 c D
16. A B K13 33. Age D , Swirfmems
17. A Xe D 34. A B c 7;. ~ 1.0:“.
7/73

\

Figure 20.—-Answer Key for Test Booklet A.

 

156

MOTORCYCLE RID NG KNOWLEDGE TEST
TEST BOOKLET

FORM B

READ' This test is designed to find out how much you know about
certain aspects of motorcycle riding.

Whether yoa have had a great deal of experience on a motor-
cycle, a little experience, or have never been on a motorcycle,
please try and answer each question as well as you can.

 

There is one 923? answer for each question. Mark your
response EKMEKSMaKEEEr sheet by cross1ng out the letter
or number which corresponds to your choice. See the
answer sheet for an example of how to mark your reSponse.
Erase completely any answer you wish to change.

 

NOTE: The question numbers go down the answer sheet.
Use only a number 2 or soft pencil.
Consider each question by itself and assume, unless

otherwise stated, that tne road and weather conditions
are ideal and that all riding is done on the road.

 

 

 

lejg; Write your name on the line marked "YOUR Nzfifi" at the top
of the answer sheet. Also fill in today's "DATE," tne
, OI
letter of the "TEST FORK" and the name of your "INSTRUCTOR.
DO NOT make any marks in this booklet.

NOW: Turn the page and begin answering the questions . . .

7/738

Figure 21.-~Parallel Test Form--Booklet B.

 

y_l>57

1. How old are you? 2. What grade are you in?
a) 15 years old or younger. ' a) 9th (Freshman).
b) 16 years old. b) 10th (Sophomore).
c) 17 years old. e) llth (Junior).
d) 18 years old. d) 12th (Senior).

0) 19 years old or Older.

3. What is your sex?’

a) Male.
b) Female.

The'next six questions (numbers 4-9) are about motorcycle ownership and riding experience
on-the-road.

The term:

MOTORCYCDE as used here also includes the smaller machines such as motor-driven cycles,
motor scooters, mini—bikes, etc. -

OWNERSHIP or OWN means either it is yours legally or yours but someone else had to sign for it.
FAMILY means all people, other than yourself, who live in the same house.

4. Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcycle?

1) No one owns a motorcycle.

2) Someone else in the family (Other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

4) I am the only one in the family uh) owns a motorcycle.

5) I own a motorcycle and so does ancther member of my family (two or more motorcycles in
the family). —

5. Do you plan on buying or owning a motorcycle this year?

1) No.

2) Don't know.

4) Yes.

5) I already own one.

6. How many times have you been the driver (Operator) Of a motorcycle on the road?

1) Never Operated a motorcycle.
2) Once or twice.

4) Several times.

5) Many times.

7. Estimate the total number of miles you have driven (Operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

1) Haven‘t driven a motorcycle.
2) Less than 100 miles.

3) 100 - 1,500 miles.

4) 1,500 - 3,000 miles.

5) More than 3,000 miles.

8. How many times have you been a paSsenger on a motorcycle?

1) Never been a passenger.
2) Once or twice.

4) Several times.

5) Many times.

9. How much time do you spend working on motorcycles - yours or someone else's (mechanical
repairs, cleaning. etc.)?

1) None.

2) Less than one hour per week.

3) One - three hours per ween.

4) Four ~ eight hours per week.

5) More than eight hours per week.

1 Continue to next page...
7/73AB

10.

12.

14.

16.

18.

20.

-b) Tighten the axle and adjust

158

The best way to steer a motorcycle is
to have:

a) One hand on the throttle, the other
free to Operate controls.

b) One hand on the left handgrip, the
other free to Operate controls.

c) One hand on the throttle, the other
on the left handgrip.

d) One hand on the throttle, the other
near the center of the left handlebar.

11.

When driving in the right-hand lane on
a 4-lane road, you should usually ride:

a) In
b) In
c) On
d) In

the center of the lane.

the left wheel track.

the line dividing the lanes.
a slight zig-zag pattern.

If you are tired and cannot stop 15.

to sleep, you should:

a) Drive at a constant speed.

b) Drive as fast as permitted.

c) Stop and rest at least every hour.
d) Drive as slowly as possible.

After you have moved the rear wheel 17.

to adjust the chain, you should:

a) Tighten the axle and adjust the
rear brake.

the
clutch.

c) Adjust the Sprockets and connect
the brake light.

d) Adjust the rear shocks and tighten
the chain adjusters.

When driving on a gravel or brick road, 19.

you should:

a) Increase the distance between you
and the other vehicles.

b) Use the clutch to control your
Speed.

c) Drive with the throttle all the
way Open in a lower gear.

d) Ride with a slight zig-zag motion.

When stopping on ice you should: 21.

a) Press the clutch and front brake
at the same time.

b) Pump the rear brake.

c) Firmly apply the front brake.

d) Shift to neutral.

7/738 , 2

A person who operates a motorcycle:

a) Hust wear light or white clothes.

b) Cannot drive on high speed highways.

c) Has all the rights and duties of
other drivers.

6) Must not stOp his motorcycle on the
shoulder of the road.

If your motorcycle stalls when going
up a hill, you should:

a) hold it from rolling
brake.

b) Hold it from rolling
brake.

c) Hold it from rolling
and rear brakes.

d) Hold it from rolling

with the front
with the rear
with the front

with your feet.

when going up a steep hill, you should:

a) Stay in high gear and open the
throttle all the way.

b) Shift to a lower gear to maintain
your speed.

c) Drive on the extreme right of the
lane.

d) Decrease your speed to cool the
engine.

A motorcycle may skid or fall over
when turning if:

a) You downshift before you brgin to
turn.

b) The kickstand falls down and hits
the ground. '

c) You slow down slightly while turning.

d) The drive chain is too tight.

The first thing to do before changing

lanes“???

a) Signal with your lights and hand.

b) Slow down.

c) Check your mirrors and look over
your shoulder.

d) Move closer to the lane you want
to be in.

If an oncoming vehicle is preparing to
turn left at an intersection:

a) Drive to the left to get around it.

b) Speed up and continue straight
before he completes his turn.

c) Step and let him turn.

d) Lag slightly behind other vehicles
going in your direction.

Continue to next page . . .

10.

12.

14.

16.

18.

20.

159

The best way to steer a motorcycle is
to have:

a) One hand on the throttle, the other
free to Operate controls.

b) One hand on the left handgrip, the
other free to Operate controls.

c) One hand on the throttle, the other
on the left handgrip.

6) One hand on the throttle, the other
near the center of the left handlebar.

11.

When driving in the right—hand lane on
a 4-lane road, you should usually ride:

a) In
b) In
c) On
d) In

13.

‘

the center of the lane.

the left wheel track.

the line dividing the lanes
a slight zig-zag pattern.

If you are tired and cannot step 15.

to sleep, you should:

a) Drive at a constant Speed.

b) Drive as fast as permitted. .
c) Stop and rest at least every hour.
d) Drive as slowly as possible.

After you have moved the rear wheel 17.

to adjust the chain, you should:

a) Tighten the axle and adjust the
rear brake.

b) Tighten the axle and adjust the
clutch.

c) Adjust the sprockets and connect
the brake light.

6) Adjust the rear shocks and tighten
the chain adjusters.

When driving on a gravel or brick road, 19.

you should:

a) Increase the distance between you
and the other vehicles.

b) Use the clutch to control your
speed.

c) Drive with the throttle all the
way Open in a lower gear.

d) Ride with a slight zig-zag motion.

When stopping on ice you should: 21.

a) Press the clutch and front brake
at the same time. '

b) Pump the rear brake.

c) Firmly apply the front brake.

d) Shift to neutral.

7/738 A 2

A person who operates a motorcycle:

a) Must wear light or white clothes.

b) Cannot drive on high speed highways.

c) Has all the rights and duties of
other drivers.

d) Must not stop his motorcycle on the
shoulder of the road.

If your motorcycle stalls when going
up a hill, you should:

a) Hold it from rolling with the front

brake.
b) Hold it from rolling with the rear
brake. -

c) Hold it from rolling with the front
and rear brakes. .
d) Hold it from rolling with your feet.

When going up a steep hill, you should:

a) Stay in high gear and Open the
throttle all the way.

b) Shift to a lower gear to maintain
your speed.

c) Drive on the evtreme right of the
lane.

d) Decrease your speed to cool the
engine.

A motorcycle may skid or fall over
when turning if:

a) You downshift before you begin to
turn. '

b) The kickstand falls down and hits
the ground.

c) You slow down slightly while turning.

d) The drive chain is too tight.

The first thing to do before changing
lanes is:

a) Signal with your lights and hand.

b) Slow down.

c) Check your mirrors and look over
your shoulder.

d) Move closer to the lane you want
to be in.

If an oncoming vehicle is preparing to
turn left at an intersection:

a) Drive to the left to get around it.

b) Speed up and continue straight
before he completes his turn.

c) Step and let him turn.

d) Lag slightly behind other vehicles
going in your direction.

Continue to next page . . .

22.

24.

26.

3o.

32.

1630

It is illegal for a group of meter- 23.

cycles to drive:

a) Through a residential area.

b) In more than one lane of a highway.

c) More than two abreast in one lane.

d) In single file when there are more
than ten metercycles in.the group.

If you come to an area where sand is 25.

covering the read, you should:

a) Slow down before getting to the area.

b) Rest your feet on top of the chain
guard.

c) Stop and push the motorcycle through
the sand.

d) Lower your body close to the motorcycle.

when in a skid you should use your 27.

brakes:

a) After feeling you have control of
the motorcycle.

b) Just as the motarcycle starts to
skid.

c) In a series
a wet read.

d) In order to
control.

of quick, hard jabs on

help you regain steering

After starting your engine you should: 29.

a) Return the kickstart lever and
folding pedal to storage position.

b) Close the throttle to prevent
stalling.

c) Activate the choke as soon as you
start the engine.

d) Keep the throttle all the way Open.

If you are coming to an animal crossing, 31.

.yeu should:

a) Keep going at the same speed.
b) Speed up and move to the left.
c) Slow down and be prepared to step.
d) Step and push your motorcycle.

In order to avoid skids on wet or 33.

slippery roads, you should:

a) Reduce the air pressure in the tires.
b) Put more pressure on the front wheel.
C) Start in third gear rather than first.
d) Change your speed and direction slowly.

7/733 ’ 3

If you want to step after recovering
from a rear wheel skid, you should:

a) Apply the front brake only.

b) Apply both brakes again.

c) Coast to a stop without the use
of brakes.

d) Close the throttle and press the
clutch lever.

If the drive chain begins slipping or
clanking:

a) Hold the handlebars loosely.

b) Disengage the clutch as soon as
possible.

c) Slow down and jump off the meter-
cycle.

d) Close the throttle and shift to a
lower gear.

If your motorcycle gets stuck in deep
snow, you may have to:

a) Shift to a higher gear and speed up.

b) Bounce on the motorcycle to get more
traction.

c) Open the throttle slightly and steer
in a zig-zag motion.

d) Get off and lift the motorcycle out
Of the drift.

When you are trying to get through deep
snow:

a) Shift to a higher gear utter entering
the snow.

b) Stop and start Lften to get traction.

c) Shift your weight to the rear wheel.

d) Don't use your feet for balance.

If you are going up a hill and will be
stopping, you should:

a) Downshift into second gear after you
have come to a step.

b) Downshift into first gear just before
you come to a stop. -

c) Shift into neutral just before you
come to a step.

d) Stay in high gear until you have
stepped.

If you cannot get your motorcycle
started in motion on snow or ice:

a) Spin the rear wheel until you get
traction.

b) Turn the front wheel to the right.

c) Shift your weight to the rear wheel
and push with your feet.

d) Push the motorcycle in gear and
jump on when it starts moving.

Continue to next page . . .

34.
a)

b)

e)
d)

36.

When going very slowly, you should:

161

35.

Shift into the highest gear and
press the clutch lever.

Close the throttle and shift into
neutral.

Avoid using the front brake.

Be ready to put your feet down for
balance.

If you are going straight through the

intersection and see a vehicle to your
left:

.a)

b)
c)

d)

37.

If your motorcycle is net Operating

Drive partially into the intersection
to warn the other vehicle to slow down.
Prepare to yield right—ef-way.

Speed Up to get through the inter-
section before the other vehicle.

Pull off the read until the vehicle
gets through the intersection.

38.

smoothly, you should:

a)
b)
c)
d)

39.

If the front brake lever pulls back

Avoid using the front brake.

Loosen your grip on the handlebars.
Shift to a lower gear.

Drive off the road as seen as you
find a safe place.

40.

against the handgrip without applying
the brake, you should:

a)
b)
c)
d)

41..

'If you have a passenger, you should

Tighten the screws in the lever.
Adjust the brake cable.

Loosen the rear brake.

Oil the cable and the brake lever
on the handgrip.

42.

'instruct him to:

a)
b)

c)

d)

43.

In order to check your stop light

Hang onto your shoulders or arms.
Put his feet down when you begin to
slow down.

Lean forward as you accelerate and
backward as you slow down.

Drag his feet if necessary to help
balance the motorcycle.

44.

you must:

7/738

Turn your Operating lights on.
Turn the engine off.

Engage the clutch.

Press the brake pedal or lever.

1133* .
‘ “‘3’ «YOU ARE HERE

When passing other vehicles it is
safest to pass on the:

a) Right side.

b) Left side.

c) Side away from the sun.

d) Side with the least traffic.

When starting your motorcycle on ice,
you should:

a) Release the clutch quickly for
better traction.

b) Start in first gear if your wheel
spins in second gear.

c) Keep your feet down and accelerate
slowly.

d) Apply more pressure to the front
wheel.

When it is very windy you should:

a) Hold the handlegrips lightly.
b) Drive at a slower speed.
c) Shift to a higher gear and use
less throttle.
d) Stay near the inside of the curves.

It
to

a) Helmet.

b) Faceshield or goggles.
c) Wind-proof jacket.

d) HeaVy scarf.

is least important for your passenger
wear a:

For the best turns the passenger should:

a) Lean in the Opposite direction of
the driver.

b) Lean in the same direction as the
driver.

c) Sit up straight and try not to lean.

d) Lean slightly forward. '

Continue to next page . . .

45. When starting a motorcycle moving:

a) Put your feet on the foetpegs, open
the throttle, and release the front
brake and clutch.

b) Release the front brake and clutch,
put your feet on the foetpegs, and
Open the throttle. '

c) Open the throttle and put your feet
on the footpegs, then release the
front brake and clutch.

d) Open the throttle, release the front
brake and clutch, and put your feet
on the footpegs.

47. TO straighten the motorcycle after a
turn, you should:

a) Take both feet Off the footpegs.

b) Lean sharply into the Opposite
direction.

c) Adjust pressure on the handlebar.

d) Sit up straight and turn the
handlebar sharply.

49. When driving your motorcycle on a read
where there is only a narrow, soft
shoulder:

a) Keep in the left lane.

b) Pay more attention to the traffic
and road ahead.

c) Speed up to get off the read more
quickly.

ar Brake hard when stepping to avoid a
less Of traction.

End of the Test.

 

When making a rapid or emergency
step, you should:

a) Shift your weight forward.

b) Hold the handlebars loosely.

c) Grasp the fuel tank with your
knees.

6) Apply the front brake only.

When you put gas in your tank, you
should always:

a) Leave the motorcycle in gear.
b) Avoid everfilling the tank.

c) Leave the engine on.

d) Use the same brand of gasoline.

Go back and answer any questions you may have missed.

7/738

163

MOTORCYCLE RIDING KNOWLEDGE TEST

 

00 NO? “IT! HERE

 

ANSWER SHEET

 

 

 

"me ANSWER KEY mm: '
TEST FORM B INSTRUCTOR

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Cross out the letter or number which corresponds
' to the answer you have chosen. Erase completely
any answer you wish to change.

 

 

 

 

 

Example: 00. A Big D

LABCDE 18.flBCD 35. Age!)
2. ABCD 19. ABRD 36. AflCD
3. AB 20. AXCD 37. ABCI.‘
4. 1245 21. ABCK 38. Rain
5. 1245 22. AB‘XD .39. Axcn
6. 1245 23. AKCD. 40. Race
7. 1234s 24. since 41. ABKD
8. 1245 25. Race 42. Recs!
9. 12345 26.1(BCD. 43. ABCX
10. A87; 27. Recs, 44. Argon
11. ABKD 28. xscn 45. ABC:(
12. AXCD 29. ABXD 46. ABKD
13. risen 3o. ABKD 47. ABKD
14.3.3310 31. AXCD 48. A‘KCD
.15. AACD 32. Race 49. ages
16. XE c D 33. A B‘KD :pfiirfmswfi
17. A}: c n 34. A B cg mm
7/73

Figure 22.-—Answer Key for Test Booklet B.

164

Pilot Test of Parallel Test Forms

 

As a final step, the two parallel tests were adminis-
tered to a small group of driver education students who were
just beginning the course. Fifty—five (55) subjects
responded to Test Form A and 57 to Test Form B, for a total
of 112 subjects. They were predominately 10th grade students
(80%) with 17 percent being Juniors and three percent being
seniors. Fifty-two percent (52%) were male and 48 percent
(48%) were female. While this sample cannot be construed
to be representative of the motorcycling population of high
school students, nevertheless, the results will yield some
indication of the performance of the tests. These subjects,
as would be expected, had a mixed background in riding
experience with most (50%) indicating little experience
(dependent variable values 6-9) while a few (27%) indicated
considerable experience on a motorcycle. (The dependent
variable values ranged from 6-27 with 30 being the highest
obtainable value.)

Table 21 shows the response distributions fcr each
item as tested and the P value. Also listed for comparison
purposes are the response distributions and P values as
shown in the final item pool. Student T tests were performed
on the P values for Test A and B with a resulting T statis-
tic of 0.03. This is non—significant and means that the
tests are indeed parallel. Other comparisons and statistical

values are given at the end of Table 21.

165

TABLE 21.--P Values and Response Distributions for Each Item
by Test Form Resulting from the Pilot Test.

 

 

 

 

Test Form A Test Form B
Test Pool RD RD* P P* Pool RD RD* P P*
Item No. All Pool All Pool No. All Pool A11 Pool
10 16 *a 33 53 33 53 a 55 2 7 84 79
b 4 8 b 14 13
c 62 22 *c 84 79
d 2 15 d O 0
11 11 a 9 4 71 79 a 270 4 4 91 87
*b 71 79 b 4 6
c 6 5 *c 91 87
d 13 11 d 2 3
12 55 a 9 7 76 79 a 34 81 64 12 28
b 13 13 *b 12 28
*c 76 79 c 5 3
d 2 0 d 2 5
13 270 a 4 4 93 87 *a 71 33 26 33 26
b 2 6 b 19 9
*c 93 86 c 42 41
d 2 3 d 5 23
14 34 a 80 64 16 28 a 256 9 6 74 72
*b 16 28 b O 5
c 2 3 *c 74 72
d 2 5 d 18 16
15 71 *a 26 26 26 26 a 119 12 22 77 61
b 11 9 *b 77 61
c 58 41 c 5 12
d 6 23 d 5 5
16 256 a 7 6 84 72 *a 267 40 46 4O 46
b 0 5 b 7 11
*c 84 72 c 7 14
d 9 10 d 44 28
17 119 a 2 22 20 61 a 24 39 32 16 43
*b 20 61 *b 16 43
c 75 12 c: 19 14
d 4 5 d 26 10

 

*The response distribution and P values as shown in the
test item pool are listed here for reference.

 

(continued)

Table 21.——Continued.

166

 

Test Form A

Test Form B

 

Test Pool RD RD P P Pool RD RD P P
Item No. ALL Pool A11 Pool No. ALL Pool All Pool
18 267 *a 46 46 46 46 *a 140 56 56 56 56
b 2 11 b 26 19
c 7 14 c 12 9
d 46 28 d 5 16
19 155 *a 66 49 66 49 a 122 44 52 47 42
b 9 16 b 2 3
c 6 13 *c 47 42
d 15 20 d 5 3
20 61 *a 73 80 73 80 a 164 12 6 68 78
b 11 11 *b 68 78
c O 5 c 11 4
d 16 4 d 9 11
21 124 a 9 14 71 68 a 113 5 3 25 46
b 13 15 b 16 19
c 6 2 c 53 30
*d 71 68 *d 25 46
22 147 a 2 2 95 92 a 274 7 14 6O 72
b 0 3 b 26 9
c 4 4 *c 60 72
*d 95 92 d 7 5
23 180 a 4 1 71 80 a 92 14 8 42 41
b 16 16 *b 42 41
*c 71 80 c 21 22
d 7 3 d 23 26
24 273 a 6 5 87 91 *a 165 88 69 88 69
b 4 3 b 4 3
*c 87 91 c 5 14
d 4 2 d 4 13
25 144 *a 66 78 66 78 a 191 2 1 44 50
b 15 13 *b 44 50
c O 1 c 4 3
d 20 6 d 47 45
26 l 202 a 11 4 58 68 *a 204 51 42 51 42
*b 58 68 b 2 9
c 13 22 c 12 16
d 18 5 d 35 32

 

 

(continued)

Table 21.--Continued.

167

 

Test Form A

Test Form B

 

Test Pool RD RD P P Pool RD RD P P
Item No. All Pool All Pool No. All Pool All Pool
27 86 *a 33 36 33 36 'a 159 5 4 49 55
b O 4 b 26 22
c 22 22 c 19 19
d 46 36 *d 49 55
28 146 a 20 17 6O 48 *a 17 63 59 63 59
*b 60 48 b 18 11
c 11 29 c 12 22
d 9 6 d 7 7
29 197 a 7 IO 84 79 a 161 18 34 65 47
*b 84 79 b 9 12
c 7 3 *c 65 47
d 2 7 d 7 6
30 57 a 18 20 66 54 a 235 5 2 95 94
*b 66 54 b 0 2
c 6 6 *c 95 94
d 11 20 d O 3
31 5 a 9 13 60 49 a 31 7 13 68 56
b 7 7 *b 68 56
*c 60 49 c 16 8
d 20 31 d 11 22
32 84 *a 31 41 31 41 a 198 11 14 83 79
b 4 O b 4 3
c 53 52 c 4 5
d 13 6 *d 83 79
33 219 a 4 5 73 82 a 158 9 6 54 67
*b 73 82 b 9 8
c 0 2 *c 54 67
d 22 10 d 26 11
34 47 a O 2 86 86 a 80 9 4 72 70
b 6 1 b 11 13
c 9 11 c 9 11
*d 86 86 *d 72 7O
35 160 a 7 9 69 67 a 127 12 6 68 68
*b 69 67 *b 68 68
c 20 18 c 4 2
d 4 5 d 18 24

 

 

(continued)

168

Table 21.--Continued.

 

 

Test Form A Test Form B
Test Pool RD RD P P Pool RD RD P P
Item No. All Pool All Pool No. All Pool A11 Pool
36 18 a 2 7 91 80 a 110 21 6 65 89
b 6 9 *b 65 89
*c 91 80 c 5 4
d 2 2 d 7 l
37 186 a 4 4 49 53 a 190 2 4 84 83
b 40 34 b 4 O
c 7 8 c 11 12
*d 49 53 *d 84 83
38 107 *a 93 91 93 91 a 162 12 5 77 84
b 2 l b 7 6
c 2 4 *c 77 84
d 4 5 d 4 5
39 30 a 22 23 44 37 a 265 ll 17 75 63
*b 44 37 *b 75 63
c 7 8 c 0 9
d 27 29 d 14 9
40 263 a 38 33 4O 40 a 181 7 4 53 55
b 4 5 *b 53 55
*c 40 40 c 21 15
d 18 20 d 19 27
41 189 *a 44 61 44 61 a 54 23 5 56 73
b 22 20 b 16 14
c 31 16 *c 56 73
d 4 3 d 5 5
42 26 a 4 4 62 52 a 49 9 4 86 93
b 13 16 b 5 2
*c 62 52 c O 1
d 22 27 *d 86 93
43 125 a 11 23 51 49 a 1 16 11 84 85
*b 51 49 b O 1
c 4 6 c O 4
d 35 20 *d 84 85
44 109 a 29 23 51 55 a 63 7 7 47 73
b 11 8 *b 47 73
*c 51 55 c 26 13
d 7 15 d 19 7

 

 

 

(continued)

169

Table 21.~—Continued.

 

 

Test Form A Test Form B
Test Pool RD RD P P Pool RD RD P P
Item No. All Pool All Pool No. All Pool All Pool
45 173 a 29 23 51 51 a 28 l2 13 60 58
b 15 16 b 19 21
*c 51 51 c 9 8
d 6 10 *d 60 58
46 153 a 2 2 91 89 a 93 3O 28 4O 36
1*b 91 89 b 7 12
c 4 6 *c 40 36
d 4 3 d 21 21
47 76 *a 38 40 38 40 a 68 2 4 51 51
b 44 36 b 33 25
c 16 20 *c 51 51
d 0 2 d 14 18
48 264 *a 64 78 64 78 a 259 5 4 74 75
b 11 11 *b 74 75
c 7 5 c 2 0
d 18 5 d 19 14
49 15 *a 67 65 67 65 a 169 19 22 67 68
b 7 6 *b 67 68
c 2 3 c 2 3
d 22 25 d 12 6
Mean 61.25 63.00 Mean 61.10 62.97
SD 21.47 18.97 SD 20.13 17.78
t between t between
Aande‘m AandB=.O3
t between t between
A and P001 = —'38 B and Pool = -.44

 

 

 

170

While the tests were parallel, a difference in the
range of total scores existed between Test A and B. Test A
had a total score range of 9—38, while Test B had a total
score range of 10~31. However, the average scores for both
Test A and Test B were very close--Y = 25.1 for Test A, and
X = 24.1 for Test B. Table 22 shows the distributions of
total score for Test Forms A and B, while Figure 23 displays
the same information as a graph of the distribution of

total scores.

 

171

TABLE 22.—-Distributions of Total Score by Test Form from
the Pilot Test of the Parallel Test Forms.

 

 

Form A Form B
Number % Cum % Cum
Correct % %1
9 1.8 1.8

10 1.8 3.6 1.8 1.8
11 --- 3.6 —-- 1.8
12 --- 3.6 --- 1.8
13 --- 3.6 --- 1.8
14 1.8 5.4 —-- 1.8
15 3.6 9.0 -—- 1.8
16 ——- 9.0 5.3 7.1
17 3.6 12.6 1.8 8.9
18 3.6 16.2 1.8 10.7
19 --- 16.2 3.5 14.2
20 1.8 18.0 8.8 23.0
21 5.5 23.5 5.3 28.3
22 9.1 32.6 3.5 31.8
23 7.3 39.9 14.0 45.8
24 3.6 43.5 3.5 49.3
25 7.3 50.8 7.0 56.3
26 3.6 54.4 8.8 65.1
27 9.1 63.5 8.8 73.9
28 5.5 69.0 7.0 80.9
29 7.3 76.3 8.8 89.7
30 7.3 83.6 7 0 96.7
31 1.8 85.4 3.5 100.2
32 ~-- 85.4 ———
33 5.5 90.0 —--
34 1.8 92.7 ---
35 1.8 94.5 ——-
36 3 6 98.1 -——
37 ——— 98.1 ---
38 1.8 99 9 -——
39 -—- -—- —--
4O —-- -—- ---

SE: 25.1 X: 24.1

SD = 6.37 SD = 4.52

N = 55 N = 57

 

 

172

‘00 w

 

95d ”

:04

25-

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBJECTS (CUMULATIVE PERCENT)

20-
15 -I

0

1
10-1 ’

\\

632339

°j ‘IIIII IVTIII rIIIIi'II1II11 lTllll I
0 ‘0 ‘2 l4 ‘6 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 33 40

NUMBER CORRECT

 

 

 

Score Distribution:—o-Form A;-e—Form B

Figure 23.--Graph of the Distribution of Total Score by Test
Form from the Pilot Test of the Parallel Test
Forms.

 

173

Summary

Chapter IV contains both the Parallel Test Item
Pool and the Final Test Item Pool along with the Topic
Index for each pool. In the pools are the test items and
associated data for each item. Also contained in Chapter
IV are the parallel test forms and answer keys. Concluding
the chapter are the results of a pilot test of the forms.

Contained in Chapter V are the following: Summary;
Conclusions; Recommendations for Use of the Tests;

Recommendations for Further Research; and Discussion.

 

 

CHAPTER V

SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS,
AND DISCUSSION

Summary

This test item evaluation and test development

- ‘1!

exercise has produced two parallel test forms which are

suitable for use in measuring the on-the-road knowledge of

 

1T"""

high school age motorcycle Operators. The tests, in theory,
have the statistical power to differentiate between two
groups of riders--those who know how to operate a motorcycle
on-the-road and those who do not know how to operate a
motorcycle on-the-road.

Beginning with a set of 463 items, prepared according
to a set of criteria from a comprehensive source document,
a full scale evaluation and test development project was
undertaken. Comments about the items from experts and sub—
jects were used to evaluate and re-write the items. As a
result of this re—write, the resulting 282 items were
formatted into six tests to be administered to approximately
650 subjects--high school seniors of varying riding
experience--in a test-retest data collection program. Infor-
mation was also collected on their riding experience (depen-
dent variable), age, sex, and a reading achievement score.
An item analysis was perfcrmed on each item by:

174

175

(l) examining the response distribution; (2) correlating the
response to the item with the dependent variable, age, sex,
total score, and reaching achievement score; (3) calculating

the item idfficulty; (4) calculating the test-retest relia-

 

bility; (5) computing an index of discrimination based on the
dependent variable. Each item was reviewed according to

guidelines for each of the above criterion and rejected if it
failed. One hundred seventy items were retained as good .

items and included in the final item pool. Of these 170

 

items, 107 positively discriminated between riders and non- =7
riders and were formed into the parallel test item pool.
Forty of the 107 items discriminated statistically.

Inter-item correlations were calculated for the items
as grouped by the 24 major content areas.

Two 40 item tests were extracted from the parallel
test item pool in such a manner as to maintain a balance of
content between the test item pool and the tests. An effort
was also made to assign equal numbers of statistically dis—
criminating items to each form and to fill in the balance of
the test with those items which demonstrated a high proba-
bility of discriminating between Operator experience groups.
The items for each test were randomized within each test and
the forms reproduced.

Tests for parallelism and discrimination were run on
each test form. The tests were found to be absolutely paral-
lel (T statistic = .006) and to statistically discriminate
between the experienced operator and novice rider-~T statistic

= 4.82 for Form A, and 4.99 for Form B. This indicates

176

significance beyond the .001 level of confidence. This
parallelism has been confirmed through a pilot test of the
forms on 112 subjects enrolled in a high school driver
education course.

Conclusion

 

Two parallel test forms have been developed from a

 

pool of candidate test items. These tests as developed "have
the statistical power to differentiate between two groups of

motorcycle Operators--those operators who possess and can 1

 

1“
Q

demonstrate the knowledge necessary to operate a motorcycle
on the road and those operators who cannot demonstrate such

78 The tests are general in content and contain

knowledge."
items which are representative of the many tasks, detailed by
the source document and supported by other evidence, neces-
sary to operate a motorcycle on-the road.

Since the tests are able to discriminate between
rider groups and are general in their content coverage, they
are "able to serve as a comprehensive general knowledge test
suitable for use as a final examination in a motorcycle
rider education class or as an examination for use in driver
licensing programs."79

A word of caution, however. No normative or other
performance data, except for a pilot exercise confirming the

conclusion, exists and hence further work is necessary before

quantitative boundaries can be placed on the tests.

 

78As stated in Chapter 1, section titled "Purpose
of the Study."

791bid.

177

Recommendations for Use of the Tests

 

The tests in their present form are suitable for
immediate use as either an instrument for assigning students

to alternate treatment groups, as a final examination in a

 

motorcycle rider education class,80 or as a motorcycle
operator license examination.

It is suggested that:

l. The tests be first administered to a group of

students entering a motorcycle rider education program for

 

1&204‘1‘" B .-
I _

the purpose of establishing the performance of the items on
a novice rider group. Such a testing will establish a base—
line against which to measure either subsequent groups of
novice riders or to aid in determining the magnitude of the
knowledge gained at the end of the course.

2. Item statistics be kept on the performance of
the items to:

a) Aid in improving the tests,

b) Detect shifts in the knowledge level of
students entering the course and hence
permit altering the course material to
suit the group.

3. The tests be administered to a group of motor—
cycle operator license applicants for the purpose of estab-

lishing a pass-fail point prior to their use as a licensing

examination.

 

801f the tests are used as a final examination, a com-
bination of the two forms will yield a comprehensive test of
73 items (there are seven items common to both test forms--one
set of them should be removed to eliminate duplicity of these
common items) which is more suitable for use as a final exami-
nation in terms of test length.

178

Recommendations for Further Research

 

A logical next step in the development of these tests
would be to begin establishing norms by further administra-

tions of the tests to samples of experienced and inexperienced

 

operators of high school age. Such norms would permit the
establishment of guidelines for the assignment of students
to alternative treatment groups or as in the case of the use
for a final examination or license examination, permit the

establishment of a pass-fail point.

 

However, it is strongly recommended that the Final 3
Item Pool, consisting of 170 items, be administered in total
to a group of subjects as the beginning point in a multi—
variate data analysis program of the item responses. This
will permit the selection of items and construction of tests
with greater precision than was possible under the current

project.

Discussion

 

The two parallel test forms and the Final Test Item
Pool represent what the author considers to be perhaps the
most comprehensive motorcycle test develOpment project ever
undertaken. The subject matter for each item was taken from
a comprehensive source document describing on-the-road motor-
cycle operation. The individual items were constructed and
evaluated according to the psychometric principles of test
develOpment. The result is a test item pool containing
items oflquwwiperformance from which parallel tests have

been constructed.

179

It should not be construed from the above that the
tests are perfect. They are not. Several factors--which
are symptomatic of the entire motor vehicle testing field—-
should be understood.

1. While the source document is comprehensive, it has

 

not been thoroughly.tested and evaluated. 'It was given only ' I
a limited review and the criticality rating used are those
of only a limited number of reviewers. ‘

2. The source document is NOT a task analysis and

 

hence lacks concurrent validity. The tasks have been
detailed but there is no integration, hierarchy, or time
factor applied to or associated with each task.

3. The items were evaluated on only a small sample
of the potential motorcycle riding pOpulation and thus the
sample may not be representative of the motorcycle riding
population.

One is tempted to try to correlate the test scores
of various subjects with their accident and violation
records. The author feels that such an exercise would
yield no useful information and be a complete waste of
time. All accident and violation data-—as presently col-
lected-—is badly biased. Accidents are subject to the
reporting requirements of the state (in Michigan they do
not have to be reported unless property damage exceeds
$200 and/or someone is injured) and to the workload pres-
sures of the police. Thus minor crashes often go unreported

providing for an over-representation of serious crashes on

180

an individual's record. Violations-~for the purposes of
statistical analysis--must be divided into two categories,
namely technical violations of the law and safety violations.
It is this latter category which must be used as the corre-
late in an attempt to correlate violations with test
performance. However, violations are not so indicated as to
type--technical or safety. Also, violations as recorded on
the record are only those for which a conviction has been
obtained, omitting all which are judicially or otherwise
dismissed. Violations are also subject to all the influences
ofselectimeenforcement, officer bias, judicial administra-
tive overload, etc.

The keeping of a driving record is an attempt to
monitor the driving performance of the motoring public.
Entries are made only when a driver has an accident or a
violation. No entry is made for safe operation. Therefore,
administratively the absence of entries on the record is
construed to mean that the driver is a safe motor vehicle
operator. However, safe driving has not been defined. Many
so called safe drivers have indeed been involved in crashes
and have received violations which have not been noted on
their record.

Until safe driving has been operationally defined and
a bias-free driver error reporting system developed, any
attempt to correlate test performance with a driver's record

is at best a futile exercise.

 

APPENDICES

181

 

1Il3‘15 s '_u '4'".

APPENDIX A

TEST BOOKLETS AS PREPARED FOR

INITIAL TESTING

182

183

Appendix A-l. Booklet Cover.

READ:

WRITE:

ALSO:

NOW:

MOTORCYCLE RIDING KNOWLEDGE TEST
TEST BOOKLET

This test is designed to find out how much you know about
certain areas of motorcycle riding. .

Whether you have a lot of experience on a motorcycle, a
little experience, or have never been on a motorcycle,
please try and answer each question as well as you can.

There is one BEST answer for each question. Mark the space
on the answer sheet which corresponds to the letter of the
answer you have chosen. See the answer sheet for an example
of how to mark the answer. Erase completely any answer you
wish to change.

NOTE: The question numbers go across the answer sheet.

 

Use only a number 2 or soft pencil.

Consider each question by itself and assume, unless otherwise
stated, that the road and weather conditions are ideal and
that all riding is done on the roadJ

Write your name on the line marked "YOUR NAME" at the top
of the answer sheet. Also write in the name of your
instructor. Do not write anything in the boxes on the
right hand side of the sheet.

Write our name on the line below.

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

DO NOT make any other marks in this booklet.

Turn the page and begin answering the questions . . . . . . .

184

Appendix A-2. Dependent Variable Item.

1.

Bow old are you? . 2. What grade are you in?
a) 15 years old or younger. a) 9th (Freshman).

b) 16 years old. A b) 10th (Sophomore).
c) 17 years old. ‘ c) llth (Junior).

d) 18 years old. d) 12th (Senior).

e) 19 years old or older.

What is your sex?

a) Male.
b) Female.

The next seven questions (numbers 4-10) are about motorcycle ownership and riding experience
on-the-road.

The term:

10.

MOTORCYCLE as used here also includes the smaller machines such as motor-driven cycles,
motor scooters, mini-bikes, etc.

OWNERSHIP or OWN means either it is you.; legally or yours but someone else had to sign for it.
FAMILY means all people,other than yoursel:,who live in the same house.

Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcycle?

1) No one owns a motorcycle.

h) Someone else in the family (other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

c, I am the only one in the family who own: a motorcycle. ‘

d) I Own a motorcycle and so does another member of my family (two or more motorcycles in
the family). ,

Do any of your friends own a metorcycle?

a, No.
b) Yes.

Do you plan on buying or owning a motorcycle this year?

a) No.

b) Don't know.

c) Yes.

d) I already own one.

How many times have you been the drive; (operator) of a motorcycle on the road?

a) Never operated a motorcycle.
b) Once or twice.

c) Several times.

d) Many times .

Estimate the total number of miles you have driven (operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

a) Don't drive a motorcycle.
b) Less than 100 miles.

c) 100 - 1,500 miles.

d) 1,500 - 3,000 miles.

e) More than 3,000 miles.

How many times have you been a passenger on a motorcycle?

a) Never been a passenger.
b) Once or twice.

c) Several times.

d) Many times.

How much time do you spend working on motorcycles - yours or someone else's (mechanical
repairs, cleaning, etc.)?

a) None.

b) Less than one hour per week.

c) One - three hours per week.

d) Four - eight hours per week.

e) More than eight hours per week.

1 Continue to next page...

185

Appendix A-3. Dependent Variable Items-~Alternate Form.

1.

low old are you? 2. Nhat grade are you in?
a) 15 years old or yoUnger. . a) 9th (Freshman).

b) 16 years old. b) 10th (Sophomore).
c) 17 years old. c) llth (Junior).

d) 18 years old. d) 12th (Senior).

e) 19 years old or older.

What is your sex?

a) Male.
b) Female.

The next seven questions (numbers 4-10) are about motorcycle ownership and riding experience
on-the-road.

 

The term:

10.

MOTORCYCLE as used here also includes the smaller machines such as motor-driven cycles,
motor scooters, mini-bikes. etc.

OWNERSHIP or OwN means either it is yours legally or yours but someone else had to sign for it.
IAMILY means all people,other than you:self,who live in the same house.

 

 

Do you or does any member of your family - either now or sometime within the past two years -
own a motorcycle?

a) No one owns a motorcycle.

b) Someone also in the family (other than myself) owns a motorcycle.

c) I am the only one in the family who owns a motorcycle.

4) I own a motorcycle 229 so does anothex member of my family (two or more motorcycles in
the family). '

Do any of your friends own a motorcycle?

a) No.
D) Yes.

Do you plan on buying or owning a motorcycle this year?

a) No.

b) Don't know.

c) Yes.

d) I already own one.

How many times have you been the driver (operator) of a motorcycle on the road?

a) Never operated a motorcycle.
b) One or two times.

c) Three - ten times.

d) More than ten times.

Estimate the total number of miles you have driven (operated) a motorcycle on the road
during the past year.

a) Don't drive a motorcycle.

b) Less than 100 miles.

c) 100 - 1,500 miles.

d) 1,500 - 3,000 miles.

e) More than 3,000 miles. .

Now many times have you been a passenger on a motorcycle?

a) Never been a passenger.
b) One or two times.

c) Three - ten times.

d) More than ten times.

How much time do you spend working on motorcycles - yours or someone else‘s (mechanical
repairs, cleaning, etc.)?

a) None.

b) Less than one hour per week.

c) One - three hours per week.

6) Four - eight hours per week.

e) More than eight hours per week.

1 Continue to next page...

 

Appendix A—4.

11.

12.

1‘.

15 '.

18.

20.

22.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph and prepare to
enter a curve.

b) Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.

c) Construction area, slow down to
35 mph and use the right lane only.

d) Vehicles turning right must reduce
speed to 35 mph.

In making a left turn you should net:

a) Pull halfway into the intersection
and edge into cross traffic.

b) Signal before you arrive at the
intersection.

c) Slow down to a stop if traffic is
heavy.

d) Stay in one lane while turning.

After mounting the motorcycle you should:

a) Move the parking stand to the "park"
position.

b) Push the motorcycle out into an open
area before starting it.

c) Adjust the mirror(s) for a clear view
of.the road.

d) Check the chain and cables for proper
tension and lubrication.

As you enter a tunnel you should:

a) Move closer to the center of the road.
b) Increase your speed a bit.

c) Remove your sunglasses.

d) Turn off your headlight.

When carrying cargo it is always necessary

to:

a) Make sure it can move around slightlv.

b) Adjust the brake cables and clutch.

c) Place it as low as possible on the
motorcycle.

d) Add air to the tires.

When riding you should couLinually:

a) Apply the front and re1r brake to'
check them.

b) Check the road conditions far ahead.

c) Shift back and forth in your seat.

d) Sound your horn when near other
vehicles.

Before mounting your motorcycle you
should:

a) Move the parking stand to the "park"
position.

b) Push the motorcycle to a closed area
and park it.

c) Check for loose parts and tighten them.

d) Reduce the air pressure if carrying a
passenger.

Items--Test l.

186

13.

15.

l7.

19.

21.

23.

 

To help others see you at night, you
should:

a) Wear bright or light—colored clothing.
b) Keep your headlights on high beam.
c) Ride in the center of the roadway.
d) Move back and forth in your lane.

The tension on the front brake c-ble
should:

a) Only be checked by a mechanic.

b) Be checked before mounting the
motorcycle.

c) Not be adjusted by hand.

d) Not be as great as on the clutch cable.

When you ride a motorcycle during the day:

a) Turn your headlight on.

b) Use only hand signals instead of signal
lights.

c) You need not wear goggles.

d) Increase your following distance over
that used at night.

To help prevent eye strain while driving,
you should:

a) Drink coffee before you drive.

b) Wear a good faceshield or goggles.

c) Wear sunglasses to protect against
glare at night.

d) Keep your eyes focused at the middle
of the road.

Before going on a long trip, you need not:

a) Check the condition of your tires,

cables, and chain.

b) Identify the best routes to your
destination.

c) Try to do most of your driving during
the day. .

d) Plan to stop every hour for a rest.

If you are not familiar with a motorcycle
you should:

a) Check the operation of the front and
rear brakes.

b) Drive lO-lS mph below the speed limit.

c) Stay to the right side of the right-
hand lane.

d) Not use the front brake when stopping.

Continue to next page .

24.

26.

28.

30.

32.

34.

36.

187

Before starting the engine on a level
surface, it is most important to:

a) Be sure that the motorcycle is in
neutral. .

b) Check the brake and signal lights.

c) Check the tires and shock absorbers.

d) Raise the kickstand.

To help prevent fatigue you should: 27.

a) Maintain a safe constant speed.

b) Have a passenger with you on long
trips.

c) Wear good windproof clothing.

d) Grasp the handlebars firmly.

The best way to be prepared for 29.

emergencies is to:

a) Assume that others will do the
unexpected.

b) Avoid heavy traffic and stay on
side streets.

c) Drive slower than other traffic.

0) Keep your hand on the front brake.

A motorcycle may skid or fall over
when turning if:

31.

a) You downshift before you begin
to turn.
b) The kickstand falls down and hits
the ground.
c) You slow down slightly while turning.
d) The drive chain is too tight.

When riding a motorcycle you should: 33.

a) Ask the passenger to give hand
signals.

b) Ignore vehicles moving in the same
direction as you.

c) Drive in the center of your lane.

d) Assume that other drivers do not
see you.

When checking steering and suspension 35.
systems, you should check:

a) The tension of the brake and clutch
cables.

b) Rear and front footpegs.

c) For bent fork tubes.

d) The drive chain and sprockets.

When driving a motorcycle you must 37.

always:

a) Dress in dark-colored clothes.

b) Wear a helmet and eye protection.
c) Wear regulation motorcycle boots.
d) Dress in light-weight clothing.

When you check for lubrication on the
chain, do not:

a) Remove, clean, and oil the chain.
b) Apply oil with spout, spray, or
brush oiler.
c) Leave the motorcycle's engine running.
d) Adjust automatic chain oiler if present.

The condition of the headlights, taillights,
and brake lights should be checked:

a) Each time after you have started the
engine.

b) At night before the engine is started.

c) Only before long trips when new fuses
may be necessary.

d) Once a year as part of the state
inspection.

After starting your engine you should:

a) Return the kickstart lever and folding
pedal to storage position.

b) Close the throttle to prevent stalling.

c) Activate the choke as soon as you start
the engine.

d) Keep the throttle all the way open.

You should inSpect your wheel rims to see
if they need to be straightened:

a) Every time you ride.

b) Every 3,000 miles.

c) Once a year.

d) Only after riding on gravel roads.

You should check the condition of the
front brake cable:

a) Before starting the engine.

b) After every 500 miles of riding.
c) Once a month.

d) When the brakes are warm.

If your stoplight comes on before your
brakes begin to grab, you should:

a) Adjust the brake linkage and switch.

b) Tighten the clutch cable.

c) Move the rear wheel slightly back.

d) Apply the brakes quickly when stopping.

When coming to a toll booth, you should:

a) Get the change out of your pocket well
in advance.

b) Get the change out of your pocket only
while mOVing slowly.

c) Get the change out of your pocket only
after you have stepped.

d) Only use those booths that are used by
trucks.

Continue to next page . . .

38.

40.

42.

‘4.

46.

48.

50.

188

If you normally wear glasses: 39.

a) Do not use a tinted faceshield.‘

b) You should not wear them when you
drive a motorcycle.

c) You do not need to wear goggles
or a faceshield.

d) Make sure they fit properly with
your goggles or faceshield on. '

You should never ride: 41.

a) In a staggered formation.
b) Without a windshield.

c) Barefoot.

d) As fast as other vehicles.

One of the safety advantages you have 43.
when driving a motorcycle is:

a) You will be thrown clear in an
accident.

b) Motorcycles are easily seen by
other motorists.

c) You have fewer blindspots than
in a car.

d) Motorcycles can safely drive off
the road to avoid accidents.

In order to check your stop light 45.
you must:

a) Turn your Operating lights on.
b) Turn the engine off.

c) Engage the clutch.

d) Press the brake pedal or lever.

If you are tired and cannot stop 47.
to sleep, you should:

a) Drive at a constant speed.

b) Drive as fast as permitted.

c) Stop and rest at least every hour.
d) Drive as slow as possible.

Because of the skill and coordination 49.
required to operate a motorcycle, you
should not drive:

a) In cold weather.
b) In stop and go traffic.
c) On gravel roads.
d) After drinking.

If the carburetor is flooded when 51.
starting the engine, it will not
help to:

a) Open the throttle and hold it open.
b) Kick the starter more slowly.

c) Push the motorcycle while in gear.
d) Close the fuel valve.

When planning to ride on trails rather
than on highways:

a) Turn your headlight on high beam.

b) Check to see if you should change tires.

c) Ask your passenger to sit far back on
the seat.

d) Use high gear rather than low gear most
of the time.

Before mounting your motorcycle you should:

a) Adjust the mirror.

b) Set the gearshift lever.

c) Return the kickstart lever to storage
position.

d) Visually check the tires.

When driving on a bridge with a rectangular
metal grating, it is best to:

a) Pull up on the handlebars.

b) Drive in a gentle zig-zag pattern.

c) Keep your rear brake on while crossing.

d) Begin to slow down when you are on the
grating.

A safe motorcycle driver will:

a) Give the other driver the right-of-way.

h) Only use the right-hand traffic lane.

c) Not make right turns at busy inter-
sections.

d) Change lanes rather than change speeds.

When you put gas in your tank, you
should always:

a) Leave the motorcycle in gear.
b) Avoid overfillihg the tank.

c) Leave the engine on.

d) Use the same brand of gasoline.

If you can avoid it, you should not ride:

a) Around highway curves.

b) Over grease or oil Spots.

c) During hot or humid weather.
d) In cities or towns.

If the front brake lever pulls back
against the handgrip WlthOUt applying
the brake, you should:

a) Tighten the serews in the lever.

b) Adjust the brake cable.

c) Loosen the rear brake.

d) Oil the cable and the brake lever on
the handgrip.

Continue to next page . . .

Ziwwru.‘ =

 

III—e.-

52.

54.

58.

189

In a narrow two-way tunnel (or bridge),
you should: '

53.

a) Speed up for better control.

b) Keep to the right of the center.
c) Wear sunglasses.

d) Ride at the speed limit.

when you start a "kickstart" motorcycle, 55.

you should:

a) Turn the folding pedal of the kick-
starter lever "out."

b) Find the start of compression of the
stroke by pulling up on the lever.

o) Kick down gently on the lever to start
the engine.

d) Not touch the spark retard or com-
pression release.

If after you kick the starter, you do 57.

not hear the engine you should:

a) Close the fuel valve.

b) Put the motorcycle in gear and
engage the clutch.

c) Cheek the key and choke for proper
position.

d) Not try to kickstart it again.

Aftar starting the engine, you should not.

a) Check the tension of the clutch cable.
b) Check the angle of the headlights.

e) Let it idle for a long time.

4) Put the kickstarter back up.

End of the Test.

 

After you have moved the rear wheel to
adjust the chain, you should:

a) Tighten the axle and adjust the rear
brake.

b) Tighten the axle and adjust the clutch.

c) Adjust the Sprockets and connect the
brake light.

6) Adjust the rear shocks and tighten the
chain adjusters.

If you are having problems with your
suspension system, you may need to:

a) Add air to your front tire.
b) Use oversize tires.

c) Adjust your rear shocks.

d) Stay in first or second gear.

Every time you stop for gas, you should:

a) Check the oil level or add oil to the
gas tank.

b) Ask a mechanic to check the brake and
light system. ‘

c) Shift through all the gears to see if
repairs are needed.

d) Oil and tighten the brake and clutch
cables.

Go back and answer any questions you may have missed.

Appendix A-S.

11.

12.

14.

16.

18.

20.

190

Items--Test 2.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph and prepare.to
enter a curve.

b) Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.

c) Construction area, slow down to 35
mph and use the right lane only.

d) Vehicles turning right must reduce
speed to 35 mph. .

In 13.

a) Pull halfway into the intersection
and edge into cross traffic.

b) Signal before you arrive at the

intersection.

Slow down to a stop if traffic is

heavy.

Stay in one lane while turning.

making a left turn, you should not:

c)

d)

When there are obstruction: on either 15.
siie of your lane (cars, trees, etc.),

you should:
a) Ride

your
b) Ride

your
0) Ride

-lane.
d) Ride from one side
to the other.

closer to the left side of
lane.
closer to the
lane.

closer to the

right side of
center of your

of your lane

' V

You should tell your passenger to
hold onto:

a) Your shoulders or arms.
b) Your hips or waist.

c) The handlebars.

d) The seat behind him.

0

17.

When making a turn it is most important 19.

to:

a) Look to see if the turn can be made
safely.

b) Downshift as you start to turn.

c; Use both the front and the rear

brakes.

Put your foot down on the inside of

the turn.

d)

‘Whtn carrying a passenger you may have to: 21.

a) Adjust the rear shocks.

b) Let air out of the rear tire.

c) Use only the front brake to step safely.
d) Start in second gear instead of first.

 

When carrying packages on a motorcycle,
you should:

a) Use a carrier or saddlebag.

Try to strap the package to you.

c) Increase air pressure in the tires.
Place the package as high up as
possible.

When you drive into the left lane of a
4-lane highway to pass another vehicle,
you should usually:

a) Drive in the right wheel track.
Stay in the center of the lane.
c) Drive near the left wheel track.
d) Drive in a zig—zag manner.

When making a turn at slow speeds. you
should not:

a) Downshift during the turn.

b) Accelerate slightly to maintain
traction. ,

c) Decrease amount of lean before
desired heading is attained.

d) Put your foot down on the inside of
the turn.

If you have a passenger, you should
instruct him to:

a) Hang onto your shoulders or arms.

b) Put his feet down when you begin to
slow down.

c) Lean forward as you accelerate and
backward as you slow down.

d) Drag his feet if necessary to help
balance the motorcycle.

If the vehicle in front of you suddenly
stops, the safest thing to do is:

a) Slide your motorcycle to a stop and
jump off.

b) Slow down and take evasive

c) Brake hard and try to stay
the vehicle.

d) Continue at the same Speed and try
to drive around the vehicle.

action.
behind

fl-,a.'..- L- ,...|...i.‘
yvueauuu. LU Ai‘.-AL yuxjp s 0 C

22.

24.

26.

28.

30.

32.

34.

191

For the best turns the passenger should: 23.

a) Lean in the opposite direction of the
driver.

b) Lean in the same direction as the
driver.

c) Sit up straight and try not to lean.

d) Lean slightly forward. .

When making sharp turns at high speeds:

a) Apply brakes before the turn.

b) Do not downshift before the turn.

c) Lean the motorcycle more if you are
on a slippery surface.

d) Never speed up while in the turn.

Any passenger you carry must: 27.

a) Give handsignals when you stop or turn.
b) Use the front footpegs.

c) Straddle the seat.

d) Hold onto your shoulders.

hncn you have a passenger on your 29.

motorcycle, he should:

a) Use the front set of footpegs.

b) Not interfere with the balance
controls.

c) Lean the opposite way as you do when
making a turn.

d) Know how to operate the motorcycle.

or the

Packages or luggage: 31.

a) Should not be carried on a motorcycle.

b) Do not affect the balance of the motor-
cycle.

c) Should be checked from time to time to
make sure they are secure.

d) Should be attached to the handlebars
or fuel tank so you can watch them.

A passenger should mount the motorcycle: 33-

a) Before you check and adjust the brake
cables.

b) Before you start the engine.

c) After you start the engine.

d) After the motorcycle has started in
motion.

Weaving in and out of traffic is: 35.

a) A good way to make time.

b) A dangerous manaqur.

c) An advantage of driving a motorcycle.
d) Permitted if prepcr Signals are given.

When the vehicle ahead of you indicates
he is going to turn, you should first:

a) Slow down and steer around him.

b) Stop until he is completely finished.

c) Look to see if his turn can be made
safely.

d) Speed up to pass him as soon as
possible.

The best way to steer a motorcycle is
to have:

a) One hand on the throttle,
free to Operate controls.

b) One hand on the left handgrip,
other free to operate controls.

c) One hand on the throttle, the cther
on the left handgrip.

d) One hand on the throttle, the other
near the center of the left handlebar.

the other

the

When driving on wet or icy roads, you
should:

a) Increase your following distance.

b) Change speed often in order to ensure
traction.

c) Use the clutch as much as poss.ble.

d) Ride closer to the center of the-road.

To be prepared for changes in the speed
of the vehicle you are following, you
should:

a) Watch the vehicles in front of him.

b) Change your speed often in order to
get a better view of the lead vehicle.

c) Ride close enough to him to watch his
action.

d) Ride close to the left lane line.

If the gearshift lever is stuck in gear,
it usually will not help if you.

a) Rock the motorcycle back and forth.
b) Shut off the engine.

c) Try to Spin the gears.

d) "Punch" the lever firmly.

To steer the motorcycle you shoult:

a) Shift your weight to the right when
making a left turn.

b) Make small steering corrections by
putting pressure on the handlebirs.

c) Turn the handlebars more shirply the
faster you are going.

d) Hold the handlebars loosely at
times.

all

When driving in the right-hand lane on a
4-lane road, you should usually ride:

a) In the center of the lane.

b) In the left wheel track.

c) On the line diViding the lanes.
d) In a slight zig-zug pattern.

Continue to next page . . .

36.

38.

40.

42.

44.

46.

192

When starting a motorcycle moving: 37.

a) Put your feet on the footpegs, opbn
the throttle, and release the front
brake and clutch.

b) Release the front brake and clutch,
put your feet on the footpegs. and
open the throttle. .

c) Open the throttle and put your feet
on the footpegs. then release the
front brake and clutch.

d) Open the throttle, release the front
brake and clutch, and put your feet
on the footpegs.

To make an emergency downshift: 39.

a) Hit both brakes hard until you slow
down enough to shift into first gear.

b) Shift at any speed but do so very
carefully and slowly.

c) Shift through each gear as the motor-
:ycle slows down.

d) Shift into neutral and then into any
gear you wish.

To raintain the correct position in the 41.

right-hand lane, you should generally:

a) Look ahead to the left wheel track
of the lane.

b) Move to the left when there is
oncoming traffic.

c) Drive to the far right when going
around a curve.

d) Keep your eyes on the side of the
road.

If your motorcycle starts to slide when 43.

you are making a slow turn, be ready to:

a) Apply sharp jabs on the front brake.

b) Shift into a lower gear.

0) Lean forward to put more weight on
the front wheel.

d) Put your foot down on the inside of
the turn.

You may carry a passenger on your motor-
cycle only if:

45.

a) The passenger has a motorcycle
license.

b) You have been driving a motorcycle
for one season or more.

c) You have insurance.

d) Your motorcycle is equipped for
carrying a passenger.

You should tell your passenger to: 47.

a) Get on the motorcycle before you
start the engine.

b) Hold onto your shoulders while riding.

0) Lean with the motorcycle to help
control iti

d) Change position often to kevp from
getting stiff.

When making a sharp turn, you should be
ready to:

a) Apply the front brake firmly.

b) Put both feet out to the side.

c) Put down the foot which is on the
inside of the turn.

d) Put down the foot which is on the
outside of the turn.

If you are going up a hill and will be
stopping, you should:

a) Downshift into second gear after you
have come to a stop.

b) Downshift into first gear just before
you come to a stcp.

c) Shift into neutral just before you
come to a step.

d) Stay in high gear until you have stopped.

You should tell your passenger to:

a) Stay tense and be ready for danger.

b) Put his hands in his pockets if they
get cold.

c) Get comfortable and signal when ready.

d) Use his feet to help balance the
motorcycle.

For good steering control you should:

a) Grasp the handlebars firmly.

b) Lean heavily into the handlebars.

c) Steer mostly by shifting your weight
up and down.

d) Hold loosely onto the ends of the
handgrips.

It is least important for your passenger
to wear a:

a) Helmet.

b) Faceshield or goggles.
c) Wind-proof jacket.

d) Heavy scarf.

When driving a motorcycle you should not
ride in the:

a) Left part of the lane when folloving a
car or truck.

b) Same lane and alongside another motor-
cycle.

C) Right-hand lane unless you are going
5-10 mph slower than the Speed limit.

d) Same lane and alongside a car or truck.

Continue to next page . . .

O8.

50.

5‘.

56.

58.

You should not carry passengers after you

193

49.

have just learned to ride because:.

a)
b)
e)

d)

Large following distances are more

The motorcycle will handle differently.
More fuel will be used.

The added weight will decrease the
stopping distance.

YOJ must have a year of experience
before it is legal.

51.

important for motorcycles than for
cars because:

a)
b)

o)
d)

Generally your speed should be determined
by:

s)
b)

C)
d)

:0

Motorcycles cannot stop as quickly.
It is easier to overbrake and lose
control.

Vision is more restricted.

Less attention is required to operate
the motorcycle.

53.

The
the
The
The
The

speed of the fastest vehicle on
road.
speed
speed

power

of the vehicle ahead of you.
of the vehicle behind you.
of your engine.

straighten the motorcycle after a 55.

turn, you should:

a)
b)

e)
d)

'To
a)

b)
c)

d)

When shifting from first to second gear

on

Take both feet off the footpegs.
Lean sharply into the opposite
direction.

Adjust pressure on the handlebar.
Sit up straight and turn the
handlebar sharply.

turn your motorcycle to the right: 57.

Lean your body but not the motorcycle
to the right.

Lean more sharply than needed to turn.
Lean your body to the right with the
motorcycle.

Raise your left foot from the footpeg.

59.
a motorcycle with an automatic clutch,

you should:

a)
b)
c)

d)

Open the throttle halfway and shift
into second gear.

Close the throttle and toe the lever
into second gear.

Apply the rear brake and gently toe
the lever into second gear.
Disengage the clutch and shift into
second gear.

End of the Test.

 

'a)

When you pass oncoming traffic on a
2-lane road, you should:

Keep your eyes focused straight ahead.’
Turn on the lights and blow the horn.
Prepare to move to the right side of
your lane.

Steer in a zig-zag fashion.

a)
b)
C)

d)

When waiting to enter traffic and before
shifting from neutral to first.gear, you
should:

Keep your feet on the footpegs.

Lean the motorcycle to one side.

Hold the motorcycle from rolling with
the front brake.

Keep the throttle at least halfway

open.

a)
b)
c)

d)

When starting a motorcycle in motion,
you should:

a) Keep both feet off the footpegs.
b) Hold your motorcycle straight up
with your foot.

been slightly to the right.

Lean left and righ t until you
gain momentum.

c)
d)

If you are carrying heavy packages

at night and notice that oncoming
vehicles are blinking their headlights,
you should:

s) Stop and check the height of your
headlights.

b) Put your headlight on high beam and

continue.

Move onto the shoulder and continue

driving there until you find out

what is wrong.

Check your speed and adjust it if

necessary.

c)

d)

When you make a turn with your motorcycle:

Extend the leg on the side from which
the turn is made.

Adjust pressure on the handlebars as
necessary.

Try to keep the motorcycle as vertical
as possible.

Lean forward between the handlebars.

a)
b)
c)

d)

If you are starting into motion with an
automatic Clutch:

Open the throttle almost all the way.
Hold the motorcycle vertical with
your braking foot.

Start in second gear.

Let up on the brake lever quickly.

b)

c)
d)

Go back and answer any questions you may have missed.

Appendix A—6.

11.

12.

14.

16.

18.

20.

22.

194

Items-~Test 3.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph and prepare to
enter a curve.

b) Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.

c) Construction area, slow down to 35
mph and use the right lane only.

d) Vehicle turning right must reduce
speed to 35 mph.

In making a left turn, you should £95: 13.

a) Pull halfway into the intersection
and edge into cross traffic.

b) Signal before you arrive at the
intersection.

c) Slow down to a stop if traffic is
heavy.

6) Stay in one lane while turning.

When going very slow, you should: 15.

a) Shift into the highest gear and
press the clutch lever.

b) Close the throttle and shift into

neutral.

c) Avoid using the front brake.

d) Be,ready to put your feet down for
balance.

if yOUr rear wheel begins to skid: 17.

a) Maintain or reduce the power to the
rear wheel.

b) Put your feet on the footpegs.

c) Pump the front brake.

6) Hold the front wheel as straight
as possible.

When slowing down you should:

a) Shift to neutral as soon as possible.
b) Not lean more than the motorcycle.

c) Take both feet off the footpegs and
hold them near the ground.

Pump the rear and then the front
brake until you stop.

19.

d)

{nu are most likely to skid when riding: 21.

a) Up a hill on a sand or gravel road.

b) On a gravel road with a passenger.

c) Around curves and turns at low Speeds.
6) Down a hill if you downshift.

In order to avoid skids on wet or 23.

slippery roads, you should:

a) Reduce the air pressure in the tires.
b) Put more pressunacxlthe front wheel.
c) Start in third gear rather than first.
d) Change your speed and directnxislowly.

 

 

If your rear wheel begins to skid when
coming to a stop, you should first:

a) Signal to the vehicle behind.

b) Increase pressure on the rear brake.
c) Release the front brake.

d) Shift to lower gear.

When slowing down for a stop, you must:

a) Use extreme care when applying the
front brake.
b) Rotate the throttle to the open position.
c) Shift to a lower gear before applying
the brakes.
d) Depress the brake pedal firmly.

The distance it takes to safely stop a
motorcycle depends most on the:

a) Weight of the driver.
b) Age of the motorcycle.
c) Size of the tires.

d) Condition of the road.

The least important thing to carry with
you on your motorcycle is:

a) A small tool kit.
b) A first aid kit.
c) A master link.
d) An extra chain.

 

When braking to a normal stop, you
generally should apply:

a) The rear brake only.

b) The front brake only.

c) Both the front and rear brakes at
same time.

d) The front brake only and shift to a
lower gear.

the

If your brakes fail and you must make a
panic stop you should:

a) Throw the motorcycle into a slide by
turning sharply away from the road.

b) Place the motorcycle in lower gear and
lift up on the handlebars.

c) Shift into higher gear and use the clutch
as a brake. .

d) Stand on the footpegs to put weight on
the front wheel and then shift to the
next lowest gear.

Continue to next page . . .

2‘.

26.

30.

32.

3‘.

195

When making a rapid or emergency stop, 25.
you should: °

a) Shift your weight forward.

b) hold the handlebars loosely.

c) Grasp the fuel tank with your knees.
d) Apply the front brake only.

If a tire blows out while driving, 27.
you should:

a) Balance the motorcycle by shifting
your weight.

b) Apply the brakes to stop quickly.

c) Use hand signals to warn other drivers.

d) Attempt to maintain the same speed.

When downshifting before coming to a 29.
stop, you should:

a) selease the clutch between gearshifts.

’ Hold the clutch disengaged after
teaching first gear.

c) have,the shift lever before squeezing
the clutch.

d) Shift to neutral before coming to a
complete stop.

When your motorcycle is disabled on the 31.
shoulder of a freeway, do not:

a) Get it completely off the road.

b) Push it along the shoulder to an exit.

c) Tie a white cloth to the handlebars.

d) Get off the motorcycle and stand back
from the road.

If your rear wheel begins to skid when 33.
making a rapid stop, you should:

3) Apply more pressure on the front
brake and less on the rear brake.

b) Release both brakes and press the
clutch lever.

c) Open the throttle, release both
brakes and lean left or right.

d) Balance the motorcycle by steering
with the front wheel.

When starting a motorcycle in motion 35.
on snow or ice, you should:

a) Place the transmission in second
gear.

b) Balance the motorcycle with your
feet.

c) Release the clutch quickly.

d) Place all your weight towards the
front.

If the throttle is stuck open and there
is no traffic on the road ahead:

a) Quickly flop the motorcycle on its
side.

b) Control your speed with the brakes
and clutch.

c) Shift quickly to the lowest gear.

d) Drive immediately off the roadway.

To jump-start the engine on a downgrade,
you should:

a) Shift from neutral to first when you
pick up speed.

b) Shift into neutral and let the motor-
cycle begin to roll.

c) Shift into first gear and let the
motorcycle begin to roll.

d) Shift into second gear and let the
motorcycle begin to roll.

If the throttle is stuck open and the
road is clear you should first:

a) Apply both brakes and turn off the
engine.

b) Run the motorcycle off the road.

c) Shift into neutral.

d) Try to shap the throttle open and
shut.

When making an emergency stop on a dry
road, you should apply the:

a) Front brake only.

b) Rear brake only.

c) Front and rear brakes together.
d) Front and then rear brake.

If your motorcycle is not operating
smoothly, you should:

a) Avoid using the front brake.

b) Loosen your grip on the handlebars.

c) Shift to a lower gear.

d) Drive off the road as soon as you
find a safe place.

If your rear wheel is skidding, you
should:

a) Steer in the direction of the skid.

b) Sit very still and not shift your
weight.

c) Lean your body more than the motor-
cycle.

d) Apply the front brake lightly.

COfltlflUC to next page . . .

H

36.

38.

40.

42.

44.

‘6.

48.

196

order to avoid skids you should: 37-

a) Not drive in high gear.

Enter turns at slow speeds.

Ride near the center of the lane.

Put oversized tires on the motorcycle.

)

your brakes fail, you should:

a) Open the throttle.

Shift your motorcycle into neutral.
Drag your feet to slow you down.
Turn off the engine.

39.

If your front wheel begins to skid,
you should:

a) Not apply the rear brake.
b) Release the front brake.
c) Shift to a lower gear.
6) Press the clutch lever.

41.

when your motorcycle is almost stOpped: 43.

s) Put your gearshift feet down to
balance the motorcycle.

b) Press the clutch and open the thrott.t.

c) Shift into second gear.

d) Use your brake foot to balance the
motorcycle.

If you want to stop after recovering 45.

from a rear wheel skid, you should:

Apply the front brake only.
Apply both brakes again.

Coast to a stop without the use
of brakes.

Close the throttle and press the
clutch lever.

a)
b)
c)

d)

If your front wheel begins LU skid, 47.

you should:
a)

b)

Shift to neutral and pump the rear
brake.

Sit very still and not shift your
weight. - '

Turn into the skid.

Apply the front brake lightly.

c)
d)

when you are driving on the highway:

a) Vary your speed to break the monotony.
b) Try not to vary the amount the throttle
is opened.
c) Maintain the Speed of traffic flow.
d) Keep your wrists well above the handgrips.

49.

When making an emergency stop on a
slippery road or on loose gravel,
you should:

a) Apply the rear brake only.

b) Use the front and rear brakes
together.

Apply the front brake when the rear
wheel begins to slide.

Use the throttle and clutch and avoid
using the brake.

c)
d)

The first thing you should do if the
throttle sticks in heavy traffic is to:

 

a) Turn off the engine.

b) Apply both brakes firmly.

c) Pull the clutch lever.

d) Slide the motorcycle to the ground.

If the drive chain begins slipping or
clanking:

Hold the handlebars loosely.

Disengage the clutch as soon as
possible. -

c) Slow down and jump off the motorcycle.
d) Close the throttle and shift to a
lower gear.

a)
b)

After starting en a slippery road, you
should: '

a) Shift to a higher gear when the road
surface permits.

Regulate your speed by using the
clutch instead of the throttle.

Use the front brake to control your
speed.

Lean the motorcycle to the right.

b)
c)

d)

When driving on a slippery road:

a) Lean the motorcycle more than usual
when starting in motion.

b) Keep your feet off the footpegs.

c) Use the rear brake to get a feel for

the road.

Use both the front and rear brakes

for slowing or stopping.

d)

When you are carrying a passenger:

a) You will need more distance to slow
down and stop.

The motorcycle will speed up faster.
The motorcycle will be more stable
at slow speeds.

You should let him help you balance
the motorcycle.

b)
C)

d)

If your motorcycle stalls when going up
a hill. you should:

a) Hold it from rolling with the front
brake.

b) Hold it from rolling with the rear
brake.

c) Hold if from rolling with the front
and rear brakes.

d) Hold if from rolling with your feet.

Continue to next page

us:

197

When making a rapid stop you should 51- If you are slowing down a little too

apply the: fast, you should:

a) Rear brake firmly and then the front a)’Release both brakes at the same time.
brake just short of sliding the front b) Release pressure on the front brake
wheel. and ease up on the rear brake.

b) Rear brake and then the front brake c) Release the front brake, keeping the
firmly and increase pressure on both. same pressure on the rear brake and

c) hear brake firmly then downshift and Open the throttle slightly.
avoid using the front brake. d) Release the rear brake and pump the

d) Rear brake gently then press the clutch front brake.

lever and apply the front brake.

"hen in a skid you should use your brakes: 53. You will most likely skid if you:

 

 

 

a) After feeling you have control of the a) Speed up slightly when going around
motorcycle. a curve.

b) Just as the motorcycle starts to skid. b) Downshift before applying your brakes.

c) In a series of quick, hard jabs on a c) Make short steps or brake hard.
Vet road. d) Slow down before riding on a metal

d) In order to help you regain steering grating.
control.

If your motorcycle appears to be on fire 55. After placing your motorcycle in gear

while you are riding, you should: when starting on a hill, you should:

a) Drive quickly to the nearest fire a) Keep the motorcycle from rolling with _"w
szation. the front brake. '

b) Szop where you are on the road and b) Release the rear brake, then the front
run for cover. brake.

o) ieave,the engine on and drop the c) Open the throttle and release the
motorcycle on its side. clutch slowly.

3) heave the road, stop the engine, and d) Balance the motorcycle with the rear
get off. ‘ brake foot.

when moving at a very slow speed on a 57. If your motorcycle stalls when going up

motorcycle with an automatic clutch, a hill, you should:

you should: a) Shift into high gear, then press the

a) ?lace your right hand on the brake clutch lever and then kickstart the
Jever. engine.

h) Keep the throttle closed. b) Close the fuel valve, then start the

c) (Zontrol your speed with the throttle engine and then use the throttle to
car rear brake. increase the engine speed.

d; l‘eep both feet on the footpegs. c) Kickstart the engine, then shift into

first gear and then use the throttle
to increase the engine speed.

d) Kickstart the engine, then use the
throttle to increase the engine speed
and then shift into second gear.

If‘you are running low on fuel: 59. When jump-starting your motorcycle,
you should: .
3) Increase your speed.
b) ‘Turn the fuel Valve to reserve. a) Keep the motorcycle in high gear.
¢:) Shift into neutral and coast. b) Open and regulate the throttle until
vfl) Stop Often in order to save gas. the engine develops power.

c) Close your fuel valve until the engine
turns over.
d) Turn your lights on.

You should not ride with your wrists above

the handgrips. because: End of the Test.

a) You will not be able to steer as well. Co back and answer an t'
' . .. l , y ques ions you
b) thggttlzould cause you to Opun tne may have missed.
c) It.tnay cause you to exceed the Speed
limit.

d) It 89111 be difficult to reach the
clutch and brake levers.

U!

Appendix A-7.

ll.

12.

II.

16.

I»)
l

198

Items--Test 4.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph.and prepare to
enter a curve. °

b) Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.

c) Construction area, slow down to 35

mph and use the right lane only.

Vehicles turning right must reduce

speed to 35 mph.

d)

In 13.

a) Pull halfway into the intersection

and edge into cross traffic.

Signal before you arrive at the

intersection.

c) Slow down to a stop if traffic is
heavy.

6) Stay in one lane while turning.

making a left turn, you should not:

b)

xau should be most careful on wet roads: 15.

0) Right after a rainstorm.

b) After several days of rain.
c) When it first starts raining.
d) During a summer rain.

If you come to an area where sand is 17.

covering the road, you should:

a) Slow down before getting to the area.

b) Rest your foot on top of the chain
guard.

Stop and push the motorcycle through
the sand.

Lower your body close to the motorcycle.

c)

d)

If you come to bumps in the road, you 19.

should:

a) Be prepared.for more bumps ahead.

b) Stop and walk your motorcycle.

c) Accelerate as you go over the bumps.
0) Hold the handlebars loosely.

If you think there may be stones or 21.

other objects in the read, you should:

Move onto the shoulder and slow down.
Drive Close behind a larger vehicle
for protection.

Move close to the shoulder in case
you have to stOp.

Slow down and prepare to stop or
steer around them.

a)
b)

c)

d)

 

 

When you are riding on a rough surface:

a) Steer in a zig-zag manner.

b) Slow down.

c) Keep your feet off the footpegs.
6) Ride in the left lane.

If you must drive through an oil—soaked
area of the road, you should:

a) Move forward on your seat.

b) Slow down and avoid leaning the
motorcycle.

c) Lean the motorcycle instead :f
turning the wheel.

d) Speed up before coming to the area
and then close the throttle.

To return to the road after accidentally
dropping off of the paverent onto the
shoulder, you should:

a) Speed up and turn sharply when getting

back onto the road.

Slow down and turn sharply when getting

back onto the road.

c) Speed up and gradually cross from the
shoulder to the road.

d) Slow down and gradually cross from the
shoulder to the road.

b)

After driving through deep water you should:

a) Downshift and then open the throttle.

b) Not apply the front brake for the next
several miles.

c) Put on both brakes lightly and open the
throttle.

d) Ride in a zig—zag pattern to dry the
tires.

When starting your motorcycle on ice,
you should:

a) Release the clutch quickly for better
traction.

b) Start in first gear if your wheel Spins
in second gear.

c) Keep your feet down and accelerate
slowly.

d) Apply more pressure to the front wheel.

Continue to next page . . .

22.

24.

26.

23.

3‘0

199

When you have trouble.seeing because of 23.

rain, snow, fog, sun, etc., you should:

a) follow a larger vehicle more closely.

b) Be very careful because other vehicles
may not see you.

c) Put on your bright lights and move
from side to side. .

d) Go 10-15 mph slower than the other
Vehicles.

When approaching loose gravel or dirt, 25.

it is best to:

a) Slow down.

Speed up slightly.

c) Shift to a higher gear.
d) Lean forward.

When driving a motorcycle rather than 27.

a car, it is more important to:

a) Know the rules of the road.

b) Keep a safe following distance.
c) Watch for objects on the road.
d) Adjust the mirrors carefully.

When riding or turning on gravel or 29.

brick roads, you should:

' a) Use the front brake with caution.

b) Speed up slightly before beginning

to turn.

c) Lean the motorcycle less than your
body when turning.

d) Have more air pressure in the rear

tire.
O
31.

When driving on a gravel or brick
road, you should:

a) Increase the distance between you

and the other vehicles.

Use the clutch to control your

speed.

c) Drive with the throttle all the
way Open in a lower gear.

d) Ride with a slight zig-zag motion.

b)

When you want to slow down on water, 33.

ice, snow or sand, you should:

a) Pump the front brake first and then
apply the rear brake.

b) Pump the rear brake and then apply
the front brake.

c) Shift to neutral and not apply the
brakes.

d) Apply both brakes firmly at the
same time.

. b)

After heavy rains you should:

a) Avoid downshifting if possible.

Not use the brakes to slow down.

c) Watch for large puddles on the road.

d) Lean your body instead of turning the
front wheel.

When your tires are wet:

a) Speed up slightly.

b) Increase your following distance from
other vehicles.

c) Take both feet off the footpegs and
keep them just above the water.

d) Open the throttle but be ready to use
the brakes.

When your vision is reduced by fog or
rain, it may help to:

a) Turn on your high beam headlight.

b) Speed up to gain better traction.

c) Not worry about the pavement warnings.
d) Stop and clean your eye protection.

When coming to an intersection covered
with ice or snow, you should:

a) Press the clutch lever before the
intersection and keep it pressed in.
Reduce your speed before getting to
the intersection.
c) Turn on your bright lights and blow
your horn.
6) Stop and ask your passenger to get
off before getting to the intersection.

If you are becoming bogged down in send,
you should:

a) Try to move at an angle rather than
straight.

b) Keep the throttle open to have steering
control.

c) Press and release the clutch lever to
gain traction.

d) Stand up on the foot pegs and lean
forward.

When driving through deep snow you should:

a) Keep the motorcycle in high gear.

b) Keep moving at a constant speed.

c) Close the throttle and keep the clutch
lever pressed in.

d) Press down on the handlebars.

Continue to next page . . .

34.

38-

40.

42.

44.

46.

200

When driving in extremely cold weather, 35-

you should: .

a) Drive faster than usual.

b) Wear dark-colored clothing.

c) Use a pivoted faceshield.

6) Follow close behind other vehicles.

When it is very windy you should: 37.

a) Hold the handlegrips lightly.

b) Drive at a slower speed.

c) Shift to a higher gear and use
less throttle.

d) Stay near the inside of the curves.

If you see a pothole ahead, you 39.

should first:

a) Slow down.

h} Swerve to the left or right.
r) Stop immediately.

d) Put on your turn signals.

When stopping on ice you should: 41.

a) Press the clutch and front brake
at the same time.

b) Pump the rear brake.

c) Firmly apply the front brake.

d) Shift to neutral.

If you see a road sign indicating a 43.

bumpy road ahead:

a) Stand up on the footpegs to get
ready for the bumps.

b) Pull off the road and turn around.

c) Ride on the shoulder until you pass
the bumps.

d) Slow down in advance of the bumpy
area.

When driving your motorcycle on a road 45.
where there is only a narrow, soft

shoulder:

a) Keep in the left lane.

b) Pay more attention to the traffic
and road ahead.

c) Speed up to get off the read more
quickly.

d) Brake hard when stopping to avoid a
loss of traction.

When you are riding on a bumpy road, 47.

yo: should:

a) Keep the brakes on until you are
over the bumps.

b) Place more of your weight on the
footpegs.

c) Keep both feet down for balanCe.

d) Ride on the shoulder or in the
median.

When driving on a wet or slippery road,
it is best to:

a) Put more weight on the front wheel.

b) Reduce your tire pressure.

c) Avoid pavement markings or metal
surfaces.

d) Lean the motorcycle more than usual
when turning.

The lost slippery place to ride on a wet
road is:

a) The right wheel track.

b) The center of the lane.

c) The left wheel track.

d) Near the shoulder or the curb.

When you are trying to get through deep
snow:

e) Shift to a higher gear after entering
the snow.

b) Stop and start often to get traztion.

c) Shift your weight to the rear wheel.

d) Don't use your feet for balan.e.

If you are about to drive over a pothole,
you should:

a) Swerve sharply to avoid it.

b) Lean forward in your seat.

c) Put your weight on the footpegs and
open the throttle slightly.

d) Put both feet out in case you begin
to fall to one side.

TO

a) Close the throttle to slow down.

b) Apply the rear and then the front brake
'firnly.

c) Steer in a zig-zag motion to keep balance.

d) Maintain your Speed and sit back on the
motorcycle.

recover from hydroplaning you should:

order to Slow down safely on the shoulder
the road, you Should:

In
of

a) Use pressure on both brakes.

b) Drag your feet on the ground.

c) Close the throttle gradually.

d) Apply the brakes and lean the motor-
cycle away from the road.

If you are stuck on the road and a vehicle
is rapidly approaching, you should:

a) Push the motorcycle to the side of the

road.

b) Place the motorcycle on its parking
stand and turn on the lights.

c) Stand behind the motorcycle and direct
other vehicles around.

d) Leave the motorcycle where it is and

get off the road.

Continue to next page . . .

48.

50.

52.

56.

58.

60.

201

When you are going slowly over an icy 49.

patch on the road: -

a) Apply the rear brake lightly.

b) Be ready to put your feet down for
balance.

c) Turn the front wheel slightly to
one side.

d) Downshift as you are going over '
the ice. .

If you see an object in the middle of
your lane, it is best to:

a) Move into the lane used by oncoming
traffic.

b) Drive onto the shoulder.

c) Slow down and avoid running over it.

d) Stop and remove it from the road.

When driving on a road covered with 53.

water, snow, or sand, you should:

a) Drive closer to the center line of
the road.

b) Follow other
than usual.

c) Use-your front brake only.

d) Drive slower than usual.

vehicles more closely

If you have trouble seeing because of 55.

fog, rain, or sun, you should drive:

I) In the lane that keeps you away
from other traffic.

b) On the line separating the two lanes
so that you can go into either.

0) In s sig-zag pattern in Order to be
sash.

4) At the posted speed limit.

In order to keep your balance when 57.

turning on a gravel road, you should:

a) Increase your Speed before the turn.

b) Use the front brake frequently.

c) Lean the motorcycle instead of
turning the wheel.

d) Maintain or slightly increase your
speed when in the turn.

If you need more traction on wet and 59.

slippery roads:

a) Shift your weight to the front wheel.

b) Slow down and shift to a lower gear.

c) Stand up on the footpegs.

d) Lean the motorcycle so that the sides
of the tires grip the road.

If you cannot get your motorcycle
started in motion on snow or ice:

a) Spin the rear wheel until you get
traction.

b) Turn the front wheel to the right.

c) Shift your weight to the rear wheel
and push with your feet.

d) Push the motorcycle in gear and
jump on when it starts moving.

In order to see better when it is raining,
you can:

a) Put on a pair of sunglasses.

b) Drive at a faster speed.

c) Follow close to a larger vehicle.

d) Look over the top of your windshield.

If your motorcycle gets stuck in deep snow,
you may have to:

a) Shift to a higher gear and speed up.

b) Bounce on the motorcycle to get more
traction.

c) Open the throttle slightly and steer
in a zig-zag motion.

d) Get off and lift the motorcycle out of
the drift.

If you are driving on a dirt, gravel, or
brick road surface:

a) Pump the brakes in order to stop.

b) Apply the rear brake first the' the
front brake.
c) Keep the rear brake on when ’riiing

through a turn.
d) Do not lean your body or the motor-
cycle when turning.

When riding on gravel or other loose
road material, it is most important
to 229.12:

a) Using hand signals.
b) Changing lanes.

c) Downshifting.

d) Making sharp turns.

If your motorcycle becomes stuck in sand,
you should:

a) Slide your weight back onto the rear
wheel.

b) Apply great pressure on the handlebars.

c) Not remove your feet from the footpegs.

d) Turn the front wheel to either side.

When you come to a building or hill
along the road during a strong cross wind:

a) Pull up on the handgrip closest to the
building or hill and lean backward.

b) Hold the handgrips tightly and speed up
slightly.

c) Be ready to shift your weight to keep
your balance.

d) Downshift and apply the rear brake
lightly.

End of the Test.

 

Go back and answer any questions you
may have missed.

Appendix A-8.

ll.

12.

14.

u.

18.

20.

202

Items—~Test 5.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph and prepare to
enter a curve.

Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.
Construction area, slow down to 35
mph and use the right lane only.
Vehicles turning right must reduce
speed to 35 mph.

b)
c)

d)

In making a left turn. you should not: 13.

a)

b)

Pull halfway into the intersection
and edge into cross traffic.
Signal before you arrive at the
intersection.

Slow down to a stop if traffic is
heavy.

Stay in one lane while turning.

e)

d)

When driving at night your top speed 15.

should be determined by the:

a) Posted speed limit.

b) Age and condition of your motorcycle.

c) Speed of the vehicles in front of
you.

d) Distance your headlights light up.

When riding a motorcycle in the city, 17.

you thould:

a) Not pace your speed to the traffic
lights.

b) Change your speed every few minutes

so as not to stall.

Stay in the lane which offers the

best movement and vision.

Take advantage of your motorcycle

and weave in and out of traffic.

c)

d)

At 19.

a)

b)

night you should:

Pass vehicles more quickly than
during the day.
Follow vehicles
during the day.
Allow more time
the day.

Drive closer to the center of the
road than during the day.

more closely than

c) to stop than during

d)

If you are being followed at night by 21.

a car with bright lights, you should not:

a) Pull over to the right part of the

lane. .

b) Flick your own headlight from high to
low beam.

c) Gradually slow down and let the car

pass you.
Pull off the road when safe and
the car pass you.

d) let

 

When driving where there are many people,
you should avoid distractions from:

a)
b)

People crossing the street.

Other vehicles pulling out or turning
in front of you.

Store signs and displays.

Traffic signs or signals.

C)
d)

When driving on city streets you should:

Ride between two lanes of traffic.
Maintain an even pace with other
traffic.

Change lanes if a space opens up.
Stay close to the right curb.

a)
b)

e)
d)

A special danger of city rather than
country driving is:

a)'Vehicles coming out
parking spaces.

b) Animals crossing the road.

c) High speed traffic.

d) Poor driving conditions su-1 as gravel

and sand roads.

from alleys and

When entering or leaving a freeway. you
should:

a) Stop before merging with other traffic.

b) Downshift to second gear ari open the
throttle all the way.

c) Check for loose material en the ramp.

d) Hit the brakes several tim s to alert
the vehicles around you.

If someone is following verv close behind
you, you should:

a) Speed up in order to lose them.

b) Slow down gradually and let them pass.

c) Hit the brakes to warn them that they
are too close.

d) Continue to drive at the legal Speed
limit.

Continue to next page . . .

22. Nhen driving on country roads you should

2‘.

26.

30.

32.

be prepared for:

a) Many unmarked intersections.
b) Few curves or sharp turns.
c) Fast moving farm vehicles.
d) Good road surfaces.

When riding with other motorcycles,
there should never be:

a) Two motorcycles side by side.

b) More than two motorcycles side
by side.

c) More than three motorcycles
side by side.

d) More than four motorcycles
side by side.

When driving witn other motorcycles
you should not:

a) Drive at a steady speed at or
kelow the posted speed limit.

b) Ride on high speed divided highways.

c) Carry passengers if going more than
100 miles.

d) heave in and out of traffic in order
to keep up with other motorcycles.

If you have to change speed or direction
because of an animal, you should firs:

a) Press in the clutch lever.

b) Check for vehicles behind and around
you.

c) Apply both brakes lightly and signal.

d) Take both feet off the footpegs for
balance.

If a runaway vehicle is coming toward
you, you should:

a) Pull off onto the right shoulder
and drive behind any available
protection.

b) Speed up until you come to an exit
or side road.

c) Slow down and then jump off your
motorcycle.

d) Move into another lane and stop
and wait until the other vehicle
passes you.

When in the residential area of a city:

a) Try to go at a constant speed of 35

b) Watch for pedestrians, especially
children.

c) Slow down if you want to drive
through a "play street.“

d) Do not use your horn.

203

23.

25.

27.

29.

31.

33.

When driving with other motorcycles you
should not:

a) Drive more cautiously.

b) Drive at a steady, constant pace.

c) Talk to other riders or passengers.

d) Drive in the same lane or abreast of
another motorcycle.

On a mountain road, you should:

a) Stay just to the right or the center of
the lane except when meeting traffic.

b) Keep your brakes on when going downhill.

c) Ride on the right shoulder, if possible.

d) Move from one side of the lane to the
other.

You should not ride close to parked cars
because:

a) The right edge of the traffic lane is
the ”oil slick" area.

b) People may be getting out of the parked
vehicle.

c) The vehicle may have been improperly
parked.

d) It is illegal to ride less than 5 feet
away from a parked car.

When you approach a long line of oncoming
vehicles, you should.

a) Move to the right side of your lane.

b) Stay in the left part of the lane.

c) Flash your lights and slow down

d) Drive in a zig-zag manner to attract
attention.

When you drive past a line of parned
vehicles:

a) Speed up slightly if there are no
people on the road.

b) Drive close to the right side (f the
lane.

c) Blow your horn. ‘

d) Look for vehicles that may be i‘aving
their spaces.

If you are coming to an animal crossing,’
you should:

a) Keep going at the same speed.
b) Speed up and move to the left.
c) Slow down and be prepared to stop.
d) Stop and push your motorcycle.

Continue to next page . . .

3d.

36.

38.

40.

42.

44.

If you are about to have a crash on
the road: .

a)
b)

Steer toward large, rigid objects
near the roadway.

Leave the road at any point rather
than risk a head-on collision.
Jump off your motorcycle to get
clear of the other vehicle.

Steer so that you will be hit
broadside rather than head-on.

c)

d)

If it looks like you might hit a
pedestrian, you should:

a) Slow down, lean to the right and
downshift.

b) Apply the rear brake, blow the

torn and move to the left.

Shift into neutral, blow the horn

and check for traffic.

Blow the horn, check for traffic

and slow down.

0)
d)

If
a)

you are being passed you should:

Move to the right.

increase your speed slightly.
Signal the other driver when it
is safe for him to pass.

Look over your shoulder to check
the vehicle that is passing you.

c)
d)

When coming to a railroad crossing
without warning signals, you should:

a) Stop even if you don't see any
trains coming.

Speed up and look quickly in both
directions. _
Slow down and look before crossing
the tracks.

Signal other vehicles to pass you.

b)
c)

d)

When being passed you should move to
the right:

When being crowded by the passing
vehicle.

Whenever it is possible to do 50.
Only on undivided roads.

Only if you are gOing below the
speed limit.

a)

b)
c)
d)

u
I

When coming to a live animal on the
road, you should:

Come to a full stop and wait until
the animal is off the road.

a)

b) Drive onto the shoulder.

c) Slow down until you pass the animal.

d) Downshift and continue at the same
speed.

45

204

35.

37.

39.

41.

43.

45.

In order to drive safely in traffic, you
should:

Watch vehicles on both sides of you in
case you have to change lanes.

Drive as close as possible to the
vehicles parked on the right.

Keep your speed slightly below that

of other vehicles.

Not carry a passenger.

a)
b)
c)

d)

When driving at night you should:

a) Ride in the right wheel track of the
lane.

b) Go slower than during daytime.

c) Not carry a passenger.

d) Keep your bright lights on.

If the freeway entrance ramp to a
freeway feeds into the left lane, you
should:

a) Wait until you can cross over to the
right lane before entering the main
road.

Slow to a stop before entering and
then proceed with extra care.

Drive along the shoulder until you
can safely enter the main road.

Make sure that you can travel at the
'freeway speed limit before entering.

b)
c)

d)

If there is a small animal in the path of
your motorcycle, you should:

Avoid hitting it at all costs.

Hit it, and don't worry about it.

Hit it if it would be unsafe to avoid
it. Q

Hit it only if it is smaller than a
dog.

a)
b)
C)

d)

The best way to cross railroad tracks

is to:

a) Go slow and cross at an angle to the
right.

b) Reduce Speed and cross at an angle to
the left.

c) Speed up slightly and lean forward for
balance.

d) Reduce speed and cross at a right angle,

if possible.

When you ride by parked cars, you should:

to the right side of the lane.
down and stay 1/2 to 3/4 of a
lane away.

Blow your horn or flash your lights.
Speed up and drive in the lane
farthest away from the parked cars.

Move
Slow

a)
b)

c)
d)

finneénun tn pox? pnnn
.......... -- .- - J.

46.

(8.

SO.

54.

56.

205

a dog is chasing you, you should: 47.

e) Speed up. .
Slow down.

Attempt to run over the animal.
d) Step as soon as possible.

When following behind another motor- (9.

cycle you should always:

a) Drive in the center of the lane.

b) Drive in another lane.

c) Stay in the far left side of the
lane.

d) Stay further behind than if

following a car.

If you drop something off your motor- 51.
cycle while crossing railroad tracks,

ytu should:

a) Stop on the tracks and pick it up
right away.

b) Circle back if it looks

train is coming.

Keep going until you can pull off

the road and walk back to the tracks.

0) Leave the object where it is, since
it's illegal to pick things up from
the tracks.

like no

a)

If you are carrying a passenger, you: 53.

s) Will need to open your throttle more

or allow more distance when entering

a high speed road.

Should let your passenger watch out

fof approaching cars.

c) Will need less distance in order to
stop because of the extra weight.

1) Should drive only in the left-hand
lane.

b)

When driving in mountainous terrain: 55.

a) Keep to the far right of your lane.

b) Stop every 50 to 60 miles to guard
against fatigue.

c) Drive as fast as you like.

d) Watch for rock slides and washouts.

Af.er leaving the road to avoid a 57.

collision, you should:

a) Return to the read without stopping
if possible.

b) Lean the motorcycle away from the

road and apply the rear brake.

c) Start Steering sharply toward the
road.

d) Downshift and apply both brakes
to stop.

End of the Test.

When crossing railroad tracks at a low
speed, you should: '

a) Start across the tracks in third or

fourth gear. , '

Slip the clutch to avoid jerking the

motorcycle.

c) Shift into second or first gear when
going over the tracks for more speed.

d) Use only the front brakes.

b)

When driving with other motorcycles
it is best to drive:

a) In second or third gear.

b) In single file in a staggered position.
C) 10-15 mph below the posted speed limit.
d) In the passing lane.

When there is a vehicle behind you, you
should:

a) Move into another lane.

b) Check to see if it is followin, too

- closely.

c) Speed up so that it does no: pvt too
close.

d) Move over to the right part of your
lane.

When driving with other motorcycles you
should:

a) Drive close to the other motorcycles
or vehicles.

b) Stay close to the left side of the

_right-hand lane.

c) Set a pace slow enough for the slowest
motorcycle.

d) Keep your headlight on high beam.

When on a right-hand entrance to a freeway,
you should:

a) Look back over your left shoulder and
into the left rearview mirror.

b) Only look straight ahead at the road.

c) Not speed up until you are on the
main road.

d) Assume the right-of—way when merging
with freeway traffic.

When coming to an animal crossing or
refuge area at night, you should:

a) speed up and flash your lights several
times.

b) Stop and continue with care.

c) Slow down and watch for animals near
the roadway.

d) Sound your horn and then continue at
normal speed.

Go back and answer any questions you may have missed.

206

Appendix A-9. Items-~Test 6.

11.

12.

14.

16.

18.

20.

This sign means:

a) Slow down to 35 mph and prepare to
enter a curve.

b) Exit ahead, exit speed 35 mph.

c) Construction area, slow down to 35
mph and use the right lane only.

6) Vehicles turning right must reduce
‘speed to 35 mph. .

In making a left turn, you should pg;- 13,

e) Pull halfway into the intersection
and edge into cross traffic.

b) Signal before you arrive at the
intersection.

c) Slow down to a stop if traffic is
heavy.

d) Stay in one lane while turning.

Motorcycles must be capable of stepping 15.
st 20 miles per hour in not more than:

a) 20 feet.

b) 30 feet.

c) 40 feet.

3) 50 feet.

In order to carry a pas.unqer on your 17.
motorcycle. it must be equipped with:

e) Chain and exhaust pipe guards.

b) Mechanical directional signals.

c) rootrests for the passenger.

d) An engine of more than lS-brake
horsepower.

High beams on a motorcycle should 19,
reveal objects at a distance of
not less than:

a) 100 feet.
b) 150 feet.
c) 350 feet.
d) 500 feet.

If you are on a main road an coming 21.
to an intersection, you should: -

a) Watch for vehicles slowing down c;
giving other signs of making leit
turns.

b) Protect.yourself by driving between
lanes of traffic.

c) Shift to higher gear and coast through
the intersection.

d) Move to the far left lane and turn on
your lights.

 

If a vehicle is coming from your right at
an intersection it may be unsafe to:

a) Try to estimate the speed and distance
of the vehicle.

b) Prepare to slow down and stop if the
vehicle is close.

c) Look ahead of the vehicle to see if
you will have to stop.

d) Continue at the same speed through the
intersection.

When passing a truck rather than a car,
you will have:

a) To go faster in order to pass.

b) A better view of the road anrad.

c) To drive closer to the truck in order
to pass safely. .

d) More'control problems because of the
air pressure.

I: an oncoming vehicle is preparing to
turn left at an intersection:

e) Drive to the left to get around it.

b) Speed up and continue straight before
he completes his turn.

c) Step and let him turn.

d) Lag slightly behind other vehicles
going in your direction. ‘

When you park your motorcycle on the shoulder
of a road:

a) Put on your turn signals.

b) Turn on the light and leave the rear
wheel on the road.

c) Lean the motorcycle on its side.

d) Stand between the motorcycle and the road.

when you approach the top of a hill, you
should not:

a) Slow down slightly.

b) Stand up on footpegs to see over the
top.

c) Drift toward the center line.

d) Dim your lights.

fl--_L:-i. . a I
bussh‘lluu LU “CAL page: s e

22.

2‘.

25.

27.

28.

30.

207

When passing other vehicles it is 23.

safest to pass on the: ' ,

a) Right side.

b) Left side.

c) Side away from the sun.

d) Side with the least traffic.

When parallel parking your motorcycle,
you should:

a) Pull the front wheel against the a)
curb close to the front of the
parking space.

b) Back the motorcycle against the b)
curb at an angle in the center
of the space.

c) Stop the motorcycle with both c)
wheels against the curb at the
center of tie space.

6‘ Park in the center of the Space d)
with both wheels about two feet
from the curb.

Motorcycle drivers: 26.

a) Are allowed the use of the full width
of a lane.

b) Must share a lane with bicycle riders.

c) Must not share a lane with another
motorcycle driver.

.4) Should share the lane with passenger
cars and trucks .

If you are going straight through the
intersection and see a vehicle to your
left:

a) Drive partially into the intersection
to warn the other vehicle to slow
down.

b) Prepare to yield right-of-way.

c) Speed up to get through the inter-
section before the other vehicle.

d) Pull off the road until the vehicle
gets through the intersection.

You should not park in a space that: 29.

e) Has a coating of oil or grease.

b) Is less than 60 feet from a corner.
c) Is within 25 feet of a fire hydrant.
d) Has a parking meter.

Upon approaching an intersection you 31.

need not stop when:

a) A vehicle suddenly makes a left turn
in front of you.

b) You are making a left turn and
oncoming traffic is approaching.

c) A vehicle on your left is signaling
for a right turn.

d) Traffic allows complete passage
through the intersection.

If your motor-driven cycle is to be
driven at night, it must be:

a) Equipped with a headlight and
taillight.

b) Driven faster

c) Driven in the

d) Equipped with

than 35 mph.
right lane oni).
turn signals.

 

\‘i. \ \
\ ‘ik \
-\ “3A \
\@°\ \

It is illegal for a motorcycle driver to:

 

 

 

a) Ride two abreast on an undivided
highway.

b) Drive faster than 35 mph at night.

c) Cling to other vehicles.

d) Drive in the left part of the lane.

m _

We .
l lgleYOU ARE HERE

The first thing to do before changing
lanes Is:

a) Signal with your lights and hand.

b) Slow down.

c) Check your mirrors and look over your
shoulder. ‘

d) Move closer to the lane you want to
be in.

When deciding to pass on a Zolane road,
it is most important to consider the:

a) Time it will take you to speed up
and pass.

b) Number of vehicles behind you.

c) Type of vehicle you are passing.

d) Air pressure from larger vehicles
like trucks.

Continue to next page . . .

32.

33.

35.

37.

39.

41.

‘3.

208

When angle parking your motorcycle, it
should be positioned as shown in figure:

"I 1%] 1 ”1 Mar 1 .

1 1.71 I . I lepl I

 

 

 

 

When overtaking and passing a vehirle 3‘. When making a left turn you should:

in your 1800: 93333 a) Rely on your front brake.

a) On the right. b) Put your feet down for balance when

b) On the left in the same lane. in the turn.

o) By changing to the left or passing c) Go fast enough to keep the motorcycle
lane. - steady.

d) On either side in the same lane. 6) Shift gears during the turn.

Motorcycles must be equipped with: 36. A motor-driven cycle is a 2-wheel

.) Parking lights. , vehicle whose engine:

b) At least two headlights. a) Is larger than 250 cc.

c) A red reflector on the rear. b) Produces less than S brake horsepower.

d) Emergency flashing lights. c) Is mounted over the front wheel.

d) Has 2 or more cylinders.

If your headlight cannot reveal 38. When you are stepped and waiting to turn |

people at 200 feet at night, you left at an intersection and oncoming
mus not go faster than: traffic is close:

a) 25 mph. a) Step on the centerline and wait.

b) 35 mph. b) Turn your front wheel to the left.
c) 45 mph. c) keep your feet firmly on the brake.
d) 55 mph. d) Drive past the corner ane wait in

the intersection.

When approaching an intersection 40. You may need more distance to pass on

it is most important to: a 2-lane road because:

a) Stay in the right lane. a) Motorcycles cannot change lanes as

b) Watch for traffic making right turns. quickly as other vehicles.

c) Watch for traffic going straight. b) Other vehicles in your lane may not

d) Watch for traffic making left turns. yield when you try to re-enter the
lane.

c) Motorcycles can go faster than other
vehicles.

d) It will take you longer to slow down
before you can move back to the right.

It is illegal for a group of motor- 42. A person who Operates a motorcycle:

CYC193 ‘0 drive: a) Must wear light or white clothes.

a) Through a residential area. . b) Cannot drive on high Speed highways.
b) In more than one lane of a highway. c) Has all the rights and duties of
c) More than two abreast in one lane. other drivers.
d) In single file when there are more d) Must not step his motorcycle en the

than ten motorcycles in the group. shoulder of the read.
When carrying a package on a motorcycle, 44. After entering a new traffic lane, you
it is illegal to: should:
a) Place it on the tank between your a) Slow down.

legs. b) Switch off your turn signal.
b) Tie it to the handlebars. c) Stay on the far right side of the lane.
c) Use saddlebags. d) Put your feet out to stabilize your
d) Hold it with your hands. motorcycle.

4 Continue to next page . . .

47.

48.

50.

52.

54.

56.

It

209

is illegal for motorcycle handlebars

to be higher than: .

a)
b)
C)
a)

12- °
15"
18"
21'

above
above
above
above

the empty seat.
the empty seat.
the empty seat.
the empty seat.

9

When on a main road at an interstitivn
and a vehicle is approaching from the
left, you should:

a)
b)

c)
d)

When in a line of cars at

or

a)
b)

c)

6)

Step: he always has the right-ef-way.
Speed up to make sure he knows you're
there.

Yield if he does not slow down.

Slow down immediately and blow your
horn.

a stop sign
red light, you should:

Maintain your position
Pull over to the right
them.

Pull over to the left of the lane
and pass them.

Drive between the lanes of cars,
stop and then continue.

in line.
and pass

Before yielding to a vehicle which is
turning left in front of you:

a)
b)

c)
d)

Move into the right lane.

Move to the left so you can pass
when he starts to turn.

Check the vehicles behind you.
Signal the vehicle that he should
turn.

Equipment required by state law dors
not include:

a)
b)
c)
d)

A red tail lamp.

A license plate lamp.
A headlamp.

Turn signals.

When you come to a stop sign or red'
traffic light, you should step:

a)

b)
C)
6)

Near the left tire marks in the

lane.

After you have passed.the cross..a1k
Only if the car in front of you stops.
Between lanes of traffic.

When passing another vehicle you should:

a)
b)

c)

'd)

Drive alongside the Vehicle until you
are sure that the driver sees you.
Move to the far right of the passing
lane. _

Not be in the same lane as the vehicle
you are passing.

Pass between two lanes of moving traffic.

46.

49.

51.

53.

55.

If
to

a)
b)
C)

d)

fi'

133

you are passing a vehicle that starts
drift toward you, blow your horn and:

Speed up to pass.

watch to see if the driver hears you.
Apply your brakes and pull over to
the right.

Pull into the lane to the left or

onto the median.

mg

When going downhill you should not:

a)
b)

c)

d)

Maintain a constant speed.

Close the throttle to prevent speeding
up.

Keep your rear brake on until you
reach the bottom.

Shift to lower gear if the grade is
long.

Under good conditions, the rider

approaching a curve to the right

a)
b)

C)

6)

should:

the curve.
and speed

Lean to the left and brake on
Reduce Speed before the curve
up slightly in the curve.
Turn the wheels sharply to the right
and sit straight up.

Speed up before the curve and brake
when in the curve.

When coming to and driving through an
intersection, you should always:

a)
b)

C)
d)

Slow down to 15-20 mph.

Stay close to the vehicle in front of
you.

Check the traffic lights and signs.
Move to the right lane.

When turning right at an intersection,
you should:

a)
b)

C)
d)

Speed up until you complete the turn.
Put your feet down only when needed
for support.

Go faster than 5 mph.

Lean farther than the motorcycle.

When you are driving through a curve, you
should:

a)
b)

C)
d)

Continue to slow down until you come

out of the curve and begin going straight.
Lean your body with the motorcycle and
turn the handlebar as needed.

Sit far back in the seat.

Steer toward the outside of the lane.

Continue to next page . . .

58.

Q

210

After parking on a hill.be sure to: 59.

a) Leave the lights on so other vehicles
can see the motorcycle.
b) Lean the motorcycle against a wall
or another vehicle.
c) Turn the motorcycle so the slope
does not tip it over. ,
d) Use the parking stand instead of
the kick stand.

When completing a U turn:

a) Put your feet out to get your
balance.

b) Speed up quickly.

c) Turn the front wheel slightly
to the left.

d) Shift your weight to the right
to straighten the motorcycle.

End of the Test.

Go back and answer any question you may have missed.

OI

When going up a steep hill, you should:

a)
b)
C)

d)

Stay in high gear and Open the
throttle all the way.

Shift to a lower gear to maintain

your speed.

Drive on the extreme right of the

lane.

Decrease your speed to oral the engine.

APPENDIX B
TESTING INSTRUCTIONS, ANSWER SHEET,

BUMPER STICKER

211

212

Appendix B—l. Instructions, First Testing.

GENERAL 'INSTRUCTIONS

To the Examiner:

l.

3.

Distribute the tests, pencils and answer sheets and proceed
to administer the test- SEE THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STUDENT
on the next page. Distribute the test booklets from the

top of the pile, counting out only enough for each row.

Circulate among the students during the first few minutes
of the test to see that they are marking the answer sheet

correctly.

Do not answer any questions concerning the substance of the

test. Define words only if you can do so without giving

away the answer.

Normal test decorum should be maintained. All students should

remain in their seats and there should be no talking.

At the end of the period collect all answer sheets, test

booklets and our pencils.

Place the test booklets and answer sheets in the envelopes

provided.

213

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STUDENTS

READ ALOUD IQ THE STUDENTS

TODAY YOU WILL BE PARTICIPATING IN A SPECIAL TESTING PROGRAM.
PLEASE LISTEN AND FOLLOW THE DIRECTIONS GIVEN.

1. REMOVE ALL BOOKS. ETc. FROM YOUR DESK.

2. USE ONLY A NUMBER 2 OR SOFT PENCIL WHEN ANSWERING THE TEST
(pass out pencils to those who do not have them).

3. REMAIN IN YOUR SEAT AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU HAVE A QUESTION
RAISE YOUR HAND AND I WILL COME TO YOU. WHEN YOU FINISH
WITH THE TEST. PLACE THE ANSWER SHEET INSIDE THE BOOKLET
AND LEAVE IT ON YOUR DESK.

H. NOW I WILL PASS OUT THE ANSWER SHEETS AND TEST BOOKLETS.

DO NOT WRITE ON THE ANSWER SHEET OR OPEN THE TEST BOOKLET
UNTIL I TELL You TO. (distribute the booklets and answer sneets).

5. FOLLOW ALONG WITH ME AS I READ THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE FRONT
OF THE TEST BOOKLET.

continued on next page . '

214

(test booklet cover)

This test is designed to find out how much you know about
certain areas of motorcycle riding.

Whether you have a lot of experience on a motorcycle, a
little eXperience, or have never been on a motorcycle,
please try and answer each question as well as you can.

There is one BEST answer for each question. Mark the space
on the answer sheet which corresponds to the letter of the
answer you have chosen. See the answer sheet for an example
of how to mark the answer. Erase completely any answer you

wish to change.
NOTE: The question numbers go across the answer sheet.

Use only a number 2 or soft pencil.

Consider each question by itself and assume, unless otherwise

stated, that the road and weather conditions are ideal and
that 11 idi is done

‘Write your name on the line marked "YOUR NAME" at the top
‘ of the answer sheet. Also write in the name of your
instructor. Do not write anything in the boxes on the
right hand side of the sheet.

'Write your name on the line below.

NAME:

 

 

 

 

 

DO NOT make any other marks in this booklet.

ARE THERE AEIY QUESTIONS? (pause)

NOW TURN THE PAGE AND BEGIN ANSWERING THE QUESTIONS . . .

215

END OF THE PERIOD

(3 minutes before)

READ ELOUD IQ TUE STUDENTS

1. STOP WORK ON THE TEST.
2. MAKE SURE YOUR NAME IS ON THE COVER OF THE TEST AND ON
THE ANSWER SHEET.

3. PLACE THE ANSWER SHEET INSIDE YOUR TEST BOOKLET.
4. PASS THE TEST BOOKLETS FORWARD.

S. RETURN ALL OF OUR (U OF M) PENCILS.

6. THANK YOU FOR YOUR COOPERATION.

iii*§*****************§****§***

DISMISS THE CLASS AT THE PROPER TIME.
PLACE ALL TEST BOOKLETS IN THE PROPER ENVELOPE.

216

Appendix B—2. Instructions, Re—testing.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

To the Examiner:

l.

Distribute the tests, pencils and answer sheets and proceed
to administer the test. SEE THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STUDENT
on the next page. Distribute the test booklets from the

envelope for that class. Use blank booklets only when necessary.

Circulate among the students during the first few minutes
of ‘he test to see that they are marking the answer sheet

correctly.

Do not answer any questions concerning the substance of the
test. Define words only if you can do so without giving

away the answer.

Normal test decorum should be maintained. All students should

remain in their seats and there should be no talking.

At the end of the period collect §}l_answer sheets, test

booklets and our pencils.

Place the test booklets and answer sheets in the enveIOpes

provided.

217

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STUDENT
REtTESTING

READ ALCUD TO 'HE STUDEHfi

LAST WEEK YCU RARTICIRATED IN AN EXPERIMENTAL TESTING
PROGRAM. I NOULD N W LIKE TO ASK FOR YOUR HELP ONCE
MORE. IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHETHER YOU WOULD ANSWER
THE QUESTIONS TODAY IN THE SANE WAY YOU DID LAST WEEK.
IN SCIT NTIFIC TEST ITEM DEVELOPMENT THIS IS KNOWN AS
lI£U_BELlABLLIIY. I AM GOING TO GIVE EACH OF YOU THE
SAME SET OF QUESTIONS THAT YOU HAD LAST WEEK AND ASK
YOU TO ANSWER THEM ASAIN. YOU MAY NOW THINK THAT SOME
OF YOUR MISTERS WERE WRONG OR YOU MAY NISH TO CHANGE

SOME OF YOUR ANSWERS. PLEASE READ EVERY OUESTION

IT)

TEST ANSWER.

CAREFULLY AND SELECT WHAT YOU NO‘ THIII - IS THE

 

FOR THOSE WHO DID NOT TAKE THE TEST LAST WEEK. I ASK THAT

LISTEN C/FTrc LY WHILE I RE\D TLIE DIRECTIONS.

l. RENOYI ALL BOOKS. ETC. FROM YOUR DESK.

2. USE ONLY A NOEL“? 2 CR SCFT FENCIL WHEN PHS'TR‘NG THE TEST.
hijstriimfiar ponifilss to Crux 3 who Ck) DOI.IL“JO thcnfl

3. REMAIN IN YOUR REST AT ALL TIVES. IF YOU HAVE A QUESTION
RAISE YOUR HAND AND I WILL COVE TO YOU. WHEN YOU FINISH
WITH THE TEST. PLACE THE ANSWER SHEET INSIDE THE BOOKLET

AND LEAVE IT ON YOUR DESK.

continue on port p go.

4.

6.

7.

218

NOW I WILL PASS OUT THE ANSWER SHEETS. WRITE YOUR
NAME ON THE LINE MARKED ”YOUR NAME” ON THE ANSWER SHEET.
ALSO WRITE IN THE NAME OP YOUR INSTRUCTOR. (pass out answer sheets)

NOW I WILL PASS OUT THE TEST BOOKLETS. RAISE YOUR HAND
WHEN I CALL YOUR NAME. (distribute the test booklets with

the student's name on them from the envelope.) H” NU| 3551” H985
IF YOU DID NOT RECEIVE A TEST BOOKLET. PLEASE RAISE YOUR
HAND. (distribute booklets from your supply to those who

did not receive them and/or resolve any problems.)

CHECK THE NAME ON THE COVER OF THE BOOKLET TO MAKE SURE
THE BOOKLET IS YOURS.

ARE THERE ANY QUESTIONS? .
READ THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE COVER OF THE BOOKLET AND
THEN TURN THE PAGE AND BEGIN WORK.

note-- for those students who took the test last week

but are absent today, write absent on the cover of the

.booklet and place it in the proper envelope.

219

END OF THE PERIOD

(3 minutes before)

READ LOUD TO THE STUDENTS

1. STOP WORK ON THE TEST.

2. MAKE SURE YOUR NAME IS ON THE COVER OF THE TEST BOOKLET
AND ON THE ANSWER SHEET.

3. PLACE THE ANSWER SHEET INSIDE YOUR TEST BOOKLET.
A. PASS THE TEST BOOKLETS FORWARD.
5. RETURN ALL OF OUR ( U OF M ) PENCILS.

6. THANK YOU FOR YOUR COOPERATION.
****************§*********§****

PASS OUT THE BUMPER STICKERS - REMIND THEM NOT TO PASTE THEM
ON THE SCHOOL BUILDING. ETC. OR TO LITTER THE SCHOOL WITH
THEM.

DISMISS THE CLASS AT THE PROPER TIME.

PLACE ALL TEST BOOKLETS IN THE PROPER ENVELOPE.

220

Answer Sheet.

Appendix B-3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“a” a... n‘u

.b a..." .0.

.8. an. «Cu

.(u. .... no:

I3. I... a
.wua “manta-2 ..L 78 narrxanmxuve.
2v. noun 3%? 7% Sauna-shun:
"Kath—Is 2. f. .. r: as»: “25‘ Zr:
5:... doi:5m; .. .... nay..40v..unlc.
grumunfi ... wr .nnnxoumxnuf
.Du..uvwnbv_.uu T: 3.3;...313
El...nnha unimhnxis Sn~«.anv..unw...
Sunburn .C.. 3:... ...v.....n-I.~u..u
.rv:4.v.a:_x:.£ :vpu.v..:u...
.0.... “on... no .. no. .0 .OuLAouchvau
mun—39 >3. 0! an :35;

H . .N. NINM..1M... nNr. «Na .. ”Nu .. ..an,

Ak‘

. ”>L .. n>r. :.> n). p 4)hp .>v> A>Vp
.Il... .ul.. 1...: .31.- unit 41w.» Q.r
.... n3. ... n‘d... ER...£.. ... rindsv.» g. .....
a) ..I). ahsb. ’ 7;» a, g!) ...)u . .>v a n>v ...
.2. .53... ...-5.31.5.1}? .5»... 5::
..P rubs—uprpwruudnfi.nhanhuéhuu'.
.n an” agar” :wnw an. .. ...mnx Have—mum...
...: ..xr..¢.-:Eu:..¢. .nt. “2......xu...
.0 ..pfiu3.0... “0.4.8": «UnzsufinOrc.
.5“ ...... 5.4... :u .. 4t~x as... ., use mus...
...: 2.....23. 7.x..»3~...:. Zar. .0....
.2 ..2" ..uZu ,. in 1.33.. at... 3.1.1.3...
:. .....6 ....2 ,3 35:3" ran... 2.... .....2. ....
a: gnaw-v.3 :ardnau . "as anan.hu1..
.L .ntu...ann‘ sulnuuxnuL ...uulnuuk.
.n "Afiannqu n1q~filuufllnnfiqufilj
.. .a....n:.:~.l.u_h.l.a...h:,..

Pt-és

 

.5 .. .1. z 2:: wzrv.uzd:.¢:z.33 ..axu..:
.5 ..OO. a.AOu...T.uu 7AU~ 35.32.191.49“ C
a» .a: .4.#. :v.usv.4uu.umu.45..n
. 3 .3. ....n 1:23" .C.?! “3:“
.o gun" can. 3 By: now: Sansone-"ea.
8: .3. :93 85853.. 2553.5.
Bran-....I-nctnflnnn.nfiovmunnnnnle
.1Tu<..qu¢~.< 3: (.33. 5.3 n33 a g;

 

HHHM MEflwagHg

 

 

 

.8 .38 has; :30» .3. 51¢ Bach

 

‘dui a) Chap-u g. 8 la.
!- la, s—IId it"s 'D Iii .‘P 84'

 

 

 

 

. I-Iiru'bggfllggasai

...... .C.. -!.o "I... ..I- It. ... a at... 3:. pr.- e- P...- It.
.0. .OO «0.. “0. a0. 00- an. on. .0. .D. .0. 6. 5.
ac. ncm .C. .C. .C. 0C. a. . ac. .C. .C. or: an 6n

'.8. ILB. I... L0- '.9- fan". raau INS“ 3.3. Iona 5.8. In“. F.B.

10“» I... TnA- Ya‘u CI..- T-Au .l-‘u TaAu ill. '0‘,- Tnln o- n‘uQI-Au

.C.. at... .5.- nI. .t. 9.... .C. E. Dr. ob. E. P... E...
.0. .0. .0. .0. .0. an. .0. 6. .U. an: O. O. ..D.

.C. at... awk- -»|. .C. nc- .C. in... oC. 3|... IL- Eu 1....-

E-Iv- .....M.ol~nU» lyr... Una. In”. pl.“- eru .l-U. Owl.- flfiu TIB- ...-Eu
TcAn .I.‘ T... ...l. Tulu III. T-‘o InA- Talc 72. 10‘. Yale T.‘n
7 H n n n n ... n n n n ...... M
.5.- .l. aru- .I. ..to o‘- n... .l. .l. pf." file a...- f...
.0. .n. U L... an». an. .n- .0“ .0. «.... rnu- r); .uu
.C. .| .C. ..r at.“ .(. .3 u _(u ..l- n: a .C. a... 2L»
.l.nu I." |.Uu . I. 5.8. In: I r.- .. ... lak- l.~h. I75” an.F.Uu
T.‘ o-.fi cup! 1 A. VLA. A. T.‘. T.‘ OLA. IPA” v..A~ In... T. an
o u u m u u a u m n u u m
a... 1'. at ..I also .3; at: 14.... ..l. 3:. Pl- fll~ .[u
.0. .0- .0. .0. .Do an. .0. .U .0. k. . Ru- Bu .0:
.Cu P; .C.. r .C. ...... (.- .C. «C. "(a .C. F. .Lu
yr... IHU Fa”. I h [.au It". 3 I.“ 0.“. [.8. tan. fr"; 4n. ‘.d.
TnA. I.A Y-A. I..A. 7.!» I.A.. T A. . nAn Y.A. v. u. YnA. 14‘. ...Q.
s u n n n n .... u w . u. .9. m
I

or...“ .I. nzu --u a... n'. «‘5- alln nl- flTu nt- .1!- Eu
.0. .n .9 ....u .0. .pD. .0. ,0 .0. an.» .0. new .0.
.C. .r. "Cu C .C- are .C. -r\ .C. n..- nC- «C. .C.
[-3. I N. '.In I 0, I... lab. $.8u I.H 9.8. 19F. fuB. Int. :18.
Tnflu ...A Y, "A. u- A. 91‘. -..A.. Y.‘. [pk T-A. TIA. Y-A- w .A . Y.Au
. n n u u u u w a n u .... m
of. ...q .la .l .. ..I... .l.“ .‘o I a... “In clu r! ptu
a”. .... .9“ an: .n... TH. no. ..U .1. ply an.- »U. .D
.9 .I of: ‘I. p(. 9‘.- oc LL. a .. a...» .Cv «.C. n‘.
tan... a H“ ...“. i-fi. .I~h- If...- ‘.P In”. lob. [shu Urn. .H. 3.8"
Y.A- ‘ .‘H Y... !.A. I... ..aAo [.6 7.5“ ...-A. IRA. Tale ...A. T.‘..
... u n n u u n w n n u m u
If. .T. :1. apr- noo- .,|.. at” all. ul- n'u at... r..- 2(-
...l. .D. an. ..H. .0. an. .0.- .UN .0. a... .U. «U. .0.
.C. .(u ac. .C. ..T- afo .C. a-.. .C. a.-u .C. 1(- .C-
..r.nwo l-h. '99. ...0. r.H- Duh. (.8. ......n. '29. 0...... ...-8. ...u... F.8.

T...I.A~Tnlu vial. fill. I... '.Au 1.‘ Y.A. val. Tale 1.A. Y.A~
.. m u u u n w M m n u w a
0‘5 nbn ol. ‘3:- nl- ll» a. III. III. ...!u It. ult- u‘-
-0- on" .D. .0. a0. .0. .U. uh... .0.. an... .0. .D. .0-
.C. as .C. .C. .C. .C. 2.? ac. .C. n . .C. nCc .C.
P.’ TAO. '03. I... P... 3... O... 3.0” :8. tau '1»- fnau F...
91.5. T-A- Yul.- 1HA. T.A. Yul. on A. 7.5. .-.A. Val f... I-Aa V.A.
.. o n a n u u .. a n u n n
r89. 2 0..» dOwugmofi: 8:122:58. )tCnmuuu: u!» Pp. (100
m m m a «was: 6:30 021 an: 9.5:; .30) 8.2..
.>l(¢auuut I: )JuruSOU U¢(uu .)JZO J.U£Ut 03

fl-
6.
.C.
fun...

Ta...

......
an.»
.Cu

3.9”

'I.‘ u

i

«0.
0r...
3 no.

TnA-

at.-

‘1

VI

9.

II

II

T

VI

’

VI

1

.0-
ac.
.8.

.1»

..Lu
ab.
.C-
.8.

3!.
no.
ac.

.33
..o-
.C.

7.3.

7.A.

anv
.3.
.C.
3.5-

T.A.

up...-
.0.
.C.
‘.8v

T-‘o

....-
.0—
«C.
..P :h-

V..."

.E.
.0.
.C-

.3:
.0-
.C.

...-B- .rnB. pr .0.

...-Au Tole

 

In
2
1a

T.A-

m

.01 3:38

It.
00.
.C.
r28.

Tak-

nE .
«D u
n(, .

Pan-

.5.-
.0.
.C.

F.8—

T-‘-

..t .
.0 .
.C.-

.» .U .

Ta.-

Pl.
6.
....-
Fra—

T-A.

 

318 C30)

In“.

This

3.6-

IrAv

Pru-

Tal-

ale

an.

.I.-B.

InA.

Tnl.

arr..-
.0.
.C.
imam
Inl-

‘o
5

 

it.
6-
.C.

TRAU

PK.
6-

e-

97.“.

...-A‘-

T-‘u

ar...
o0.
«C.
'«B.
YuA.

‘
OI

.3338

was. Icoggpny

Unhg-hhmwgw

“I“

 

l

22

Bumper Sticker.

Appendix B-4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX C

ITEM STATISTICS FROM INITIAL TESTING

222

 

223

Test 1.

Statistics,

Appendix C—l.

 

uflumflumum a

.00

.10

-.65

1.49

.03

 

Romuma. so“: Ame
:owusnfluumwo mmmwm

20
5
3

65 1.79

5

60

8

15

25

23

20

10 -2.22

60
28

 

nouncfifiauumao

 

Amlmv 30a dag
coaunnauumao .mmmm

006

14
6
6

53
4

10

37
37

 

msHm> m

 

fine suflaflnmflaum
umwuwmnumwa

.65 96 94 0 100

.29 73 73 0 73

.67 73 82 -

.51 56 18 0

.20 54 24 0

.54 65 29 0

.54 20 20 0

.59 49 14 +

 

wuoum HmuOB u

.22

.29

.21

.36

.25

.28

.14

.36

 

muoow
quEw>wfl£o¢ u

.19

.03

.15

.03

 

Hm> mwo 2 H

.17 -.00

.09 -.28

.Cl —

.15

 

xmm H

.00

.03 -.16 -.04

.19

 

wmfi H

.01 -.12 -.01

.15 -.04 -.16 -.08

.01 ~.O9

 

 

va :oflusnfluumflc
. mmcommmm

Hmzwc< uomuuoo«

96 -.07

*a

004

de

73

*a

475
l

de

73

*a

14 -.17 -.30

56

*c

7

d

19 -.01
*b 54

a

13
14

d

27 -.04 -.20

a

20

*a

56

d 16

13 -.22 -

a

49
31

*c

d

 

umnfizz umuamfiov

l

2

3

5

6

8

 

uwnfisz NQN

8

13

23

5

 

80UHlumwB

 

 

1-11 M1

1-12 M2

1-13

1-14

1-15

1-16 250

1-17

1-18

 

224

 

ofiumwumum a

.26

-.75

.35

-.72

1.28

2.14

 

“on-mav swam Amy
coflusnfluumio .mmmm

 

8
13
20
58

8

8

28
28
13

30

33
15
23

 

mmpmcfiEwuomfla

0

 

 

Amlmv 30d va

05Hm> m

0
4
2
4

82
6
2

4 0
4
31
61

10

29
33

4 0 10
7

35
2

 

hue mufififlnmflmmm
umwuwmlumwfi

.22 93

.45 85 10 0

.40 60

.54 57 27 O

.56 30 22 0 38 -l.55

37
12
.38 65 65 0 73

43 83

.53 24 29 -

 

muoom Hmuoa H

.16

.36

.23

.34

.21

.29

.20

.03

 

muoom
quEw>mwcu¢ u

.06

.32

.12

«.21

.02

 

um> awn 2 H

.12

.05

.18 -.07

.08 -.05

 

xwm H

.00 -.01

.15 -.04

.03 -.20 -.01

.02 -.16

 

mmd H

.09

.13

 

Awe :oflusnfluumflo
. wmcommmm

 

7 -.18 -.12

3 _
8
26
60

22 -.01 -.10

30 -.19 -.07

635

65 -.18 -.16

30
20

31 —.13

 

H03m§ UUOHHOUi

a

abC

*d

a

b 20

de

a

 

umnfisz “musmeoo

12

 

HwQEsz NmN

97 10

22 13 *a

15 14 *a

 

EwquumwB

 

 

1—19 254

1-20

1-21 25 11

1-22

1-23

<1-24

1-25 266 15

1-26 255 16

 

225

 

oeumflumum a

-.84

-.10

-.98

-.35

.11

1

.7

 

Aomnmav amen Ame
cofiusnwuumwn .mmmm

23

10

558

80 -4.74

30 -2.82

13

3

15
58
15
13

30

28
43

28

38
23
13

28 -4

 

 

mmumcwefiuomflo

 

Amnmv son “we
:oawsmauumao .mmmm
msam> m

33

14

242

27

12

16

47
10
8

40 16 0

43
39

16
31

12

 

Au. auflaflnmflamm
. umoummlumca

.48 55 51 O 60

.69 82 82 0 83

»7 59 35 +

E
..

.67 43 43 +

.49 51 35 0

57

.36 32 39 0

.74 40 45 +

 

wuoum Hmuoa H

.24

.37

.40

.30

.25

.33

.21

.31

 

muoom
unmEm>mficu< H

.25

.09

.01

.09

 

Hm> mun 2 H

.06 -.14

.06

.42 -.13

.25 -.11

.05

.13 -.12

.42

 

xmm H

.01

 

wm¢ H

.09 —.06

.02 -.45

 

an“ coflusnfiuumflo
. wmcommom

55 -.02

28

13

82 —.21 -.14

350

59 -.15 -.41

11
22

7

32 -.23 -.15

43
i4
10

27
51
11
ll

24 -.O9 -.15

4O

32 -.ll —.01 -.Ol -

26
27
14

33

20

 

H03m§ uOUHHOU¥

d

de

d

u
*b

d

a
*b
c
d

a

*d

d

a

b
*c

d

 

uwnEzz kusmeoo

 

uwnfinz NmN

21 17 *a

17 19 *a

24-20

99 22

14 23 *a

 

EOUHIumwfi

 

 

1-27

1-28 100 18 *a

1—29

1-30

1-31 261 21

 

1-32

1-33

1-34 263 24

 

{

226

 

Owumwuwum H

-.61

1.10

-.32

.58

 

AOMImHv sown an.
cowusnwuumwa .mmmm

0 -1015

90

18 -1.22

60
13
10

13

15
10
63

70
23

 

mmumcwfiwuomwa

O

0

0

0

0

 

 

“mime 304 Aw“
cod 5 AH man .mmmm

wzHM> A

2

2

2

86

47
12
16

0
4
6
0

18

12
59

0

76
22

 

Auv sufiafinmflamm
umouomlumme

.43 78 73 + 90 -l.99

.21 95

.64 92

.44 87

.67 47 24 0

.26 94

.07 59 10 0

.54 75

 

muoom Hmuoa u

.42

.25

.36

a
1

.24

.09

.34

.25

 

muoom
ucw60>wfino< H

.14

.15

.27

.10

.12

.10

 

Hm> mma 2 H

.22

.04

.07

.08

.15 -.O7

.08

 

xwm u

.05

.04 -.15

 

wmd H

~.09 -.11

.00 -.15

.08

.02 -.12 -.04 -.04

 

my ccm+5£muumwo
. mmcommmm

78 -.07 -.04

2 -.O4

3 —.08 -.10

2

21
4/
14
17

10 —.11 -.12

15
15

59

4

21

 

 

HwSmC< uomuu00~

a

a

a
*b
c
d

a

*d

 

Honfizz kusmfiou

26

29

31

 

Hwnfisz NmN

96 32

 

amuunumma

 

 

1-35 264 25 *a

1-36

1-37 253 27

1-38 258 28

1-39

1-40

1-41

1-42

 

227

 

oflumfiumum a

“.75

-302

1.01

.28

 

.omumav cm“: Ame
coflusnfluumwo .mmom

8
3
3
88

'3 -1.33

80

10

0 -1.63

83

10

8

085

53
25

5
18

 

mmuMCMEwHomwo

0

0

O

0

 

Amlwv 304 ~av
Immausnauumao .mmmm

O
2
82

4

67

24

6
67

18

4

4.02

4

22
14

 

05Hm> m

 

Au. suflaflnmflawm
ammummaumwa

.51 21 0 0

.51 85 16 0

.48 64 67 O 68

.50 72

.63 75

.51 89

.09 91

.29 26 45 0

 

muoom Hmuoa u

.10

.47

.41

.22

.38

.31

.20

.21

 

muoom
useEm>mwau< H

.02

.23

.19

.21

.07

.42

.16

 

Hm> mun 2 H

.09

.06

.04

.09

12

.07 -.09

 

xwm u

.15

.08

.29

.00 -.15

 

wmfi M

.01

.04 -.07

 

“we coflusnfluumwo
. mmcommwm

 

2 -.04

”L41“;

1]
8

64 -.27 -.18

18

14

6 -.17 -.14

72

4 -.06

75

14

6 -.13

3 -.17 -.12 -.04

91

3

45
26
14
14

 

uozms< uoouuou.

a

ade
t

d

u

*c

d 16

a
*b

d

a

a
*b

d

a
*b
C
d

 

umnfisz Houzmfioo

 

Hwnfiflz NmN

1 34

98 39

19 40

 

smuHuumoe

 

 

1-43 252 33

1-44

1-45 101 35 *a

1-46 256 36

1-47 259 37

1-48 257 38

1-49

1—50

 

228

 

aflumwuoum a

-3.78

—.78

-165

-.84

4.24

 

.omumav swam “we
nowusnwuumwo .mmwm

10

3
75
0
23

58 -1.97

68 -2.78

13
13

8

13

0 -1.56

65

36

22
17

 

muuwsfifiauomwn

0

 

 

Amnmv 30; A».
God snauuma .mmmm

usam> m

4
67
0
29

4
35
18

61
14

 

any suflH3QMflHmm
ummuomuumwa

.46 63 20 +

.27 72

.29 46 37 +

.52 53 39 +

.35 75 12 0

.45 80 10 0

.44 52 51 0

.45 43 18 -

 

wuoom Hmuos u

.31

.35

.33

.45

.44

.30

.36

.03

 

wuoum
usmfim>wfl£o< H

.05

.24

.23

.19

 

um> mwo 2 H

.33 -.Ol

.07

.19 -.03

.26 -.18

.08

.10

.09 -.13

38

 

xmm u

.43 ~.

 

wad H

.02 -.18

.04 -.12

.04

 

Amy cofluznfluumwc
. wmcommvz

17 -.12 -.42

3
72
O
’5

46 -.02 -.24

53 -.14 -.24

11 -.02 -.08

7 -.05 -.09

r6
-1

13

r?

 

Hmzmc< uowunouo

u

a
*b
c
d

a

 

uwnfisz umusmfioo

 

Hwnfiaz NmN

16 44r‘a

18 46

20 48

 

EmquummB

 

 

1-51 265 41

1-52 251 42

1-53 267 43 *a

‘1-54

1-55 262 45 a

1-56

1-57 260 47 *:

1-58

 

229

Test 2.

Statistics,

Appendix C—2.

 

uflumflumuw a

-099

1.53

3.18

-.01

.55

 

Romumav swam Ame
acausnfiuumaa .mmwm

97

003

61

21
9
6

88 1.31

630

30
6
1
3

18 -2.07

79
18

18

15
12

52

91 -1.45

603

 

mwumcwfifluomwo

+

0

O

 

Amnwv 30a Awe
hmwausnauumao .mmwm

404

18
4
4

040

4
6
0
0

4

O

78
2
20

20
18

39

78

886

 

wsam> m

8

 

.uc suflaflnmfiamm
umwummuumoa

.22 95 92 0

.40 71 73 0

.33 95 96 0

.60 79

.30

.50 80

.01 21 22 0

.51

 

0HOUW HMUOB H

.12

.35

.12

.18

.08

.22

.12

.27

 

muoow
ucmEm>mflnum H

.29

.00

.18

.17

.08

 

Hm> awn z u

.10 -.23

.34

.12

.02 -.09

.03

.08

 

xmm u

.08

.28 -

.07

.06

-.01

 

mm< u

.06

.06 -.00 -.20

.00

.05

 

Amy :Oflusnwuumfle
. wmcommvm

95

303

71 -.16 -.03 -.24

230

95

56
34

21 ~.04
19
17

13

30 —.ll —.03

4

 

H03m2 “UMHHOU¥

*9

.b Cd

*a

3.0 Cd
.x

.J

.031...

*a

b
c
r!

*a

b
c
d

 

uwnssz amusmfiou

-
.L

2

7

8

 

Hmnfisz Nmm

M2

44

37

51

67

61

 

EUUHIumUB

 

 

2-11 M1

2-12

2-13

2-15

2-16

2-17

2-18

 

230

 

unumflumum a

.33

00

1.

.41

.48

1

 

Aoman. sad: Awe
:oflusnwuumfln .mmmm

6 -2.68

64 -l.29

3

18

0 -1.04

6 -2.46

3
91
0

 

moumcfifiwuumao

+

 

.mlwg 304 Rwy
GOMNDQHHHWHQ .mmmm

4

4 0

16

67

 

m8Hm> m

 

Au. muflafinmflfiwm
ummumxxumma

.32 73

.53 52 47 0

45 68

.40 73 14 0

.50 13 37 0 18

.39 51 55 0 48

.41 79 12 +

.56 48 29 0 61

 

muoom Hmuos u

.30

.30

.29

.11

.00

.19

.22

.21

 

whoom
usmfio>0flno< h

.11

.05

.14

.02

.17

.22

 

Hm> mmo z u

.25

.07

.06 -.01

.23

 

xow H

.19

.02 -.15

 

ww< H

.05 -.13

.12

.02 -.02 -.01

 

Amy :oHusnfluumHn
. wmcommom

5

5 -.03 -.01 -.oo

7

l

1 -.1o -.15 -.05 9.11

I:
_;

558
«J

7 ~.O9 —.15

O

 

 

szmé UUUHHOUK

b 14
*c 73

d

*a 52 -.13 -.09

a

*b 68

c 17
d 10

a

*b 73

c 13
d 7

a 31
b 54
*c 13

d

*a

de

a

b 13
*c 79

d

a 41 -.10

 

umnfinz kusmfioo

9

 

h3.52 mam

41 11

42 13

66 14

50 16

 

amanumoa

 

 

2-19

2-20 48 10

2-21

2-23

2-24

2-25 55 15

2-26

 

231

 

uflumfiumum a

.61

-3.47

1.63

-.22

.22

-.92

 

Aomumac am“: ”we
coflusnwuumwo .mmmm

15
9
12

0

18
33

21

18
39

61

39

0

 

mmuMCfiEHHomflo

0

 

Amumv 304 ”we
Lamausnauumaa .mmmm

12
4
12

20
2
10

22
24
24

0
47
53

0

 

dem> m

 

flue muflafinmflamm
ummumm-umms

.42 68 71 0 64

.42 79 10 +

.43 55 65 0 45

.26 74 18 o. 15
7

.48 21 29 O 21

.46 54

.42 54 20 0 24

 

wuoum Hmuoa u

.45

.43

.00

.17

.23

.24

 

muoom
unmEm>mwsod H

.16

.07

.05

.01 -.03

.27

.29

.16

 

um> mwo z u

.31

.01 -.23

.18

 

xmm u

.12 -.06

.15 -.08

.02 ~.14

 

wm< u

.05 -.05 -.17

.07 -.07

.08

 

ch.coflusnflpumflo
wmcommom

4 -.10 -.14

5

0 -.04

4 -.14

 

uwzmcd uoouuoo*

*a 68 -.07 -.21 -.03

a

*b 79

d 11

*a 5

a 29
*b 21
c 23
d 28

a

*c 54

d

a 20 -.08 -.13

*b 54

d 20

a

 

uwnfisz Hmusmeou

 

“unasz Nam

39 17

11 18

43 19

45 20

32 21

12 22

57 23

35 24

 

smuH10mwe

 

 

2-27'

2-28

2-29

2-30

2-31

2-32

2-33

2-34

 

232

 

uwumfiumum a

-.44

-.92

.78

.33

 

.om1ch saw: Ame
nowusnfiHumwo .mmmm

67

9

12 -2.45

70

18

48
18

24

9

15

61
24

15

15
18
52

 

mmumcwfiwHomHQ

0

 

Amlmg 30A Awe
:onaanumaa .mmwm

53

55
22

45
29

12
20

12

4

0
61
33

22
14
53

 

w=Hm> m

 

AH. HuHHHnMHHmm
ammuwmsumoe

.58 28 69 + 48 -1.82

.58 58 12 0 15 “1.20

.35 68 31 0 18

.45 63 14 o‘ 12

.43 56 12 +

.31 49 55 O

.57 63

.59 55 10 0

 

mHoom Hmuoa H

.12

.26

.37

.22

.40

.36

.32

.34

 

mHoom
acmE0>mwnut H

.08

.14

.07

.07

.16

.10

.02

 

Hm> awn 2 H

.30

16

.04

.18 -.18

.29

.00

 

xwm H

.18 -.05.

.12 -.02

 

mam H

.04 -.02

.06 -.18

 

we coHuanHumHo
. mmsommwm

Hm3mG¢ uowHHOU«

a 64 -.13 -.01

a 13
b 21
*d 58

a 24 -.27 —.05

a 13
9

b
*c 63
d 15

a 13 -.29 -.29

*a 49 -.03

b 13
c 24
d 13

6 -.08

a

a 11 -.04 —.16

 

Hwnfisz Hmusmfioo

27

 

Hwnfiflz NwN

'34 25

28 26

31 29

52 31

69 32

 

Ewquumwfi

 

 

2-35

2-36

2-37

2-38 33 28

2-39

2-40 58 30

2-41

2-42

 

233

 

oHumHumum a

-.04

-359

0 ‘1426

.05

I68

.30

-.04

-.36

 

xomumfic an2 Amy
coHunanumHo .mmmm

73

3
0
9

88

037

21

12
6
61

85

039

39

21

 

mmumcwEHHomHQ

0

 

“aim“ 30A “xv

.meHSQAHumao .mmwm

 

msfim> m

2
12

84

200

66 4 O
12
14
69

028

 

Auc HuHHHanHmm
ammuomuumms

.49 70 71 0

.45 86 2 0

26 93

.61 71 24 0 27
6

.53

.47 85 88 0

.33 48 39 0

.48 62 20 0

 

wHoom Hmuoa H

.36

.46

.25

.26

.30

.43

.23

.31

 

wHoow
ucofim>0wno¢ H

.29

.41

.13

.07

.33

..13

.45

.28

 

Hm> mom 2 H

.00

.11

.15

.07

.02

 

xwm H

.05

.04

.06

.21 -.03

.18 -.11

.02 -.02

 

0mm H

.09

.06

 

“we coHuanuumHa
wmcommom

H03mcd HUOHH004

*a 70 -.21

2 -.14

a

c 11
*d 86

4 -.10

a

213

de

a 13
b 12
c 10
*d 66

*a 85 -.08

149

de

a 42 -.09 -.05

a 19 —.02 -.03
*b 62

c 17

d

3

 

HwnEsz kusmsou

 

umnssz «mm

56 33

47 34

49 35

53 36

36 37

10 38

S9 39

38 40

 

Ewquuwa

 

 

2-43

2-44

2-45

2~46

2-47

2-48

2-49

2~50

 

234

 

oHumHumum a

3 -1.13

.91

-.56

-.86

.25

-.85

-.15

 

Aom1mac :mHm Ame
coHuanuumHo .mwom

27
58
12

6
70

15

42
2
6
6

21
55
15

7O

9

15
3

6

30
48

18

O

21 -2.38

48

27

24 -1.31

39

24

 

mquGHEHHomwo

 

leww 304 Aug
.mwausnaHumaa .mmwm

 

6 0

12

45
35

76

18

31
45

20

4
16
8

45
12

6

24

33

41 0
29
12

12

 

m=Hm> m

 

.uc HuHHHanHmm
umwuomlumms

.56 52

.45 71 0 0

.30 38 39 O

.45 51 2 0

.68 63 69 0

.25 76 20 0

.44 39 35 0

.37 37 27 +

.46 35

 

mHoom H0008 H

.25

.36

.26

.33

.43

.27

.33

.23

.28

 

wHoom
unwE0>an0¢ H

.16

.22

.05

.50

.21

.21

.19

 

Hm> Q00 2 H

.11

.03

.11

.12 -.02

.23 -.10

.05

 

xom H

.09

.01

.01 -.01

.15

 

mm4 H

4 -.15 -.04

4 -.17 -.09 -.17

.11 -.00

4 -.08

 

mwv coflusnflHuMHQ
. wmcomm.m

1168

7

8

519
.I.

35 —.22

23 -.18

37

 

H030C< uowHHOU;

a

a
*b

a 40
*b 38
c 12

d

a

*a 63 -.16 -.09 -.03

de

a 14 -.14

a

a
*b

d 29

a 31 -.05 -.20

*b 35

c 11
d 17

 

Hmnfisz kusmfiou

 

Hmnfisz NmN

40 42

27 43

68 44

46 45

62 46

64 47

29 49

 

EQUHIUmwa

 

 

2—52

2-53

2-54

2-55

2-56

2-57

2-58 30 48

2-59

 

235

Test 3.

Statistics,

Appendix C-3.

 

oHumHumum a

-.61

-.30

-.56

-.24

-.42

 

AomumHH nmflm Awe
:oHu564Humfio .mmom

96

040

75

14

32

46

4 -1.61

39 -1.19

25
29

11

86

7
21
32
39

 

mmumcHEHHomHo

0

0

 

Amlmv 304 nwv

COAHDQAHumHQ .mmmm

msam> m

007

27
49

2

70

29
44

2

12
83

15
29
41

 

Ame HuHHHnmflqmm
ummuwmluvwh

.36 94 93 0

.56 73 71 0

.19 28 10 O

.35

1

.7 41 32 + 64 -2.63

.‘3 33 17 O

.16 80

.30:16 15 0

 

wHoom 46009 H

.27

.25

.08

.30

.16

.03

.23

.27

 

mHoom
ucwfim>mflcu< H

.11

.05

.18

.13

 

Hm> mmo 2 H

.10

.01

.16

.17

.07 -.14

.09 -.27

 

xwm H

.06 -.01 -.13

.26

 

mm¢ H

.08 -.03

-.06

.12 -.31

.13 -.03

 

«V cofluanHumH:
. omcommmx

 

213

079
l

11

026
5

33

 

H03wg #UUHHOU¥

*a 94

de

*a 73 -.06 -.04

de

'c 28

d 55

a 4
‘b 13

c
*d 70

*a 41 -.05

de

*a

a

a 15 -.00 -.08

*b 16
c 31
d 38

 

HmnEsz Hmusmfioo

l

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

HonEDZ NmN

M1

90

80

82

 

EwuHuumma

 

 

3-11

3-12 M2

3-13

3-14

3-15 84

3-16 201

3-17 196

3-18

 

236

 

UHumHumHm e

-.75

.81

-.72

.13

.44

-l.57

 

AomumHV cmH: Amy
coHHanHHmHQ .mmom

14

21
61

46 -2.58

43

ll

40

6

32
32
25

25 -2.63

11
61

4

36

29

29

7

 

meMCHEHHUuHQ

0

 

«mlmv 30; are
codusnaHumaa .mnox

asz> m

2 0

39
54

34

05

8

12

37
39

32

37

2
32

37
29

 

1H3 HHHHHQQHHom
umwummlumwe

.39 53

.40 27 68 0 32

.29 32 20 +

.40 79 17 O

.48 10 12 0 11

.64 36 24 +

.16 36

 

mHoom HmHOB H

.19

.14

.21

.37

.17

.42

.23

 

wHoom
unwE0>ano¢ H

.13

-.O4

 

Hm> mwo 2 H

.09 -.13

.01 -.04

.16 -.28

.09

.24

.00

.09 -.15

 

xom H

.21

 

034 H

.10 —.13

.13 -.17

.00 —.12 —.O4

.12 -.16

 

va.ccfiusanHm_c
omsommox

3 —.04

c 33

a 53 —.05 -.21

3?

242
42

1

28 -.03 -.37

4

3O

23
C 16

3

 

H03WC¢ uUOkMOHv¥

a

b 11

*d 53

*b 27

d 19

*a

h,Cd

v

*a 10

8.

b 12
*c 36
d 21

*b 36
c 31

1N
1,

d

 

Hwnfisz HousmEou

16

 

Hwflfisz NmN

83 11

93 14

 

Ewquumofi

 

 

3-19 193

3—20 195 10

3-21

3-22 198 12

3-23 187 13

3-24

3—25 184 15

3-26 189

 

237

 

oHumHumum a

-.35

1.60

.24

 

AomumHv anm Awe
:oHusnflHHmHn .mmwm

36 -2.73

18
25
21

21
7
25

21
36

43
14
32

0
25

64

11

4 -1.81

..
J

 

mwumnwfiwHomHD

O

+

 

Amumv 304 Am“
GoduanHumao .mmmm

41
17
2

22
10
34

37
17

7 0 11 1.43

59
12
22

0

59

20

2

 

msHm> m

31 32 O 46 1.04

 

1H3 HHHHHanHum
umwuomIHJwB

.58 ll 37 +

.40

.22 31 27 0 32 -1.55

.49 55

.26 63

.25 26 37 0 71

.40 83

.19 49 17 0

 

mHoom Hmuoa H

.21

.17

.30

.29

.03

.37

.22

 

0Houm
unmEm>an0¢ H

.00

.14 -.13

.22

.17

.19

.12

 

HM> mwo 2 H

.33

.15

.04 -.02

.14 —

.08

 

xwm H

.17 -.18

.15 -.18 -.20

 

004 H

.14 -.14

.12 -.11

.03 -.02 -.11

.04

.11 -.15

-.05 -.13

 

va coHHanHumHm
. wmcommmm

12
ll

7

0 -.03 -.08

8

4

 

Hm3qu HomHH004

a 36
b 29
c 23
*d 11

a 36 -.06
b 20

c 11
*d 31

a 28
c 29

b
*d

a
*b 55
c 10
d 27

a

*c 63

d 17

a 51
b 14

c
*d 26

a

c 12
*d 83

a 21

*b 49

c 14
d 15

 

Hwnfiaz HmusmEoo

 

Honasz NmN

'73 17

87 18

91 22

75 24

 

EwuHIUmwfi

 

 

3-27

3-28

3-29 183 19

3-30 194 20

3-31 94 21

3-32

3-33 190 23

3-34

 

238

 

uHumHumum a

-.18

-.10

-.03

.93

 

AomumHV an: Awe
:oHuanHumHa ammmm

71

4
2
7
7

14
21
29

O -2.88

18
43
0

4 ~2.62

82
11

0

4 -1.85

64

29

43

404

 

mwumcflfiHHomHm

+

+

+

 

 

Amlmv 304 ”av
:04 5 HHuma .mmmm

wDHm> m

 

79 15 0
8

22
27
37

2

29
34
0

7
51
32

10

0
44

51

527

 

AH. HuHHHan-mm
umouwm-umme

.45 68 68 0

.35

.15 20 12 + 36 -2.49

.38 53

.35 27 37 0 36

.24 50

.23 49 56 0

 

mHoom kuos H

,32

.40

.32

.26

.17

.51 32 68

.34

.11

 

mHoow
uswEw>mwnum H

.03

.06

.12

.28

 

Hm> man 2 H

.07

.24 -.06

.19 -.14

.06

.23

.19

 

xwm H

.05

 

0mm H

.05 -.08 -.05 -.10

.06 -.16

.01 -.17

10 -.29

 

Am“ COHHDQHHHmHQ
. mmcommmx

660
2

3
7

20

430“
«I...3

4

4 -.03 -.31

1

750
4

 

H03MC¢ HUOHHOU¥

*a 68 -.07

b 0.0

a 10
*b 79
c

d

*a

b Cflu

a

*a 27 -.01 -.13

a

*b 68

c 22
d 5

a

*b 50

d 45

*a 49 -.ll -.01 -.O4 -.09

b C.d

 

Hmnfisz kusmfioo

 

Honasz «mm

95 27

191 31

88 32

 

ETUHIummfi

 

 

 

3-35 200 25

3-36 197 26

3-37

‘3-38 186 28

3-39 185 29

3-40 202 30

3-41

3-42

 

239

 

uHumHumum a

-013

.16

.37

-.17

 

.cmumH. :64: .35
:oHuanHHumHn .mmmm

71 -4.56

4 -1.98

11
25

36
36

54
o
7

36

54 -2.38

47

32

4

11
75

43 —2.25

36
18

32 -1.83

11

68

11

 

meMCHEwHUmfia

0

 

 

Amlwv 304 4w.
:04 s 4H m4 .mmmm

msz> m

  

32
24

7

32
51

2
39
12

39

5 0
78
7

34
39

19 15 +

68

17

 

Hue HHHHHnqumm
umoummuumma

.23 40 24 +

.50 41 10 +

.10 31

.14 38 44 0

.'4 36 24 +

.35 76

.55 26 20 +

.03

.25 64 10 O

 

UHOUW HMUOE H

.52

.48

.23

.06

.37

.27

.24

.15

.13

 

mHoom
ucwfiu>mwno¢ H

.12

.00

.15

.09

.07

.13

.24

 

HM> muo 2 H

.42

.22 -.01

.00

.00

.27 -.19

.02

.21

.20

.05

 

xmm H

.06

.12

 

wm< H

.06 -.43

.04 -.29

.09

.04 -.45

 

“my :oHusanumHo
. mmcommom

HQ3MQ€ UUTHHOU!

*a 40

8 -.09 -.41

*b 41
c 22
d 26

a

4 -.06 -.15

a

*c 31

d 50

*a 36

*a 26

*a 19 -.05 *.29

b 30
c 25
d 22

a 11 —.14 -.25

*b 64

d 16

 

Honfisz Hmusmfiou

 

Hwnfinz NMN

.76 33

92 34

86 37

78 38

71 39

89 40

85 41

 

Eflquumwfi

 

 

3-43

3-44

3-45 77 35

3-46 203 36

3-47

3-48

3-49

3-50

3-51

 

240

 

OHHmHumuw a

-1.85

.20

-.29

-.38

 

.omanv cmHm va
nowuanHumHa .mmwm

61

14
18

32 -1.03

406

11 —1.17

71
14

7 -1.34

7 -1.70

75
11

75

18

4

68

14

7

14 -1.11

39

4
39

 

mwumsHEHHomHQ

0

0

0

 

Halo. 304 Hwfi
ImmauanHumaa .mmwm

34

5

725

~15
56
20

12

54
22

5
71

2O

5

7
66
'27

0

24
2
49

 

msHM> m

68

 

1H5 4644466440“
ummumm-umwa

.45 42 37 +

.08 53 44 0

.30 86

.18 55 10 O

.25 51 15 0

.09 56 12 +

.37 69

.111

.56 27 20 0

 

mHoow Hmuoa H

.37

.21

.38

.26

.37

.34

.22

.17

.30

 

wHoum
ucmEm>0440< H

.04

.14

.30

.13

.24

.21

.16

.38

 

Ha> Q00 2 H

.19

.10

.16

.17 -.04

.13

.06

.12

 

xmm H

.05 -.01

.37

 

0m< H

.07 -.24

.11 -.01 -.03

.03 -.09

.11 -.33

.06 -.26

.04

 

Aw“ coflusanuch
omcommox

5
6

9

3 -.12 -.05

6

10

 

Hm3qu uomHHou«

*a 42

a 35 -.11 -.10

a
b

*d 86

b 14
*c 55
d 21

a

a 11
b 17
*c 51
d 18

a 10
b 16
*c 56
d 17

a

*b 69
c 21

d

a

*b 68
c 18

d

a 25 —.15
*b 27

d 40

 

Hmnfisz Hmusmeoo

 

Hmnfisz mam

70 43

81 46

72 47

74 49

79 50

 

EwUHIumwB

 

 

3-52 204 42

3-53 199 43

3-54 188 44

3-55

3-56

3-57

3-58 192 48

3-59

3-60

 

241

Test 4.

Statistics,

Appendix C-4.

 

oHumHumum a

-.16

1.17

.33

—1.45

.21

.19

 

Acm1m4v Saw: va
coHuanHumHQ :Qmmm

93

007

72

17

66
14

0 -1.09

100

76

10

71
14
66

 

WOHCCMEflHUWflD

0

 

40162 304 Had
nodusnaHumH: .mmmz
0546> m

65 21 0

72

0
90

18
23
56

 

1H5 HHHHHanme
ummuomlumoe

.44 94 92 0

.51 80 82 0

.21 93

.54

.21 89

.39 69 56 O

 

wHoom HmHOB H

.14

.17

.23

.03

.26

.48

.15

.25

 

vHoom
ucmsm>0420< H

.18

.16

.07

.28

.07

 

Hm> awn 2 H

.05

.12 —.00

.12 7

.03 —.OO

 

xom H

-.OO -.14

.07

.07 -.06 -.15

.06

.20 —.06

 

094 H

.03

.07

.16 -.20

.02 —

.13 -.08

 

Hwy :OHurfimH.mwc
. omCOLmoz

94 -.O3 -.O4 —.04

2 -.OO

1

6
3

33.7.
11

.1 2 r)
7. 4).. C).

58

876
2

 

H03mc< HUUHHOU«

*a

de

*a 80 -.04

b Cd

*b 93

d

*b 83

c
d

*a 69

bC.G

de
.x

C

*

.DCd

 

Hanegz HOHSLEOU

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0
v

 

HOQEDZ Nwm

M1

M2

 

swuHuumme

 

 

4-12

4-13 141

4-14 152

4-15 153

4—16 165

4-17 171

4-18 142

 

242

 

uaumfiumum a

.06

.68

.94

—1.34

1.13

 

“onlmav swam Ass
noduznfluumfla .mmom

14

14

86

0 -l.l7

69

21

17 -1.41

10

65
7

76

7

«5.33

 

mmuUCflEflpomfio

0

0

0

0

0

 

Amumv 30; “mu
xmwausnauumao .Ancm

8

0

13
87

5

23

36 0
10
46

8

26

26

 

msfim> m

72 74 0

47

 

“us suflfiflnaflaom
ummummuumws

.45 77

.21 87

.64 69

.46 51

.31

.70

 

wuoom ku09 u

.10

.16

7
..4

.40

.29

.27

 

Ouoow
ucwfiw>0flco< u

.01

.21

7'1
2..

 

Hm> moo 2 H

.09

.17 -.C9

.08 -.25

 

xom u

.05 -.OO

_’
1

09

 

0mm u

.20

.10 -.28

.95 -.01 —.04

.08

.04 -.

 

va :Cmu22wsucqm
. «5:02 .94

uw3m2¢ uomuwou‘

O

5

 

'7
1

73

71A».

 

b

c 12

*d 87

a

*a

{I

*h

6 17

U, C An.

 

uwnfisz amusmEou

9

 

umnEsz mmm

176 12

 

EwuHIumwB

 

 

4-19 156

4-20 174 10

4-21 162 11

4—2?

4-23 173 13

4-24 135 14

4-25 154 15

4-26 172 16

 

243

 

uqumwumum a

1.34

-.25

.03

-.57

 

.onuma. am“: .a.
qofiusnwuunan .muom

59
0
0

41

45

0

52
3

0 -l.09

83 -3.61

28

7
38
28

24
10

7 -4.01

O -1.88

90

0

 

mmumcwfiwuomwn

+

 

Amlw. 30A Aug
God a an man .mmmm

wDHM> m

 

3
0
56

3
44
8

5 0
0
5
O

53 26 0
56
13

O

72

3

 

Ans auflaflnmflqwm
amoummcumws

.60 55 38 0

.14 45 44 0

.54 9O

.30 56 44 +

.30 12 31 O

.45

.44 67 13 +

.56 80

 

ouoom Hmuoa u

.21

.23

.36

.38

.22

.36

.17

 

ououw
unwfio>ofino¢ H

.10

.27

.02

.06

 

um> mac 2 H

.02 -.22

.06

.30 -.25

.03 -.19 -.06

.12

.28 -

.14 -.00

 

xom u

.03

 

omt H

.03 -.14 -.16

.10 -.Ol

.06 -.09

.12 -.34

.01

.06 -.06

.20 -.00

 

.mv :cmuanfiuuwwo
. mmcommmx

H03mfi¢ UUQHHOU¥

*a 45

276
4

bayd

56

'a

996

L.C.d

a 35
*b 12
c 35
d 17

a 24
*b 53
c 10
d 13

9 -.03 -.44

a
*b 67

c 18
d

5

l

a

*c 80

3

d

 

uwnfisz kusmfiou

 

Hwnfiflz NQN

 

EQHHIUMOB

 

 

4-27 179 17

4-28 136 18

4-29 157 19

4-30 140 20

4-31 167 21

4-32 148 22

4-33 160 23

4-34 180 24

 

244

 

ofiumflumum 9

1.63

.76

 

Rom-mflv cm“: any
coflusnmuummo xmmom

21 -2.07

31
41

0 -2.78

72

21

38
17
41

'86 ~1.n1

34 —2.20

3 —J.42

3 -1.26

41
24

 

mwumcflfiwuumflo

+

O

 

Amams 30A va
Immaynaanumaa .mmmx

21
21
5

8
41
15
36

56
13
31

3

26

31

 

 

mzaa> m

78 77 0

 

“us suflafinmflfimm
ummummuumos

.41 28 54 +

.34 55

.31

.52 47 36 +

.40 78

.47 31 23 0

 

whoom Hauoa u

.22

.23

.45

.38

.32

.20

 

Ouoom
ucwEw>oflco< H

.20

,07

.16

 

um> mwo z u

.15 -.26

.29 -.20

.11 -.02

.14

.17

.04

r0

 

.08 -.14

.14

.01

in.

1

 

.06 -.14

.06

.03 —.00

.14 -.12

.ll

.11

 

aw“ coflazzflusmao
. omsogma:

33 -.05 -.18

28

4

no 27
1,113

«316
l

«...—)6
la».

11

31
34

«J

7.700
3

 

um3m:¢ uUUHuOU«

a
b

*c 28

d 11

a

*b 55

c 15
d 27

de
*

*a 7?

.0 Cd

a 34

.DCd
*

a

*c

d

 

uwnEsz HDuSQEOU

26

 

“mnssz mmm

‘
A.

 

EmquuMOB

 

 

4-35 151 25

4-36 18

4-37 149 27

4-38 144 28

4-39 161 29

4-40 164 30

4-41 145 31

4-42 143 32

 

245

 

oHumHumum a

.99

-.80

-3.19

1.41

-.88

-.72

 

AOMImH. anm va
:ofluanHumHo .mmmm

62
21
10

3

17

34 3.62

34
28

10
~72

14

3

76 1.34

17

‘24 —1.07

55

17

38

14

38

83
14

 

mwumcwfiflHomwo

 

 

Amnmg 304 any
coausaAHumdn .mmmm

5
21
21

41
33

33

33-

5

44

18

21
54

74

18

 

msHm> m

48 28 +

 

1H1 auHHHanHmm
ummummlumwa

.44 49 51 0

.37 68 28 0

.38 41 18 -

‘3?

.59 46 33 0

.66 53 18 0

.45 55

 

oHoom Hauoa H

.38

.29

.29

.18 .68 21 56 0

.38

.08

.30

 

mHoum
ucmsm>wflco< H

.05 -.04

.17

.19

.11

 

Hm> Q00 2 H

.07 -.19

.12 -.17

.28

.10 -.12

.09

.12

 

xmm H

.12 -.19

.10

.05

 

wm< H

.15 -.30

.22 -.17

.02 -.20 -.07 -.05

.31 -.32

.10

 

2&5 :oflusnfluumflo
. wmmmmmwm

6

28

1 -.09

4

 

H03mg HUQHHOU¥

*a 49
b 16
c 13
d 20

a 22 -.01 -.10

a 27 -.15 -.05 -.08

*c 41

d 25

a 17
*b 48

c 29
d 6

a 62
b 11

c
*d 21

a

*b 46

d 20

a 23 —.07

c 17
*d 53

*c 72

d 21

b 22
c 19
*d 55

 

Hmnfisz HmusmEou

 

Hwnfisz NmN

 

amuHuumws

 

 

4-43 155 33

4-44 169 34

4-45 170 35

4-46 146 36

4-47 168 37

4-48 163 38

4-49 178 39

4-50 175 40

4-51 159 41

 

246

 

oHumHumam a

.83

-l.76

-.43

1.13

0 -2.08

.54

3 —l.76

 

AomlmHv cmflm va
:OHuanHumHo .mmmm

21
34

31

66

10
21

703

14

48
34

55 -1.07

24

10

10

10

59
21

76
10

 

wwuuGCfiEHHUWHD

0

0

O

 

Amlwv 30; nflv
coaunQaHumaa .mmmm

05Hw> m

 

5

S37

18

15
33

10
21

O

080

36
38

13

13
38

8

51
31

56
15

 

.HV suHHHnmflHom
ummummuuwme

.08 92

.34 28 33 +

.46 63 62 O

.31 87

.56 22 10 +

.23 48 44 O

.12 80

.38 67 15 *

 

wHoom HMHOB H

.41

.25

.36

.21

.13

.29

.16

.43

 

wHoom
ucmE0>0Hsu< H

.06

.14

.03

.16

.03

.13

 

Hm> moo 2 H

.07

.12

.01 -.16

.14 -.09

.04

 

xom H

.16 ~.06

.00

.17

.09 —.01

 

®m< H

.08 -.O4

-.00 -.28

.02 -.01

.03

.04 —.14

 

va

tofludan11wQ
mmcomnux

1L34nlg
9

24

c 11

35

211
1A].

3 -.14

367

6 -.03

b 27
c 44

48

6 -.16

 

H®3mC< HUOHH004

ade
*

a

*b 28

d

a

*

de

a

b

a

*d 22

*a

a

 

HmQEsz HOUSQEOU

A».

,4
1

50

 

Hwnfinz Nwm

Ou

 

Ewquumma

 

 

4-52 147 42

4*53 137 43

4-54 177 44

4-55 13

4-56 139 46

4-57 166

4-58 150 48

4-59 182 49

4-60 158

 

247

Test 5.

Statistics,

Appendix C-5.

 

UHumwumum B

.00

-.35

1.05

1.49

.90

 

Aonnmav anm A».
coauanuumHo .mmmm

0
0
0

45 '1.16

5

84

0n68

 

mwumCHEHHomwa

0

0

0

 

.mlo. 30A an.
:oawsmHHmwan .mmmm
wsaw> m

3
95
3

0
87
0

3

nuqao

5

 

any HHHHHanHum
umoummuumua

.49 97 97 0 100
0
0
3

.47 76 79 O 66 1.27

.48 90 O 0

.57 37 53 0

.24 90

41 90

.46 87 95 0

 

wHoom Hmuoa H

40

.29

.33

.32

.14

.30

.27

.17 .42 81

 

wHoom
uswEw>mflso< H

.06

.03.

.14

.16

.02

 

Hm> mwo 2 H

.07 -007

I06

.19

.04

 

xmm H

.17

.18 -014 -008

I10

.10 -.10

 

mm< H

.04 -.02

-.05 -.05 -.1O

.04 -.01 -.00 -.00

 

Has cofiuanuumHo
. wmcommom
1lllllllllllllllll

H03m2 “DwHHOU¥

*a 76 -.04

815
1

de

4 -.13

3

50 -.04 -.28

a

58—1.

.0ch

5 -.02

a

*a 87

11.0.3

.DCd

3

a

*C 81

d 15

 

HwnEsz kusmfiou

A

5

6

7

8

 

Honesz «ma

 

EouHIUmwa

 

 

5-12 M2 2

5-13 205 3

5-14 242

5-15 206

5-16 207

5-17 208

5-18 243

 

248

 

oHumHumum a

-.48

.55

.58

.00

-.27

.38

 

AomumH. nmwm Awe
coaunnHHumHn .mmom

0
29

34

37

45
16

21

13
5
3

76

21

16

58

16
11
16

 

mwumcfisHHumHo

0

0

 

Amlov Boa aw.

26
29
21

39

21
16

8
5
3

0

76
24

18
8

0
O
3
7

 

cedwsdeumao .mmwm
. onam> m

 

.Hv HuHHHanHmm
ammuwmlumwfi

.38 31 24 0

.09 21 24 0 18

.40 82 84 0 79

.45 71

.39 74 21 O

.44 56 53 0

.46 91

 

wHoom Hmuoa H

.14

.23

.21

.31

.32

.36

.33

.29

 

.mHoum
ucwfiw>wflso¢ H

.01

.03

 

Hm> man 2 H

.07 -.00

.02 —.20

.05 -.05

.00

 

xmm H

.01 -.05

.03 -.11 -.04

.03

.01

.07 —.O7 -.O9

 

mum H

.07 -.04 -.07 -.05

.07 -.00

.07

 

 

2; 6:25.683
mmcommox

H03m§ UUwHHOUa.

a 12 -.08 -.27

*c 31

d 29

*a 21 -.03

b 40
c 18

d

21

*a 82 -.04

062
.I.

de

1 -.10

a

*c 71
d 22

a 21 -.08

*a 56

 

Hmnfisz HousmEOU

9

 

umnasz «aw

 

Emufilumma
8

 

 

5-19 214

5-20 244 10

5-21 224 11

'5-22 210 12

5-23 229 13

5-24 231 14

5-25 211 15

5-26 234 16

 

4

249

 

uHuwHumum a

.58

.70

1.03

.91

.35

 

.omumHv :mH: Awe
nowusnfiHumHQ .ammz

11
58

26

68

45

5.3.]

 

mmHGCHEHHUmHQ

0

O

O

 

”mime 30; Hwy
.mwduDQAHuman .mmvm

05Hm> m

0

8

21

5

50 55 0

37

O

5

,4
9.

 

1H1 HHHHHanHtm
umwuwzuumoe

.63 82

.51 59

.41 74 79 0

.51

.30 93

.40

 

wHoum HMHOB H

.24

.26

.00

.31

.42

.38

 

mHoom
ucwEw>wHLU< H

.09

.21

.01

.04

—.14

 

Hm> mmo 2 H

.04

.03

 

xom H

.16

.17 -.10

.18 —.11 —

.01

.15 -.05

 

wm< H

.12

.15

.03

 

Amy Cowpsan13Hc
Umzomnoz

5 -.13 -

a 11 —.15

c 24

5

74

.....93

578
3

1
5

93

2

Q.?.8
711

 

Ho3m:< HUUHHomx

a

*b 82

d 10

*b 59

d

*0

.de

-LMC.G

a
b

C
*d 85

*b

d

b C G
*

 

HUQEDZ H0fl5CECU

 

HwQESZ mmm

225 20

 

EwuHIHmOB

 

 

5-27 219 17

5—28 237 18

5-29 226 19

5-30

5-31 220 21

5-32 209 22

5-33 235 23

5-34 227

 

250

 

 

uHumHumum a

1.

1.38

.00

1.90

.00

 

Aomnmav an: Hwy
cowudnflHumHQ memm

50

24
32

5
37

13

QVJ.3
2

8 —l.37

16
16

61

21

26

:J «D 6

F3

1

 

mmumcHEHHomHo

 

Amlmv 30; Hwy
.mmausaAHumao .mmw:

mdam> m

24
13
53

21

16
45

8

81

 

Hue HuHHHnaHHam
umwuomuumme

.32 63 71 -

.4? 47 11 0

.26 74 11 0

.76

.62 73 16

 

mHoom HmHOB H

.46

.35

.09

.26

.31

 

oHoow
unwew>szo¢ H

.01

.22

.06

.33

 

Hm> mwo 2 H

.06

.04

.,

—.1

 

xsm H

—.02 -.22 -.O6

.04 -.19

.05

.25

 

oo< H

.07

1

.0

.17 —.15 -.09

.13 —.33

1.1

 

va :oszcflt.rw:
om:01moz

d. 4.. 9
7

14

62

7

 

HW3ME< U‘UOHROUH.

a 17
b 25
c 10
*d 47

.D C ..C

31

a
‘

a 16 -.02

a 22 -.

*c 73

d

b

d

 

Hwnfisz kusmaoo

R

')

31

 

HmQEdz NmN

 

ewquumws

 

 

5-35 217 25

5-36 240 26

5-37 241 27

5-38 221

5-39 213 29

5~40 246 30

5-41 238

5-42 222 32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 4. 2 0 0 6 3 O
4 2 5 7 O 4 2 3
owumflumum H. . . . . . . .
l 1 . _
_
AOMIm: swam :L 4818 6065 0611 6138 1241 8315 6813
GOAHSQHHum4Q ..mcom 2 15 l 7 711 61 l 233] 1.1 24 1 52
mmumcHEwHUMHo 0 0 0 O O O 0 O
Amlmvgsoq :3 4483 4330 5905 8606 4268 6319 6140 0
COHHSQHHumAQ .Qwox 2 6 3 6 8 5 2 1 2 3 2 l 2 1 2 3 1 6 2
a 9 9 2 8 0 7 4 1
05Hfi> m 5 6 8 5 3 4 6 8
.H \n .... A 6H 9 . 8 2 .L. 5 2 A. 7 3
A V grab .H N. 4 2 3 7 5 4 6 4
ummuwmlumwa . . . . . . . .
8 6 4 3 l 3 1 3
mHoum 1309 H 1 a.” 4 7.. J 1” 4“ A“
0 9 4 4 2 5
QHOUw 0 0 2 1 O 1
ucwfiw>szo< H . . _. .
3 7 3 O: S 9 11
Hm> QQQ 2 .H 0 o 2 0 0 0 0
_ . _ _ .
2 3 8 3 3 1 6
wi H O o 0 2 l l O
_ _ _
0 d. 65 4 l 1.. E
“Mid H 2 l l .1, 0 O O
_ _ _
3L :OHuSnfigsnda 0199 .1594. 3268 EC; 39 7002 5.2 0.1: _U 1.16
. UQCOHT U: 21 5 7. _b 8 ,. 5 .J 1 2 3 7.1 21 1 A. 1 8
uth 3.10Cd abC.G 3.0Cd JbCaC aLqu 10?.
N03mr~< UUUHHOUK A.. ... ... x .r. i
.4. 4 5 IO 7 8 9 0
H0232 HOHJQEOU 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 J.
7 9 8 6 8 2 O 9
H0 5 4 3 1 3 A. 3 3 .4
DE 2 NQN 2 2 2 7. 2 7. ad 2
3 4 5 E 7 8 9 O
I 4 4. 4 4 A. 4 4 5
E0”: umuB . _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

 

 

 

252

 

oHumHumum a

.45

.47

.46

.68

.74

-.68

.30

 

HomumHv anm Hwy
:oHuanHuch .mmwm

13
45
32

61

0
26
58

18

29
5
39

11
11
8

24

 

mmHMGHEHHomHo

0

O

0

 

 

Hmlmv 30A .wv
:04 5 AH man .mmmm

msam> m

 

5
50
0
42

5 0
29
63

O

59

26
0
47

3
8
13

5

0
8
4
5

 

.Huv HHHHHQMHHUH
Hmmuwmuumma

.39 48

.56 63 66 0

\

f.

.4

.66 49 24 o

.68 69 74 0

.37 46

.47 82

 

UHOUW HflUOB H

.29

.39

.20

.40

.47

.33

.33

 

mHoom
Hame>mwco¢ H

.23

.22

.25

q-
~40

.25

.22

.10

 

Hm> awn 2 H

.09

 

xmm H

.05 -.05

.22 -.11

.07 -.11

 

wm< H

.10 -.02 -.05

.03 -.14 -.05

.00 -.06 -.03

 

«av.coHuanHumHo
mmcommwm

H03wG¢ UUOHHOUC

*a 63 -.17

2

a

'c 59
d

20 -.19

a

329

4

b Cau

*a 69 -.22

663
1

baud

a 19 -.04 -.13

fiL—IG
2 4

b Cd
*

 

HwnEDz kusmfioo

 

Hmnesz Nam

 

EwuHIUm09

 

 

5-51 223 41

5-52 215 42

5-53 233 43

5-54 212 44

5-55 216 45

5-56 228 46

5-57 245 47

 

 

253

Test 6.

Statistics,

Appendix C-6.

 

 

oHumHHmum a

-.45

-.05

-.08

n.

1.
.

-.56

-.32

 

AomumH. 26H: Hay
coHuanHumHn zmmmm

92

66

13

24

55.

50

32

16

3

8 -1.91

76

32

3 -3.21

18

8
68
16
42
32
11

 

mmHMGHEHHomHQ

0

 

COHUSQHHumHD

Amlwv 30A Ame
.mmmm

msam> m

2
0
7

66 62 0

16

53

f9
33
13

4

53

 

1H5 HHHHHnMHHmm
umwummuumwe

.49 93 91 0

.53

.34 58 18 0

.21 27

.38 68 24 +

.45 60 31 0

13

47

36
27 24 O

42

27

4

 

whoow AmuOB H

.19

.23

.40

.09

.38

.14

 

wHoom
unoEm>mwzo¢ H

.20

.09

.09

 

Hm> mmo 2 H

1

.15 -.02

.26 -.O6 .29 .42146 2 +

.00 .30 .28 .30}

 

xwm H

.01 -.09 -.09

.17 -.02

.05 -.O

.17 -.OC -.17

 

60¢ H

.12 -.08 -.02

.13

.09

.10 -.07

 

Amy coHuanHuumHa
mmcommmm

115

977
l

10

54

3

3

 

HmeG< HowHHoo«

*a 93

baud

*a 66 -.22

bnyd

a 58 -.02
b 17

C

*d SE

a

*b 27
c 15

d

a 14 -.10 -.11

b 15

*d 68

a 27
*c 60
d 10

b

a

a 17 -.14 -.03

b 19
c 30
*d 46
b 46
*c 27
d

 

HmnEsz kusmfiou

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

 

Hmnfisz NmN

 

EUUHIumwB

 

 

6-11 ’Ml

6-12 M2

6-13 103

6-14 282

6-15 124

6—16 276

6-17 113

6-18 280

 

254

 

uHumHumum a

2.04

-.56

-.19

.02

..J

.86

 

Aomuch an= “we
coHuanHumHa .awmm

63

95 -1.46

8 -l.57

37
45
11

3
71
3
24

95

033

’21

92

12

 

mmumcHEHHomHo

 

Amlwv 30A Rwy

[mmauanHHHmaQ .mmwm

05Hm> m

40
31
7

9 0
62 '
27

004

 

1H5 HHHHHanHmm
umwuomuumma

.49 71 80 -

.17 91 84 0

.58 38 22 0

.40 68

.48 95 96 0

.59 26 22 0

.53 86 87 0

.46 65 24 0

 

wHoom amuoa H

.30

.42

.15

.11

.19

.09

.23

.32

 

mHoom
ucme>wwco¢ H

.04

.17

.20

.03

.03

.04

.09

.02

 

Hm> mmn 2 H

.11

.18

.03

.00

 

xwm H

.27 -.19

.22 —.10

.03 -.04

.03 -.08

 

wm< H

.05

.00 -.14

.02 -.O3

.07

.09

.07 -.03

.05

 

AwV.:oHu:nHHHmHn
wmcommmm

3

145

6

113

27

 

Hw3m2¢ uuwHHou«

*a 71
b

c 13
d 11

*a 91 -.03 —.01

.DCd

a 16
b 41
*c 38

d

*a 95

de

a 21 —
*b 26

c 19

d 34

a

 

Hwnfisz Hmusmfioo

9

 

HmnEDz NmN

 

soanumma

 

 

6-19’134

6-20 107 10

6-21 120 11

6—22 127 12

6-23 281 13

6-24 131 14

6-25 272 15

6-26 275 16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H .../1 3 B 1 4 6 1
9 0 4 7
Uflumwumum a . . . . ...." . . .
_ . 1 _ _ 2 1... _
.
I max w 5230 8615 9380 0512 8513 1 0
comwmnwwwmmo . ..mwwuw 9 5 1 2 3 5 1 8 6 2 2
mmumcwfiwHumMa 0 0 + 0 0 _ 0 0
Amlwv 304 A: 9740 9422 8084. 2412 7229 9 9 7
no." : .nH ma .mmom 8 4 4 5 3 l 8 6 2
.3... m w u. u u a n m u
AHV hufiaflnmflflmm 4 5 9 7 0 8 6 O
umwummlumma 1” 7. a” 1” ...” a.” J rm
2 8 0 5 1 0 0 9
wHoum .2309 H 7” 1” 1. J J J J ...u
38m m M M M. n m M w
ucmfiw>mfi£0¢ H _. _. _. _. . . .. _.
1 0 5 6 9 2 O
HM> Q00 2 H 0 l l o 0 2 l
. . . . . . .
. _
l 5 0 9 3 9 1 5
xmm H O 1 1 O 1 1. O l
_ _ _ _ _
0 7 0 6 5 3 3 3
mm< H 1 0 1 l 1 0 0 0
. . . . . . . .
_ . _
A: .COHHSDHHHmHn 6941 4853 2323 2,404 4349 5 13
mmcomm. _m 8 5 3 5 4 1 or 6 2 4. 1
abcd abcd abcd abcd ade a cd
H6322 HomHHooc * * ... * * *
7 8 9 0 1
.8952 86950 1 1 1 2 2 n M
... m m. 2 u 3 2 m
H D 2 2 3
7 8 9 O 1 2 4
53783. ... ... ... a. a A a ....
6 6 6 6 6 6 6

 

 

256

 

 

oHumflpmum a

-.09

.53

2

.31

—1.30

 

AomumHv 56H: “we
GOHHDQHHHch :mnom

16

21 —1.30

39
13

24

18

18
21

29
18
13
39

11

8
26
55

11 -1.11

21

O -l.95

 

mouwcwEHchHQ

0

O

0

0

 

Amnmv 3c; Haw
coausnaHumaa .mnmm

4

24

27

31

11

2

11

36

20

7
11
58

20

9
64
9

 

05H1> m

’1
L

 

1H5 HuflHflnaHHom
Hmmuomnumwa

.58 71

.46

.46 26 31 0

.46 61 24 O

 

@HOUW HGHOH. .H

.40

.13

.22

.34

 

mHoom
ucmfio>mflco< H

.04

.03

.11

.04

 

Hm> mwo 2 H

.00

.20

-.14 -.05 -.12

.25 -.02

.07

 

xom H

.01

.16

.01

.00 -.01

.13

 

0mm H

.01

.01 —

 

fiwv :CWH:LWHH:em
. 0;:omzfiz

71

'3’)
....

v4.

23

10

13

HI :4 _.|_
.1 HO

. .

r. 6 PI:
vfi 4

0.,

 

H63m£< H00HHOQ.

*c

d 14

a
*b

C 10
d 33

*a 26

b 41

c
d

*C 25
d 31

..CCJC.
.x

L

 

Honfisz HOHSmEOU

26

3O

1

32

 

Hongsz man

279 25

n-IA
-1:

 

Ewanumus

 

 

6-35

6-36 268

6-37 269 27

6-38 116 28

6-39 105 29

6-40 125

6-41

6-42 270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 6 2 9 5 9 8 1
Odumd mu 1 3 0 7 7 5 3 9
O I I I I O I I
. .u m B _ l 2 l 1
. _
I o 5132 1631 3401 41.1.! 1511 2150 2116 8 88 l
Aom may a .Em A: l 8 1611 1251 22 l 1 71 81 4122 61 l
coausnfluumwa mmwm
mmumcfifiqnomfin 0 0 0 _ 0 _ O + 0
amiwu 30H awu 7940 0974 6482 4673 6284 6220 7337 3 43 8
4 7 4 2 8 0 2 5 5
05Hm> m 8 6 2 3 7 9 3 5 7
3 7 2 5 5 0 9 3 4 6
.3 SHEETm 2 4 2 5 4 4 4 1 3
umwummlummu. . . . . . , . . .
6 9 3 8 9 0,. n 8 3
4 4. 0 1 3 4 2 4
uuoom HMUOB H . . . . . . . . .
.
8 0 3 4 2 0 7 6 9
wuoom l 2 2 1 0 0 2 0 2
ucmfiw>0fino¢ H . . . . . _. . . .
7 1 5 1 9 3 7 l 3
u~> man 2 .H o 0 o 1 O 2 l 2 0
_ _ _ _
n m. H N 3 l 7 6 3
0 2 0 o 0
xwm H . . . . . . . . .
_ _ _
7 7 5 5 6 1 7 6 2
mm< H 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
_ _ _ _ _ _
A: :Owusnfluuwfin 5844 4735 2413 2214 1486 0540 0 25 3 55 2
. wmcommmm 8 161 1242 21.31 1 7 9 3 32 2 51 1
ade ade ade ade ade ade 8 Cd a Cd a
uw3mc< uowuuoox * * ... * * * * 1.
3 4 5 .0 7 8 9 O l
“—6855 umusmeou 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
l 2 7 8 8 3 1 9 U
7 0 7 2 o 0 2 0
H0252 Nmm 2. 1 2 l 1 l 1 1 1
H M. 5 6 7 8 9 0 fl
4 4 4 4 4 5
EwuHIumma _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

 

 

 

258

 

oflumflumum a

.36

.80

.63

.43

.32

.46

03

1.

 

Aomnmav swam 193
cofiugnfluumaa gamma

3 -1.03

32
13

53

ll
66
8

47

29

11

11
24

61
5

'24
61
8
8

ll

34

47

11 —2.32

50

26

 

mmumcflfiwuomao

 

”mum. 30A “my
coawsmauwman .mmmu
osam> m

38

42

2
69
11

9 0 13

53
27
'11

9

62
11

62
0
11

40
47

36

 

Any auflflfinmflamm
umwummuumms

.52 43 11 0

.‘7 72 71 0 66

.42 52

.27 63 18 0

.28 58 27 0

.27 39 ll 0

.48 61 36 +

.54 33 49 0

 

ouoom Hmuoa u

.43

.35 .32 67 18 0 16

.44

.24

.33

.34

.14

.30

.29

 

muoum
unmao>oflnoé u

.07

.16

.28

.16

.24

.10

.17

 

um> mmo a H

v

.15 -.04

.02

.19 -.O4

 

xmm H

.11

.03

.05 -.O6

.07 —.04

 

mmd H

.08

.01 -.16 -.Ol

.12 -.22

.05 -.03 —.02

 

xwav nodusnwuumwo
mucomuom

8 -.10

72

959

9 -.15

';2

K

6

10 -.12 -.68 -.04

'9

22
61

[2

4S

 

H03m2 #UmthUi

a

*c 43

*a

de

a
*b

c 27
d 10

a 15 -.02 -.07 -.01

d 13

a 23
*h 58
c

a

*c

d 45

a
*b

c
d

a

b 11

*d 33

 

uwnfisz umusmfioo

 

umnfisz mmm

 

awuuuumme

 

 

6-52 278 42

6-53 111 43

6-54 104 44

6-55 115 45

6—56 126 46

6-57 118 47

6-58 133 48

6-59 119 49

6-60 129 50

 

BIBLIOGRAPHY

259

F

BIBLIOGRAPHY

American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators.
Suggested Questions for Motorcycle Licensing. A
report prepared by the Motorcycle Industry Council
in c00peration with the National Highway Safety
Bureau (undated).

 

American Motorcycle Association. Two Wheeled Wisdom.
Columbus, Ohio (undated pamphlet).

 

Anastasi, Anne. Psychological Testing, 3rd. ed. New York:
The MacMillan Co., 1968.

 

Berger, W. G. Understanding Test Construction: The Design of
Written Driver Licensing Tests. Ann Arbor, Michigan:
The Highway Safety Reserach Institute. (Prepared
under Contract FH-ll-7616, National Highway Safety
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation)
August, l97l.

 

 

Berger, W. G.; McDole, T. L.; and Pollock, W. T. Development
of a National Item Bank for Tests of Driving Know—
ledg . Ann Arbor, Michigan: The Highway Safety
Research Institute. (Interim Report to the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Depart-
ment of Transportation, Contract FH-ll-7616) October,
1971.

 

 

Borg, W. R. Educational Research: An Introduction. New
York: David McKay Company, Inc., 1965.

 

Carnahan, B., Wilkes, J. 0. Digital Computing, Fortran IV,
WATF IV, and MTS. Ann Arbor, Michigan: The
University of Michigan, 1972.

 

 

Cooley, W. W. and Lohnes, P. R. Multivariate Data Analysis.
New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1971.

 

Cress, P.; Dirksen, P.; Graham, J. Wesley. Fortran IV with
WATFOR and WATFIV. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey:
Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970.

 

 

Cronbach, L. U. Essentials of Psychological Testing. 3rd ed.
New York: Harper and Row, 1970.

 

260

261

Cycle World. Newport Beach, California: Parkhurst Pub-
lushing Company. (monthly).

Dameron, Frazier. A Programmed Instruction Series for
Motorcycle Riders and Instructors and Other Motorist
Drivers. Madison, Wisconsin: Safety Research and?
Education Center. (Prepared under Contract #DE-
7l-OOS(OOl) for the National Highway Safety Adminis-
tration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington
D.C.) June, 1972.

Downie, N. M., and Heath, R. W. Basic Statistical Methods.
2nd ed. New York: Harper afid Row Publishers, 1965.

 

Educational Testing Service. Making the Classroom Test, A
Guide for Teachers. New Jersey: Educational
Testing Service, 1961.

 

Educational Testing Service. Multiple Choice Questions: A
Close Look. New Jersey: EducatiOnal Testing
Service, 1963.

Educational Testing Service. Short Cut Statistics for
Teacher-Made Tests. New Jersey: Educational Testing
Service, 1960.

 

Flesch, R. The Art of Readable Writing. New York: Harper
and Brother, 1949.

Fox, Daniel and Guire, Kenneth. MIDAS——Michigan Interactive
Data Analysis System. Ann Arbor, MiChigan: UnIVer-
sity of Michigan, The Statistical Research
Laboratory, 1972.

 

Freeberg, N.E., and Creech, F. R. Development of Measures
for A Driver Licensing Program in the State Of North
Carolina, Phase I: Analyses of Current LiEensing
Tests. Princeton, New Jersey: Educational Testing
Service. (Prepared under Contract with Highway
Safety Research Center, University of North Carolina)
July, 1971.

 

Gardner, E,; Merwin, J.; Callis, R.; Madden, R. Stanford
Achievement Test High School Battery (Grades 9-12)
Manual. New York: Harcourt, Brace and World, Inc.,
1965.

 

 

Garrett, H. E., and Woodworth, R. W. Statistics in Psycho—
logy and Education. 5th ed. New York: David
McKay Company, Inc., 1958.

 

 

Gulliksen, H. Theory of Mental Tests. New York: John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., l950.

 

262

Harano, R.M., and Peck, R. C. The California Motorcycle
Study: Driver and Accident Characteristics.
Research Report 28, California Department of Motor
Vehicles, July, 1968.

 

Hays, W. L. Statistics. New York: Holt, Reinhart and
Winston, 1963.

 

Highway Safety Program Standards. U. S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration,
National Highway Safety Bureau, 1969.

Kaysing, William. "Intelligent Motorcycling." Published
originally in Cycle World. Long Beach, California:

Parkhurst Publishing Company, First Printing, June,
1966.

 

 

Lawske, C. B., Jr. Principles of Personal Testing. New
York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1948.

 

 

Locke, Lewis A. Motorcycle Operator Licensing: Design,
Analysis, and Revision of the Texas Licensing Prggram.
A research study jointly funded by the State of
Texas and the U.S. Department of Transportation,
conducted in cooperation with the Texas Department
of Public Safety and Texas A & M University,
College Station, Texas (undated).

 

Mager, Robert F. Preparing Instructional Objectives. Palo
Alto, California: Fearn Publisher, 1962.

 

MaLaney, L. L. A Report Developing a Comprehensive Station
Program of Motorcycle DriverTs Licensing. Urbana,
Illinois: August, 1969.

 

 

Malfetti, J. L. A Description of the Driving Task Adaptable
for A Manual for Beginning Drivers. Teachers
College, Columbia University. (Prepared for the
American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators
under a special grant by the Insurance Institute for
Highway Safety), 1970.

 

 

McDole, T. L. and Berger, W. G. Item Writers' Guide for
Motorcycle Riding: A Preliminary Outline. Ann
Arbor, Michigan: The Highway Safety Research Insti—
tute. (Prepared under Contract FH-ll-76l6 for the
National Highway Safety Administration, U. S. Depart-
ment of Transportation, Washington, D.C.)., August,

 

 

1971.
McDole, T. L. "Motorcycles: Random Particles in the Traf-
fic Stream." HIT LAB Reports, December, 1970,

 

pp. 1-7.

263

McKnight, A. J., et al. Driver Task Analysis, Volume I,
Task Descriptions. Alexandria) Virginia: Human
Resources Research Organization. (Prepared under
Contract DOT-FH-ll-7336 for the National Safety
Bureau, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Depar—
ment of Transportation) August, 1970.

 

 

 

McKnight, A.J., et al. Driver Education Task Analysis.
Vols. I-IV, Alexandria, Virginia: Human Resources
Research Organization. (Final report on NHTSA
Contract FH-llm7336), March, 1971.

 

Micheels, W. J., and Karnes, M. R. Measuring Educational
Achievement. New York: MacMillan Company, 1952.

 

 

Michigan Vehicle Code. Compiled under the supervision of
the Secretary of State, Lansing, Michigan,
Revision of 1965. ,

Motorcycle Industry Council Safety and Education Foundation,
Inc. The Beginning Course Guide. Connecticut '
Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C., July, 1973.

 

Motorcycle Industry Council Safety and Education Foundation,
Inc. Selected References and Resources, Motorcycle
Safety Education. Connecticut Avenue, N.W.,
Washington, D.C., April 19, 1973.

 

Naval Safety Center. Motorcycle Safety Course. Norfolk,
Virginia: Naval Air Station, June, 1972.

 

.Sportsmanlike Driving. American Automobile Association,
prepared by Driver Education specialists, McGraw-
Hill Book Company, Inc., 1962.

 

Uniform Vehicle Code and Model Traffic Ordinance. Washing-
ton, D.C.: National Committee on Uniform Traffic
Laws and Ordinances, Revised, 1968 (including
supplements).

 

United States Suzuki Motor Corporation. Freedom of the
Road. Studio City, California: Consultants to
Management, Inc. (Prepared in cooperation with the
Public Safety Department, Automobile Club of So.
California), 1965.

 

 

1m .‘ 3:! u ,g.

264

U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Adminis-
tration. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
for Streets and Highways. Washington, D.C.: U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1970.

 

 

What Every Driver Must Know. Michigan Official Driver Manual,
Michigan Department of State, Lansing, Michigan
(undated).

 

What Every Motgrcyclist Must Know. Michigan Department
of State, Lansing, Michigan (undated).